Aspen Icarus Reference Guide (Boilers)
Aspen Icarus Reference Guide (Boilers)
Aspen Icarus Reference Guide (Boilers)
Reference Guide
Chapters with “G13” in the footer are new for this edition. Chapter generation numbers are also
indicated in the Table of Contents.
Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator, Aspen Process Economic Analyzer, Aspen Capital Cost Estimator,
AspenTech®, and the aspen leaf logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Aspen Technology,
Inc., Burlington, MA.
All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective
companies.
This manual is intended as a guide to using AspenTech’s software. This documentation contains
AspenTech proprietary and confidential information and may not be disclosed, used, or copied without
the prior consent of AspenTech or as set forth in the applicable license agreement. Users are solely
responsible for the proper use of the software and the application of the results obtained.
Although AspenTech has tested the software and reviewed the documentation, the sole warranty for the
software may be found in the applicable license agreement between AspenTech and the user.
ASPENTECH MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,
WITH RESPECT TO THIS DOCUMENTATION, ITS QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
2 iii
Scope of Document
This document is designed as a reference tool for Icarus’ project evaluation
systems. The document is best referenced when you have a question about
system input.
Related Documentation
In addition to this reference manual, AspenTech provides the following
documentation for Aspen Economic Evaluation V8.0.
• Aspen Economic Evaluation V8.0 Release Notes (What’s New, What’s Fixed,
and Known Issues)
• Aspen Economic Evaluation V8.0 Installation Guide
• Aspen Process Economic Analyzer V8.0 User Guide
• Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator V8.0 User Guide
• Aspen Capital Cost Estimator V8.0 User Guide
• Icarus Technology Application Programming Interface
• Manpower Productivity Expert User Guide
iv 2
Online Technical Support
Center
AspenTech customers with a valid license and software maintenance
agreement can register to access the Online Technical Support Center at:
http://support.aspentech.com
You use the Online Technical Support Center to:
• Access current product documentation.
• Search for technical tips, solutions, and frequently asked questions (FAQs).
• Search for and download application examples.
• Search for and download service packs and product updates.
• Submit and track technical issues.
• Search for and review known limitations.
• Send suggestions.
Registered users can also subscribe to our Technical Support e-Bulletins. These
e-Bulletins proactively alert you to important technical support information
such as:
• Technical advisories.
• Product updates.
• Service Pack announcements.
• Product release announcements.
2 v
vi 2
Contents (G11)
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
The Technology Behind
Icarus Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Scope of Document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
How to Use This Document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
A Note to Icarus System Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Related Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Online Technical Support Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .v
Phone and E-mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .v
Introduction to Process Equipment (G6) 5
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Process Equipment Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
List of Process Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Agitators (G6) 1
Agitators (AG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Agitated Tanks (AT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Blenders (BL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Kneaders (K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Mixers (MX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Compressors (G6) 1
Air Compressors (AC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Gas Compressors (GC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Fans, Blowers (FN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Drivers (G11) 1
Electrical Motors (MOT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Turbines (TUR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Heat Transfer (G10) 1
Heat Exchangers (HE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Reboilers (RB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Furnaces, Process Heaters (FU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Icarus Supported TEMA Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Packing, Linings (G6) 1
Introduction to Packing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Introduction to Lining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Packing, Linings (PAK, LIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Suggested Lining Difficulty Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
iv Contents (G11)
Screens (VS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Utility Service Systems (G6) 1
Cooling Towers (CTW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Steam Boilers (STB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Heating Units (HU). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Refrigeration Units (RU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Electrical Generators (EG). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Water Treatment Systems (WTS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Flares and Stacks (G6) 1
Flares (FLR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Stacks (STK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Introduction to Plant Bulks (G6) 1
Introduction to Plant Bulks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
List of Plant Bulks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Piping (G10) 1
Piping Plant Bulks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Pipe Diameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Standard Equations for Pipe Diameter (Old) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Standard Equations for Pipe Diameter (New). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Utility Piping Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Utility Station Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Default Piping Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Pipe Materials - Ferrous Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Pipe Materials - Non-Ferrous Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Plastic and Resin Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Lined Steel Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Icarus’ Pipe Fabrication, Erection and Testing Procedures . . . . . . . . 65
Valve and Fitting Options for Installation Bulk Piping . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Valve Trim Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Civil (G8) 1
Civil Plant Bulks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Foundation Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Typical Structure Live Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Soil Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Specifying Seismic Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Specifying Wind Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
How Icarus Calculates Wind Load and Seismic Shear . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Example of Equipment Foundation Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Example of Pile Foundation for an Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Steel (G6) 1
Steel Plant Bulks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Instrumentation (G10) 1
Instrumentation Plant Bulks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Contents (G11) v
Sensor Loop Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Remote Control Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Transmitter Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Electrical (G13) 1
Electrical Plant Bulks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Schematic of Transmission Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Substation Schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Electrical & Control Hook-Ups for Electric Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Power Distribution Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Wire Sizes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
UK, EU, and JP Country Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Electrical Class/Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
International Electrical Code (IEC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Insulation and Fireproofing (G8) 1
Insulation Plant Bulks . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Insulation Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Fireproofing Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Insulation Schedules - System Default Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Customizing Insulation Specifications . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Paint (G6) 1
Introduction to Paint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Paint Plant Bulks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
How Icarus Systems Paint Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Site Development (G6) 1
Introduction to Site Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Demolition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Drainage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Earthwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Fencing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Landscaping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Roads - Slabs - Paving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Railroads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Buildings (G6) 1
Introduction to Buildings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Adding a Building . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Building Types and Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Default floor Heights/Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Building Construction Range Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Calculating Building Costs and Labor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Quoted Equipment and Libraries (G6) 1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Quoted Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
vi Contents (G11)
User Libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Material Selections (G10) 1
ASME Design Code - Plate Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
ASME Design Code - Clad Plate Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
ASME Design Code - Tube Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
ASME Non-Ferrous Tube Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
BS Design Code - Plate Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
BS Ferrous Plate Materials - Carbon Steel .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
BS Design Code - Clad Plate Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
BS Design Code - Tube Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
JIS Design Code - Plate Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
JIS Design Code - Tube Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
DIN Design Code - Plate Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
DIN Design Code - Tube Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
EN 13445 Design Code - Plate Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
EN 13445 Design Code - Tube Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
GB 150 Design Code - Plate Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
GB 150 Ferrous Plate Materials - Low Alloy Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
GB150 Ferrous Plate Materials - High Alloy Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
GB150 Design Code - Tube Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
GB150 Ferrous Tube Materials - Low Alloy Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Lining Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Casting Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Packing Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Units of Measure (G6) 1
Introduction to Units of Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Units of Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Project Specifications and their Use of Units of Measure . . . . . . . . . 8
Field Manpower Titles and Wage Rates (G13) 1
US Country Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
UK Country Base *** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
JP Country Base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
EU Country Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
ME Country Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Engineering (G13) 1
Design and Construction Engineering Disciplines and Wage Rates . . 2
Engineering Expenses and Indirects (Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and
Aspen Process Economic Analyzer ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Standard Engineering Drawing Types (Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and
Aspen Process Economic Analyzer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Construction Equipment(G4) 1
Introduction to Construction Equipment Rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Construction Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Contents (G11) ix
x Contents (G11)
1 Introduction to Process
Equipment (G6)
Item Item
Symbol Description Symbol Description
AC Air Compressor HE Heat Exchanger
AD Air Dryer HO Hoist
AG Agitator HT Horizontal Tank
AT Agitated Tanks HU Heating Unit
BL Blender K Kneader
C Condenser LIN Lining
CE Crane M Mill
CO Conveyor MOT Motor/Motor Reducer
CP Centrifugal Pump MX Mixer
CR Crusher P Pump
CRY Crystallizer PAK Packing
CT Centrifuge R Reactor
CTW Cooling Tower RB Reboiler
D Dryer RD Rotary Drum
DC Dust Collector RU Refrigeration Unit
DD Drum Dryer S Scale
DDT Double Diameter Tower SE Separation Equipment
E Evaporator ST Stock Treatment
EG Electric Generator STB Steam Boiler
EJ Ejector STK Stack
EL Elevator T Thickener
F Filter TDS Tray Drying System
FE Feeder TUR Turbine
FL Flaker TW Single Diameter Tower
FLR Flare VP Vacuum Pump
FN Fan VS Screen
FU Furnace VT Vertical Tank
Chapter 2: Agitators
Agitators (AG)
Item Type Description
FIXED PROP Fixed propeller gear motor type agitator
PORT PROP Portable propeller agitator
DIRECT Portable direct drive agitator
GEAR DRIVE Portable gear drive agitator
MECH SEAL Agitator, mechanical seal, variable diameter
ANCHOR Fixed mount, gear drive, anchor, stuffing box
PULP STOCK Pulp stock agitator
ANCHOR REV Sanitary reversing anchor agitator
COUNT ROT Sanitary counter-rotating agitator
HIGH SHEAR Sanitary highshear homogenizing agitator
SAN FIXED Sanitary fixed propeller/turbine mixer
SAN PORT Sanitary port. propeller/turbine mixer
Kneaders (K)
Item Type Description
STATIONARY Stationary upright double-arm kneader
TILTING Tilting double-arm kneader
VAC TILTING Vacuum tilting double-arm kneader
Mixers (MX)
Item Type Description
EXTRUDER Cylinder type extruder with variable drive
MULLER EXT Muller type extruder mixer
PAN Pan mixer
PORT PROP Portable propeller mixer
FIXED PROP Fixed propeller gear motor type mixer
SIGMA Double-arm sigma blade mixer
SPIRAL RIB Spiral ribbon mixer
STATIC Static mixer
TWO ROLL Two-roll mixer
HIGH SPEED Sanitary high-speed Norman-type mixer
RIBBON Sanitary ribbon blender
PISTON HOM Sanitary piston-type homogenizer
SHEAR HOM Sanitary shear pump homogenizer
Chapter 3: Compressors
Chapter 4: Drivers
Turbines (TUR)
Item Type Description
GAS Gas turbine with combustion chamber
CONDENSING Steam turbine driver, condensing type
NON COND Steam turbine driver, non-condensing
Reboilers (RB)
Item Type Description
KETTLE Kettle type reboiler with floating head
U TUBE U-tube kettle type reboiler
THERMOSIPH Thermosiphon type reboiler
Chapter 7: Pumps
Condensers (C)
Item Type Description
BAROMETRIC Barometric condenser
Ejectors (EJ)
Item Type Description
SINGLE STG One stage ejector non-condensing
TWO STAGE Two stage ejector with one condenser
2 STAGE Two stage ejector non-condensing
4 STAGE B Four stage ejector with two condensers
4 STAGE Four stage ejector with one condenser
5 STAGE B Five stage ejector with one condense
Flakers (FL)
Item Type Description
DRUM Rotary drum flaker
Mills (M)
Item Type Description
ATTRITION Attrition mill
AUTOGENOUS Autogenous mill
BALL MILL Ball mill with initial ball charge
ROD MILL Rod mill with initial rod charge
MIKRO PULV Mikro-pulverizer
ROLLER Roller mill
ROD CHARGR Rod charger for rod mill
Evaporators (E)
Item Type Description
FALL FILM Agitated falling film evaporator
FORCED CIR Forced circulation evaporator
LONG TUBE Long tube rising film evaporator
LONG VERT Long tube vertical evaporator
STAND VERT Standard vertical tube evaporator
STAND HOR Standard horizontal tube evaporator
Dryers (D)
Item Type Description
ATMOS TRAY Atmospheric tray batch dryer
VAC TRAY Vacuum tray batch dryer
PAN Agitated pan batch dryer
SPRAY Continuous spray drying system
Conveyors (CO)
Item Type Description
OPEN BELT Belt conveyor - open
CLOSED BLT Belt conveyor - covered
APRON Apron conveyor - pans on endless chain
PNEUMATIC Pneumatic conveying system
ROLLER Roller conveyor (non-motorized)
SCREW Screw conveyor in a U-shaped trough
VIBRATING Vibrating conveyor with inclined trough
CENT BKT L Elevator-spaced bucket
CONT BKT L Elevator-continuous bucket
Cranes (CE)
Item Type Description
BRIDGE CRN Traveling bridge crane
HOIST Hoist with track beam
Hoists (HO)
Item Type Description
HOIST 5-speed electric hoist - motorized trolley
1 SPEED 1-speed electric hoist - no trolley
5 SPEED 5-speed electric hoist - no trolley
HAND GT Hand hoist - manual pull chain trolley
HAND PT Hand hoist - manual trolley
HAND NT Hand hoist - no trolley
Scales (S)
Item Type Description
BEAM SCALE Beam scale
BELT Conveyor belt scale
BENCH Bench scale - dial and beam
FULL FRAME Full floor scale - dial and beam
SEMI FRAME Semi frame floor scale - dial and beam
TANK SCALE Tank scale - weigh bridge and saddles
TRACK Track scale for rail cars
TRUCK Truck (lorry) scale
SAN FLOOR Sanitary floor scale - flush mounted
Centrifuges (CT)
Item Type Description
ATM SUSPEN Atmospheric suspended basket centrifuge
BATCH AUTO Auto batch filtering centrifuge
BATCH BOTM Batch bottom - suspended centrifuge
Filters (F)
Item Type Description
CARTRIDGE Cartridge filter (5 micron cotton)
LEAF DRY Pressure leaf-dry filter
LEAF WET Pressure leaf-wet filter
PLATE FRAM Plate and frame filter
ROTY DISK Rotary disk filter
ROTY DRUM Rotary drum filter
SEWAGE Sewage filter
SPARKLER Sparkler filter
TUBULAR Tubular fabric filter (bank of 3)
SCROLL Scroll discharge centrifugal filter
WHITEWATER White water filter - centrifugal screen
METAL TRAP Sanitary in-line metal trap
RECL REEL Sanitary fluming reclaim reel
SAN AIR Culinary (sterile) air filter
SAN PIPE Sanitary pipe filter
SAN PRESS Sanitary filter press
SAN STEAM Culinary (sterile) steam filter
Thickeners (T)
Item Type Description
THICKENER Thickener/clarifier
Screens (VS)
Item Type Description
ONE DECK Single deck rectangular vibrating screen
TWO DECK Double deck rectangular vibrating screen
THREE DECK Triple deck rectangular vibrating screen
HUMMER Hummer type screen for fine separation
SIFTER 1 Single deck circular vibrating screen
SIFTER 2 Double deck circular vibrating screen
SIFTER 3 Triple deck circular vibrating screen
PRESSURE Pressure screen
LD STOCK Low consistency stock pump
BAR Mechanical bar screen
Flares (FLR)
Item Type Description
DERRICK Derrick-supported flare stack
GUYED Guyed flare stack
SELF SUPP Self-supported flare stack
HORIZONTAL Horizontal ground flare
Stacks (STK)
Item Type Description
STACK Stack without flare tip
Material:
*CS*, SS304, SS316, MONEL, RUBCV
Driver Power:
0.25 - 3 HP [0.75 - 2.22 KW]
Portable, clamp-on, gear drive with explosion-proof GEAR DRIVE
motor. Typically used to keep solids in suspension,
medium viscosity blending and dissolving.
Material:
*CS*, SS304, SS316, MONEL, RUBCV
Driver Power:
0.25 - 5 HP; [0.75 - 3 KW]
Material:
*CS*, SS304, SS316, MONEL, RUBCV
Impeller diameter:
Max: 10 FEET [3.00 M]
Driver power:
Min: 2.00 HP [1.5 KW];
Max: 200 HP [140 KW]
Impeller Speed:
Min: 1,200 RPM [1,000 RPM];
Max: 1,800 RPM [1,500 RPM]
Driver type:
*STD*- Standard motor
VFD- Variable frequency drive
Impeller type:
*MP3B5*
Fixed mount, top-entering, gear drive, anchor, stuffing ANCHOR
box, explosion-proof motor. Typically used for low
speed mixing on closed tanks.
Material:
*CS*, SS304, SS316, MONEL, RUBCV
Driver power:
0.75 - 5 HP [0.75 - 3 KW]
Portable propeller mixer with motor to 7.5 HP PORT PROP
[5.5 KW].
Material:
*CS*, SS
Driver power:
0.33 - 7.5 HP [0.75 - 5.5 KW]
Fixed propeller mixer with motor and gear drive to 100 FIXED PROP
HP [75 KW].
Includes motor, gear drive, shaft and impeller.
Material:
*CS*, SS
Driver power:
2 - 100 HP [1.5 - 75 KW]
Material:
*CS*, SS403, SS316, SS321, SS347, 304L, 316L, NI,
INCNL, MONEL, HAST, TI
Driver type:
DRCT - Direct drive, no speed reduction
BELT- Belt driven speed reduction
VFD - Variable frequency drive
GEAR - Gear drive speed reduction
Liquid volume:
Enter Capacity or Impeller Diameter
Impeller diameter:
Enter Capacity or Impeller Diameter
Agitator orientation:
Default: *VTOP*
VTOP - Top entry agitator for open tanks
VTCL - Top entry agitator for closed tanks
SIDE - Side entry agitator
Driver speed:
Max: 3,600 RPM [3,000 RPM, metric units];
Default: *1,800* RPM: [*1,800* RPM, metric units]
Consistency - Air Dried%:
Max: 10.0; Default: *4.0*
Fluid density:
*62.4* PCF [*1000* KG/M3]
Seal type:
Default: *PACK*
PACK - Packing
MECH - Mechanical seal
Sanitary reversing anchor agitator ANCHOR REV
Description Type
Sanitary counter-rotating agitator COUNT ROT
Description Type
HIGH SHEAR - continued
Impeller type:
*INTGH*- Integral head
RSDIH- Rotator stator w/ slotted disintegr. head
RSSQR- Rotator stator w/ high shear screen RSGEN-
Rotator stator w/ GP disintegrating head
Sanitary fixed propeller/turbine mixer. SAN FIXED
Description Type
Sanitary port. propeller/turbine mixer SAN PORT
Driver power:
MIN: 0.33 HP [0.25 KW],
MAX: 0.75 HP [0.55 KW]
Driver type:
*WVRDN*- Washdown, VFD rated, direct
drive, NI plate
WVRGN- Washdown, VFD rated, gear drive, NI
plate
WVCDN- Washdown, VFD contr, direct drive,
NI plate
WVCGN- Washdown, VFD contr, gear drive, NI
plate
Description Type
Pressure/vacuum vessel, optional jacket MIXER
Fluid Density:
*62.4* PCF [*1,000* KG/M3]
Fluid Viscosity:
*1.0* CPOISE [*1.0* MPA-S]
Impeller Type:
See Impeller Types table later in this chapter.
Stiffening Ring Spacing:
Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only, enter 0.0
if not required.
Number of Body Flange Sets:
Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same
diameter as vessel.
Diameter Option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD.
Default: See Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside Diameter
ID- Inside Diameter
Open with loose-fitting cover, optional jacket. Includes OPEN TOP
impeller and geared motor reducer, supported by
structural steel spanning tank top, tank without head.
Shell Material:
For clad plate, specify the backing plate material.
(Cladding is defined below.) Default: *A285C*.
Liquid Volume:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Vessel Diameter:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Vessel Tangent to Tangent Height:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Design Temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Operating Temperature:
Default: Design Temperature.
Jacket Design Gauge Pressure:
Jacket pressure or thickness required to obtain jacket.
Default: no jacket.
Jacket Type:
Default: *FULL*
FULL- Full jacket
PIPE- Half-pipe jacket
Jacket Thickness:
Jacket pressure or thickness required to obtain jacket.
Default: no jacket.
Jacket Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
A 515- A 515
A 204C- C - .5Mo
A 387B- 1Cr - .5Mo
A 387D- 2.25Cr - 1Mo
SS304- SS304
SS316- SS316
SS321- SS321
SS347- SS347
SS410- SS410
SS430- SS430
304L- 304L
316L- 316L
NI- Nickel
INCNL- Inconel
MONEL- Monel
HAST- Hastelloy
SEE CARBON STEEL
- Select from types of Carbon Steel
SEE HEAT-TREATED STEEL
- Select from types of Heat Treated Steel
SEE LOW ALLOY STEEL
- Select from types of Low Alloy Steel
SEE HIGH ALLOY STEEL
- Select from types of High Alloy Steel
SEE NON-FERROUS
- Select from types of Non-Ferrous Steel
Driver Type:
Default: *STD*
STD- Standard Motor
VFD- Variable frequency drive
Cladding Material:
Default *none*.
Skirt or Leg Height:
Enter 0.0 if hung in OPEN structure, legs provides if
capacity < 10,000 GAL. [37 M3].
Manhole Diameter:
Max: 48 INCHES [1200 MM].
Base Material Thickness:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Corrosion Allowance:
Default 0.125 INCHES [3.0 MM] for CS; 0.0 for other
material; double if jacketed.
Weld Efficiency:
ASME/JIS codes only, where allowed for thin wall
vessels; Default: Area Basis 50 - 100.
Stress Relief:
Default: See Area Basis
CODE- Provide stress relief if code requires
YES- Provide stress relief
NO- No stress relief required
Cladding Thickness:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is
specified; otherwise: 0.0.
Fluid Depth:
Maximum fluid depth: vessel height less 12 INCHES
[300 MM].
Fluid Density:
Default: *62.40* PCF.
Fluid Viscosity:
Default: *1.00* CPOISE.
Impeller Type:
See Impellor Types table.
Stiffening Ring Spacing:
Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only, enter 0.0
if not required.
Number of Body Flange Sets:
Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same
diameter as vessel.
Diameter Option:
Defines desired diameters as ID or OD;
Default: See Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside diameter
ID- Inside diameter
MACH PUMP
Application Symbol:
Default: *CONT*
BATCH - Batch pulper
CONT- Continuous pulper
Tank or Vat Material:
CS, SS304, *SS316*, SS321, SS347, 304L, 316L, NI,
INCNL, MONEL, HAST, TI
Configuration:
Default: *RECT*
CYLIN- Cylindrical tank
RECT- Rectangular tank
Hydraulic Volume:
Enter pulping rate or hydraulic capacity.
Pulping Rate Air Dried:
Enter pulping rate or hydraulic capacity.
Tank Length or Diameter:
Enter length for rectangular tank or diameter for
cylindrical tank.
Vessel Width:
Rectangular tanks only.
Number of Rotors or Drives:
1-2; Default: *1*.
Consistency Air Dried:
Max: 18; Default: *4.00*
Impeller Type:
Default: *STD*
STD - Standard rotor shaft length
EXTD - Extended rotor shaft length
Impeller Material:
CS, SS304, *SS316*, SS321, SS347, 304L,
316L, NI, INCNL, MONEL, HAST, TI
Driver Type:
Default: *GEAR*
BELT - Belt driven speed reduction
GEAR - Gear drive speed reduction
Design Temperature:
*68.0* DEG F [*20.0* DEG C]
Seal for Shaft:
Default: *PACK*
PACK - Packing
MECH - Mechanical seal
Corrosion Allowance:
For CS alloys, the default is 0.125 INCHES [3 MM]; 0.0
for all other materials.
Driver Speed:
Max: 3,000 RPM [2,600 RPM];
Default: *1,500* RPM [*1,800 RPM]
Vessel Leg Height:
*10.0* FEET [*3.00* M]
Number of Manholes: Default: *1*.
Manhole Diameter:
If no value is specified, a value is calculated as a
function of vessel diameter and height with a
maximum manhole diameter of 48 INCHES
[1200 MM].
Default: *18* INCHES [*450* MM]
Application Symbol: Default: *BATCH* OFF MACH
BATCH - Batch pulper
CONT - Continuous pulper
Tank or Vat Material: CS, SS304, *SS316*, SS321,
SS347, 304L, S16L, NI, INCNL, MONEL, HAST, TI.
Configuration: Default: *CYLIN*
CYLIN - Cylindrical tank
RECT - Rectangular tank
Hydraulic Volume: Enter tank capacity or tank
dimensions.
Tank Length or Diameter: Enter tank capacity or
dimensions, diameter for cylindrical, length for
rectangular.
Vessel Height: Enter tank capacity or tank
dimensions.
Vessel Width:
Enter tank capacity or dimensions, width is for
rectangular tanks only.
Number of Rotors or Drives:
1-2, Default: *1*.
Consistency Air Dried:
Max: 18; Default: *4.0*.
Impeller Type:
Default: *EXTD*.
STD - Standard rotor shaft length
EXTD - Extended rotor shaft length
Impeller Material:
CS, SS304, *SS316*, SS321, SS347, 304L, S16L, NI,
INCNL, MONEL, HAST, TI
Driver Type: Default: *GEAR*
BELT - Belt driven speed reduction
GEAR - Gear drive speed reduction
Design Temperature:
Default: *68.0* DEG F [*20.0* DEG C].
Seal for Shaft:
Default: *PACK*.
PACK - Packing
MECH - Mechanical seal
Corrosion Allowance:
For CS alloys, the default is 0.125 INCHES [3.0 MM];
0.0 for all other materials.
Driver Speed:
Max: 3,000 RPM [2,600 RPM];
Default: *1,500 RPM [*1,800* RPM].
Vessel Leg Height:
Default *10* FEET [*3.0* M].
Number of Manholes:
Default: *1*.
Manhole Diameter:
If no values is specified, a value is calculated as a
function of vessel diameter and height with a
maximum diameter of 48 INCHES [1,200 MM].
Default: *18* INCHES [*450* MM].
H L
E
d
B
Description Type
Rotary drum. BLENDER
Material:
*CS*, SS
Blender Volume:
1 - 450 CF [0.03 - 12 M3]
Product Density:
MAX: 200 PCF [3,200 KG/M3];
Default: *50* PCF [*800* KG/M3]
Driver Speed:
Default: *1,800* RPM
Rotary double-cone. .ROTARY
Material:
*CS*, SS316
Blender Volume:
5 - 350 CF [0.02 - 9 M3]
Driver Speed:
30 x Hz RPM
Material:
GSLCS
Blender Volume:
2 - 165 CF [0.06 - 2.5 M3]
Driver Speed:
30 x Hz RPM
Sanitary kettle blender without agitator. KETTLE
Liquid Volume:
MIN: 50 GALLONS [0.19 M3], MAX: 600 GALLONS
[0.19 M3]
Operating Temperature:
*68 DEG F
[20 DEG C]
Cover Type:
*LFTHG*- Lift-off or hinged cover
NONE- No cover required
Lift off cover to 80 GAL [0.3 M3], else hinged cover.
Jacket option:
*NO*- Jacket not required
YES- Jacket is required
Mounting type:
*RIM*- Rim mounting
LEGS- Leg type mounting
Sanitary rotary bowl blender. ROTARY-
BOWL
Material:
SS304, *SS316*
Liquid Volume:
MIN: 25 GALLONS [0.1 M3],
MAX: 160 GALLONS [0.6 M3]
Mounting type:
*FIXD*- Fixed type blender
PORT- Portable type blender on casters
Material:
*CS*, SS304, SS316, MONEL
Liquid Volume:
10 - 500 GALLONS [0.5 to 1.8 M3]
Vacuum, tilting, double-arm. VAC TILTNG
Material:
*CS*, SS304, SS316, MONEL
Liquid Volume:
10 - 500 GALLONS [0.5 to 1.8 M3]
Material:
*CS*
Driver power:
5 - 40 HP [4 - 30 KW]
Driver speed:
Max: 60 x HZ; Default: *30 x HZ*
Extruder muller type with open motor. MULLER EXT
Material:
*CS*
Driver Power:
3 - 75 HP [2.22 - 55 KW]
Driver Speed:
Max: 60 x HZ; Default: *30 x HZ*
Pan includes motor and drive. PAN
Material:
*CS*
Mixer Volume:
4 - 40 CF [0.2 - 1.1 M3]
Driver speed:
Max: 60 x HZ; Default: *30 x HZ*
Portable propeller mixer with motor to 7.5 HP PORT PROP
[5.5 KW].
Includes motor driver.
Material:
*CS*, SS
Driver power:
0.33 - 7.5 HP [0.75 - 5.5 KW]
Fixed propeller mixer with motor and gear drive to 100 FIXED PROP
HP [75 KW].
Material:
*CS*, SS
Driver power:
2 - 100 HP [1.5 - 75 KW]
Material:
*CS*
Driver power:
3 - 100 HP [2.22 - 6.0 KW]
Mixer Volume:
1 - 70 CF [0.05 - 1.9 M3]
Driver speed:
Max: 60 x HZ; Default: *30 x HZ*
Spiral ribbon includes motor and drive. SPIRAL RIB
Material:
*CS*
Driver power:
5 - 50 HP [4 - 37.5 KW]
Mixer Volume:
10 - 395 CF [0.3 - 11 M3]
Driver speed:
Max: 60 x HZ; Default: *30 x HZ*
Static mixer used for instantaneous mixing of STATIC
two fluid streams.
The unit includes the main pipe housing, the
mixer elements and the flanges at both ends.
Pipe material:
A 53, A 106, *304P*, 304LP, 316P, 316LP, 316PS
(SS316 sanitary pipe, MAX: 8 INCHES [200 MM]),
321P, NI, MONEL, INCNL, TI
Flow type:
*TRNS*, TURB, LAMN, PLUG (default for sanitary
material)
Pipe diameter:
0.5 - 12.0 IN DIAM [12 - 300 MM DIAM]
Material:
*CS*
Driver power:
50 - 300 HP [37.5 - 224 KW]
Driver speed:
Max: 60 x HZ; Default: *30 x HZ*
Material:
SS304, *SS316*
Liquid Volume:
MIN: 50 GALLONS [0.19 M3],
MAX: 300 GALLONS [1.13 M3]
Impeller type:
FRZN- Frozen food mixing
*NFRZ*- Non-frozen food mixing
Driver type:
*WXXBC*- Washdown, belt drive, CS
WVRBC- Washdown, VFD rated, belt drive,
CS
WVCBC- Washdown, VFD controlled, belt
drive, CS
Sanitary ribbon blender RIBBON
Material:
SS304, *SS316*
Blender type:
*1SHAFT* - Single shaft blender
2SHAFT - Twin shaft blender (available only for
capacities of 500 - 750 GALLONS [1.9 - 2.85 M3]
Liquid volume:
MIN: 10 GALLONS [0.038 M3],
MAX: 3,800 GALLONS [14.3 M3]
Driver power per shaft:
MIN: 1 HP [0.75 KW],
MAX: 150 HP [112 KW]
For twin shaft type, this is the driver power for each
shaft.
Driver type:
*WXXDC*- Washdown, direct drive, CS
WVCDC- Washdown, VFD controlled,
direct drive, CS
WXXIC- Washdown, indirect drive, CS
WVCIC- Washdown, VFD control, indirect
drive, CS
HXXCZ- Hydraulic drive with hydraulic
system (available for twin shaft
only)
No indirect drivers < 180 GALLONS [0.68 M3] or < 7.5
HP [5.5KW]
Cover type:
NONE- Cover not required
STD- Standard cover is required
LCHTS- Load chute for twin shaft blender only
Default: STD for twin shaft, NONE for single shaft
Jacket option:
NO- Jacket not required
*YES* - Jacket required
Not applicable for twin shaft blender type.
Leg material:
CS- Carbon steel
*SS*- Stainless steel
Not applicable for twin shaft blender type.
Seal for shaft:
*STD*- Standard shaft seal
MECO- Clean-In-Place steam proof seal
Applicable for twin shaft only
Operating temperature:
MIN: 68 DEG F [20 DEG C]
Sanitary piston-type homogenizer PISTON HOM
Plunger Diameter
@ 2000 PSIG @ 10000 PSIG
[13800 KPA] [68900 KPA]
Gauge Gauge
Capacity Pressure Pressure
GPH M3/H INCHES MM INCHES MM
15 .057 0.625 16 0.625 16
2000 7.5 ---- ---- 1.5 1
401
6000 22.7 3.52 902 ---- ----
9000 37.4 3.1253 803 ---- ----
2
Maximum diameter
3 Maximum capacity at lowest maximum operating pressure
Material:
*CS*, CI (Cast iron)
Actual gas flow rate:
1,000 - 25,000 CFM [1,700 - 42,400 M3/H]
Design gauge pressure Outlet:
15 - 325 PSIG [104 - 2,258 KPA]
Description Type
CENTRIF M - continued
Material:
*CS*, CI (Cast iron)
Actual gas flow rate:
1000 - 25000 CFM [1,700 - 42,400 M3/H]
Design gauge pressure Outlet:
15 - 325 PSIG [105 - 2,240 KPA]
Design temperature Inlet:
-50 - 200 DEG F [-45 - 90 DEG C];
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Design gauge pressure Inlet:
Default: *0* PSIG [*0* KPA]
Integral gasoline engine driver, base plate, coupling, RECIP GAS
reciprocating gas compressor for compression of large
volumes of air to high pressure, less coolers, filters,
condensate removal (not a packaged unit).
Material: *CS*
Design gauge pressure Outlet:
Max: 6,000 PSIG [41,300 KPA]
Driver power:
100 - 10000 HP [75 - 7100 KW]
Design temperature Inlet:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Design gauge pressure Inlet:
Default: *0* PSIG [*0* KPA]
Description Type
Motor driven reciprocating gas compressor, with RECIP MOTR
speed reducer, pulsation dampers for
compression of large volumes of air to high
pressure, less coolers, filters, condensate
removal (not a packaged unit).
Material: *CS*
Design gauge Pressure Outlet:
Max: 6,000 PSIG [41,300 KPA]
Design gauge pressure Inlet:
Min: >0 PSIG
Driver Power:
Max: 15,000 HP [11,000 KW]
Design temperature Inlet:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Single stage, non-lubricated, packaged SINGLE 1 S
reciprocating compressor for oil-free air; includes
motor and drive, coupling, base plate, cooler.
Material:
*CS*
Actual gas flow rate:
75 - 1,100 CFM [130 - 1,850 M3/H]
Design gauge pressure Outlet:
90 - 150 PSIG [620 - 1,000 KPA]
Design temperature Inlet:
-50 - 200 DEG F [-45 - 90 DEG C];
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Design gauge pressure Inlet:
Default:*0* PSIG [*0* KPA]
Two stage, non-lubricated, packaged SINGLE 2 S
reciprocating air compressor for oil-free air;
includes motor and drive, coupling, base plate,
and cooler.
Material:
*CS*
Actual gas flow rate:
80 - 700 CFM [140 - 1,150 M3/H]
Design gauge pressure Outlet:
150 - 500 PSIG [1,040 - 3,400 KPA]
Design temperature Inlet:
-50 - 200 DEC F [-45 - 90 DEG C];
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* KPA]
Design gauge pressure Inlet:
Default: *0* PSIG [*0* KPA]
Casing material:
See “Casting Materials” in Chapter 28 for
a complete list of materials. Default: *CS*.
Actual gas flow rate Inlet:
60 - 200000 CFM [102 - 339000 M3/H]
Design temperature Inlet:
-200 - 200 DEG F [-125 - 90 DEG C];
Default - *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Design gauge pressure Outlet:
Max: 3050 PSIG [21130 KPA]
Molecular weight:
Default: *29*
Specific heat ratio:
Default: *1.4*
Compressibility factor Inlet:
Default: *1*
Compressibility factor Outlet:
Default: *1*
Maximum interstage temperature:
Specify the maximum temperature reached during
compression before inter-cooling.
Max: 400 DEG F [200 DEG C]; Default: *350* DEG F
[*175* DEG C]
Intercooler outlet Temperature:
Specify the interstage inlet temperature after cooling.
-50 - 150 DEG F [-45 - 65 DEG C]; Default: *90* DEG
F [*30* DEG C]
Driver type:
Default: *MOTOR*
NONE - No driver
GAS ENGINE - Gas engine driver
MOTOR - Motor driver
TURBINE - Turbine driver
Turbine gauge pressure:
Max: 1,600 PSIG [11,000 KPA];
Default:
*300* PSIG [*2050 KPA]
Gear reducer type:
Default: gear reducer included if driver type specified;
otherwise none.
YES - Gear reducer required
NO - No gear reducer
Lube oil system:
Default: *YES*
YES - Lube system required
NO - No lube oil system
Integral gear centrifugal gas compressor with CENTRIF IG
driver (motor, turbine or gasoline engine), scrolls
(inter-stage piping), bull gear, coupling, guard;
may include lube oil system, intercoolers,
aftercooler: excludes filter and silencers.
Casing material:
See “Casting Materials” in Chapter 28 for a
complete list of materials. Default: *CS*.
Actual gas flow rate Inlet:
500 - 70,000 CFM [850 - 118,900 M3/H]
Design gauge pressure Inlet:
-0.4 -100 PSIG [-2.7 - 689 KPA];
Default: *0.0* PSIG [*0.0* KPA]
Design temperature Inlet:
32 - 200 DEG F [0 - 90 DEG C];
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Design gauge pressure Outlet:
Max: 200 PSIG [1480 KPA]
Design temperature Outlet:
-200 - 200 DEG F [-125 - 90 DEG C]
Number of impellers:
2-4
Material:
*CS*
Design gauge pressure Outlet:
Max: 6,000 PSIG [4,100 KPA]
Driver power:
Min: 100 HP;
Max: 10,000 HP
Design temperature inlet:
Default: *68* DEC F [*20* DEG C]
Description Type
Single or multi-stage centrifugal turbo blower. CENT TURBO
Heavy duty, low noise blower. For moving up to
150,000 CFM of air or other gas through a
system with a pressure drop from 1 to 10 PSI.
Typical applications include: supplying air to
wastewater treatment plant aeration basins;
supplying air to blast furnaces, cupolas and
converters; pneumatic conveying and supplying
combustion air. This item is a centrifugal turbo
blower.
Material:
*CS*
Actual gas flow rate:
100 - 40,000 CFM [170 - 67,950 M3/H]
Design gauge pressure Outlet:
0.5 - 30.0 PSIG [3.5 - 205 KPA]
Speed:
900 - 3,600 RPM
Material:
*CS*
Actual gas flow rate:
700 - 900,000 CFM [1,200 - 1,529,000 M3/H]
Note: Max flowrate for Standard duty = 150,000 CFM
[254,850 M3/H]
Min flowrate for Heavy duty = 50,000 CFM [84,950
M3/H]
Fan outlet gauge pressure:
0 - 15 IN H2O [0 - 3,700 PA];
Default:
*6* IN H2O [*1,500* PA]
Application:
*STD - Max flowrate 150,000 CFM [254,850 M3/H]
HVY - Min flowrate 50,000 CFM [84,950 M3/H]
Note: If you leave the Application field blank:
• If the input flow rate is < 150,000 CFM, the system
estimates a standard duty fan.
• If the input flow rate is => 150,000 CFM, the
system estimates a heavy duty fan.
Driver type:
*MOTOR
VFD
TURBINE
NONE
Note: For MOTOR or VFD, electrical bulks for the
motor hookup are generated. For TURBINE, additional
lines and loops for the turbine are generated. For
NONE, Driver cost = 0 and no electrical bulks for
hookup are generated.
Material:
*CS*
Actual gas flow rate:
1,000 - 15,000 CFM [1,700 - 25,400 M3/H]
Material:
*CS*
Actual gas flow rate:
100 - 4,000 CFM [170 - 6,700 M3/H]
Design gauge pressure Outlet:
2 - 15 PSIG [15 - 100 KPA];
Default: *8* PSIG [*55* KPA]
Speed: 900 - 3,600 RPM
Description Type
Vaneaxial fan. VANEAXIAL
Material:
*CS*
Actual gas flow rate:
2,300 - 45,000 CFM [3.950 - 76,450 M3/H]
Driver Power:
0.75 - 50,000 HP [0.75 - 37,000 KW]
Enclosure Type:
Default: *STD*
STD- Standard indoor service (open drip- proof with
vent openings)
WPI- Normal outdoor service (weather-
protected (rain, snow, air-borne particles)
WPII- Severe outdoor service (outside
weather-protected service)
Driver Type:
Default: *STD*
STD- Standard motor
VFD- Variable frequency drive
Speed:
Range: (15 x HZ) - (60 x HZ) RPM; Default: *
(30 x HZ)* RPM
Synchronous motors with high efficiency at low speed SYNCHRON
for large HP [KW] requirements, reciprocating
compressors, pump compressors, pumps,
crushers and mixers.
Driver Power:
200 - 20,000 HP [150 - 15,000 KW]
Enclosure Type:
Default: Water cooled if greater than 8,000 HP
[6,000], else standard.
STD- Standard outdoor service
WPI- Normal outdoor service
WPII- Severe outdoor service
TEWAC- Water cooled
Speed:
Range: (3.7 x HZ) - (30 x HZ) RPM; Default: *
(30 x HZ)* RPM
Totally-enclosed fan-cooled motors (TEFC) ENCLOSED
Driver Power:
0.75 - 10,000 HP [0.75 - 7,100 KW]
Driver Type:
Default: Water cooled (TEWAC) if greater than
300 HP [224 KW], else fan cooled (TEFC).
STD- Standard motor
VFD- Variable frequency drive
Speed:
Range: (20 x HZ) - (60 x HZ) RPM; Default: *(30 x
HZ)* RPM.
Explosion-proof motors for Class I Division 1 EXP PROOF
hazardous use.
Driver Power:
0.75 - 4,000 HP [0.75 - 2,800 KW]
Driver Type:
Default: *STD*
STD- Standard motor
VFD- Variable frequency drive
Speed:
Range: (20 x HZ) - (30 x HZ) RPM; Default: *(30 x
HZ)* RPM.
Low Speed:
(.09 x HZ) - (9.6 x HZ) RPM
High Speed:
(1.4 x HZ) - (58 x HZ) RPM
Driver Power:
0.5 - 400 HP [0.75 - 300 KW]
Material:
Default: *CS*
Power Output:
10 - 30,000 HP [8 - 22,300 KW]
Steam Gauge Pressure:
Max: 1,600 PSIG [11,000 KPA];
Default: *400* PSIG [*2,700* KPA]
Speed:
Max: 3,600 RPM; Default: *3,600* RPM
Non-condensing type steam turbine driver includes NON COND
accessories.
Material:
Default: *CS*
Power Output:
10 - 30,000 HP [8 - 22,300 KW]
Steam Gauge Pressure:
Max: 1,600 PSIG [11,000 KPA];
Default: *400* PSIG [*2,700* KPA]
Speed:
Max: 3,600 RPM;
Default: *3,600* RPM
Material:
Default: *CS*
Power Output:
1,000 - 500,000 HP [750 - 375,000 KW]
Description Type
AIR COOLER - continued
Expansion joint:
Default: *NO*
NO- No expansion joint in shell
YES- Expansion joint required in shell
Tube sheet material:
See Chapter 28 for tube materials.
Tube sheet corrosion allowance:
Default: lesser of 50 x tube corrosion
allowance or 0.25 INCHES [6 MM].
Channel material:
Default: tubesheet material. See Chapter
28 for materials.
Cladding thickness:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material
specified, otherwise 0.0.
Cladding material:
See Chapter 28 for material selection.
Cladding location:
Default: *SHELL*
SHELL- Cladding on shell side only
TUBE- Cladding on tube side only
BOTH- Cladding on both shell and tube sides
Number of tube passes:
Default: *1*
Number of shell passes:
Default: *1*
Stress relief:
Default: See Area Design Basis.
CODE - Provide stress relief if code requires
YES - Provide stress relief
NO - No stress relief required
Weld X-ray:
Max: 100; Default: *20*
TEMA type:
Default: BEM for 1 shell pass, BFM for 2 shell passes.
Vendor grade:
Default: *HIGH*
STAND - Standard vender
HIGH - Specialty vender - high grade/custom work
Regulation type:
Japanese country base only. Required government
regulation and testing; Default: *NONE*
NONE - No special regulations
PV - Pressure vessel regulations
HPG - High pressure gas regulations
Expansion joint:
Default: *NO*
NO - No expansion joint in shell
YES - Expansion required in shell
Tube sheet material:
See Tube Materials in Chapter 28.
Tube sheet corrosion allowance:
Default: Lesser of 50 x tube corrosion allowance, or
0.25 INCHES [6 MM].
Channel material:
Default: tubesheet material. See Tube Materials in
Chapter 28.
Cladding thickness:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material
specified, otherwise 0.0.
Cladding material:
See cladding material in Chapter 28.
Cladding location:
Default: *SHELL*
SHELL - Cladding on shell side only
TUBE - Cladding on tube side only
BOTH - Cladding on both shell and tube sides
Number of tube passes:
Default: *2*
Number of shell passes:
Default: *1*
Stress relief:
Default: See Area Design Basis.
CODE - Provide stress relief if code required
YES - Provide stress relief
NO - No stress relief required
Weld X-ray:
Max 100; Default: *20*
TEMA type:
Default: BES for 1 shell pass, BFS for 2 shell passes.
Vendor grade:
Default: *HIGH*
STAND - Standard vendor
HIGH - Specialty vendor - high grade/custom work
Regulation type:
For Japanese country base only. Required
government regulation and testing. Default: *NONE*
NONE - No special regulations
PV - Pressure vessel regulations
HPG - High pressure gas regulations
Expansion joint:
Default: *NO*
NO - No expansion joint in shell
YES - Expansion joint required in shell
Tube sheet material:
See Chapter 28 for tube materials.
Tube sheet corrosion allowance:
Default: Lesser of 50 x tube corrosion allowance, or
*0.25* INCHES [*6* MM]
Channel material:
See Chapter 28 for materials.
Cladding thickness:
Default: *0.125* INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material
is specified; otherwise *0.0*
Cladding material:
See Chapter 28 for cladding materials.
Cladding location:
Default: *SHELL*
SHELL - Cladding on shell side only
TUBE - Cladding on tube side only
BOTH - Cladding on both shell and tube sides
Number of tube passes:
Default: *2*
Number of shell passes:
Default: *1*
Stress relief:
Default: See Project Design Basis.
CODE - Provide stress relief if code requires
YES - Provide stress relief
NO - No stress relief required
Weld X-ray:
Max: 100; Default: *20*
TEMA type:
*BEU* for 1 shell pass, *BFU* for 2 shell passes.
Vendor grade:
Default: *HIGH*
STAND - Standard vendor
HIGH - Specialty vendor - high grade/custom work
Regulation type:
Japanese country base only. Required government
regulations and testing.
Default: *NONE*.
NONE - No special regulations
PV- Pressure vessel regulations
HPG- High pressure gas regulations
INCNL- Inconel
Shell design gauge pressure:
*150 PSIG [1,000 KPA]*
Shell design temperature:
Default: 400 DEGF [200 DEGC] for copper alloys; 650
DEGF [340 DEGC] other mat’l
Shell operating temperature:
Default: design temperature
Tube side pipe material:
A 53- A 53
A 106- A 106
A333C- 3.5Ni
A335C- A.25Cr - .5Mo - Si
304P- SS304
304LP- 304L
316P- SS316
316LP- 316L
321P- SS321
AL- Aluminum
NI- Nickel
MONEL- Monel
INCNL- Inconel
TI- Titanium
HAST- Hastelloy
Shell side pipe material:
See materials listed above for Tube side pipe material
Number of tubes per shell:
Enter either heat transfer area or no. of shells, tubes/
shell and tube data.
Tube length extended:
For U-tube: MIN: 8 FEET [2.5M], MAX: 120 FEET
[36M], else
MIN: 4 FEET [1.25M], MAX: 60 FEET [18M]
Tube gage:
MIN: 1 BWG,
MAX: 24 BWG
Enter tube gauge or thickness, not both, including
corrosion allowance.
Tube wall thickness:
MIN: 0.02 INCHES [0.6 MM],
MAX 0.34 INCHES [8.6 MM]
Enter tube gauge or thickness, not both, including
corrosion allowance.
Cladding thickness:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is
specified; otherwise: 0.0
Cladding material:
SS304- SS304
SS316- SS321
SS347- SS347
SS410- SS410
SS430- SS430
304L- 304L
316L- 316L
NI200- Ni 200
NI201- Ni 201
MONEL- Monel
INCNL- Inconel
I800- Ni-Fe-Cr
I825- Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu
C 20- Carpenter 20
TI- Titanium
HASTB- Hastelloy B
HASTC- Hastelloy C
Cladding location:
*SHELL*- Cladding on shell side only
TUBE- Cladding on tube side only
BOTH- Cladding on both shell and tube sides
Number of tube passes: * 1*
Number of shell passes: * 1*
Stress relief:
Default: see Area Design Basis.
CODE- Provide stress relief if code requires
YES- Provide stress relief
NO- No stress relief required
Weld X-ray:
* 20*, MAX: 100
Vendor grade:
STAND- Standard vendor
*HIGH*- Specialty vendor for high grade or
custom work
Regulation type:
only for Japanese country base, which requires
government regulation and testing.
*NONE*- No special regulations
PV- Pressure vessel regulations (Japan)
HPG- High pressure gas regulations (Japan)
- Continued next page -
The third option (STABN) is available in the 2004 release. The "Standard exchanger
design" option would cost a regular heat exchanger (shell, tubes, baffles, etc.) and its
bulks, while TBWNB would cost a "tube bundle design only without any system bulks."
TBWNB would not generate any shell and heads, but it will include tubes, internals/
baffles, and tube sheet.
The STABN option is a variation of TBWNB with the following major differences from
TBWNB.
In STABN:
• The tube bundle is horizontally installed (stabbed) into the vertical vessel (tower),
in a way that the tube-side flow inlet/outlet headers stay outside the vessel beyond
the tubesheet.
• The front head is also included to act as a cap of the inlet/outlet headers for the
tube-side flow.
• STABN also costs a reboiler tub and support arrangement for the tube bundle. The
reboiler tub inside the vessel is designed to bear the liquid held-up in the tub
around the tube bundle to avoid the dry-out. The tub is designed to
contain and bear the hydrostatic load of the liquid held-up. The overall hydrostatic
load on the tub bottom is eventually supported by an I-beam design running in the
middle of the vessel along its diameter.
Material:
Default: *CU*
CU- Copper
SS304- SS304
Power output:
Range: 6 -200 KW
Heating/cooling coil with spiral or serpentine coil of HEATER STM
bare pipe, use as tank heater or column tray cooler to
keep the contents of a tank from solidifying or
becoming too viscous to pump.
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel316LP- 316L
SS- Stainless steel321P- SS321
A333C- 3.5 NiCU- Copper
A335C- 1.25 Cr - .5 Mo - SiNI- Nickel
A335F- 5 Cr - .5 MoMONEL- Monel
304LP- 304LINCNL- Inconel
316P- SS316
Heat transfer area:
Range: 1 - 25,000 SF [0.1 - 2,300 M2]
Pipe diameter:
Range: 1 - 6 IN DIAM [25 - 150 MM DIAM]
Bare-tube double-pipe heat exchanger. JACKETED
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Heat transfer area:
10 - 1,000 SF [1 - 90 M2]
Tube length:
Range: 8 - 25 FEET [2.5 - 7.5 M];
Default: *20* FEET [*6* M]
Number of tubes per shell:
Default: *1*
1- 1 tube per shell
7- 7 tubes per shell
Design gauge pressure:
Max: 6,000 PSIG [40,000 KPA]
Design temperature:
Max: 1,200 DEG F [645 DEG C]
Longitudinal finned double-pipe heat exchanger. FIN TUBE
Hairpin sections are connected in series or parallel.
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Heat transfer area:
Enter total heat transfer area (i.e., total extended
surface or finned tubes).
Range:
70 - 10,000 SF [7 - 920 M2]
Tube length:
Range: 8 - 25 FEET [2.5 - 7.5 M];
Default: *20* FEET [*6* M]
Number of fins:
Range: 12 - 48; Default: *24*
Design gauge pressure:
Max: 6,000 PSIG [40,000 KPA]
Number of tubes per shell:
Default: *1*
1- 1 tube per shell
7- 7 tubes per shell
Material:
Default: *GRAPH*
Heat transfer area:
Range: 8 - 150 SF [1.0 - 13.5 M2]
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS304- SS304
Heat transfer area:
10 - 400 SF [1 - 37 M2]
Twin screw thermascrew conveyor with motor TWO SCREW
and drive.
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS304- SS304
Heat transfer area:
10 - 400 SF [1 - 37 M2]
Graphite tube with carbon steel shell exchanger. SHELL TUBE
Material:
Default:*SS304*
SS304- SS304
SS316- SS316
TI- Titanium
HAST- Hastelloy
Heat transfer area:
Range: 40 - 1,330 SF [4 - 123 M2]
Tube design gauge pressure:
Range: 150 - 300 PSIG [1,000 - 2,000 KPA];
Default: 150 PSIG [1,000 KPA]
Tank suction heater without tank. SUC HEATER
Material:
Default: *CS*
Heat transfer area:
Range: 135 - 4,000 SF [13 - 370 M2]
Material:
Default: *CS*
Flow Rate:
Steam production rate (lb/hr or kg/hr)
Heat transfer area:
Range: 1,300 - 10,000 SF [125 - 925 M2]
Plate material:
Default: *SS304*
SS304- SS304
SS316- SS316
S04L- 304L
S16L- 316L
HAST- Hastelloy
Heat transfer area:
Range: 10 - 2,000 SF [1.0 - 185 M2]
Number of plates:
Max: 500
Design gauge pressure:
Max: 350 PSIG [2,410 KPA];
Default: *200* PSIG [*1,380* KPA]
Design temperature:
Max: 400 DEG F [204 DEG C];
Default: *200* DEG F [*93* DEG C]
Sanitary corrugated double pipe exchanger CORRUGATED
Tube material:
*SS316*- SS316
AL6XN- High Cr, Mo+Ni. Super-austentic
stainless steel.
Double pipe size:
Inch-Pound Metric
Symbol Outer Inner Outer Inner
Tube Tube Tube Tube
3x20 3 Inches 2 Inches 75 MM 50 MM
4x25 4 Inches 2.5 Inches 100 MM 60 MM
4x30 4 Inches 3 Inches 100MM 75 MM
5x30 5 Inches 3 Inches 125 MM 75 MM (Close-up of piping)
6x40 6 Inches 4 Inches 150 MM 100 MM
Plate material:
*SS*- SS304
TI- Titanium
Frame material:
Default: SS for plate areas equal to or less than 1.87
SF [0.174 M2], else SSCLD.
SS- Stainless steel. Only available for plate areas
equal to or less than 1.87 SF [0.174 M2]
SSCLD- SS clad carbon steel. Only available for plate
areas greater than 1.87 SF [0.1737 M2].
CS- Carbon steel. Available for all plate areas.
Area per plate:
MIN: 0.27 SF [0.025 M2], MAX: 6.0 SF [0.557 M2].
The maximum number of plates will depend upon the
area per plate. There are seven standard plate areas:
These are similar to the shell and tube heat exchanger, except that the shell is
considerably larger than the tube inside. The design provides space for vapor-
liquid disengagement so that only vapor is returned to the distillation column,
not a vapor-liquid mixture.
Description Type
Kettle reboilers with floating head. KETTLE
Tube pitch:
Default: 1.25 x tube outside diameter
Tube pitch symbol:
Default: *TRIANGULAR*
DIAMOND- Diamond tube pitch
SQUARE- Square tube pitch
TRIANGULAR- Triangular tube pitch
Shell diameter:
Max: 192 INCHES [4,875 MM];
Default: *1.5 x port diameter*
Shell wall thickness:
Shell wall thickness including corrosion allowance.
Shell corrosion allowance:
Default: *0.125* INCHES [*3* MM] for CS, *0.0* for
other materials.
Tube sheet material:
See Chapter 28 for tube materials.
Tube sheet corrosion allowance:
Default: Lessor of 50 x tube corrosion allowance or
0.25 INCHES [6 MM].
Cladding thickness:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is
specified, otherwise 0.0.
Cladding material: See Chapter 28 for cladding
materials.
Cladding location:
Default: *SHELL*
SHELL- Cladding on shell side only
TUBE- Cladding on tube side only
BOTH- Cladding on both shell and tube sides
Number of tube passes: Default: *2*
Duty:
Default: 0.004 x surface area (SF); 0.01262 x surface
area (M2).
Vaporization:
Max: 100; Default: *90*
Specific gravity tower bottoms:
Default: *0.50*
Molecular weight bottoms:
Default: *100*
Heat of vaporization:
Default: *150* BTU/LB [*350* KJ/KG]
Description Type
Thermosiphon - continued
U Tube continued
Description Type
Tube length extended: Range: 8 - 120 FEET [2.5 - U TUBE
36 M]; Default: *40* FEET [*12 M]
Tube gage: Enter tube gauge or thickness, not both,
including corrosion allowance. Range: 1 - 24 BWG
Tube wall thickness: Enter tube gauge or thickness,
not both, including corrosion allowance. Range: 0.02 -
0.34 INCHES [0.6 - 8.6 MM].
Tube corrosion allowance: Default: *0.0025*
INCHES [*0.06* MM] for CS, *0.0* for other
materials.
Tube pitch: Default: *1.25 x tube outside diameter*
Tube pitch symbol: Default: *TRIANGULAR*
DIAMOND - Diamond tube pitch
SQUARE - Square tube pitch
TRIANGULAR - Triangular tube pitch
Shell diameter: Max: 192 INCHES [4,875 MM];
Default: *1.5 x port diameter*
Shell wall thickness: Shell thickness including
corrosion allowance.
Shell corrosion allowance: Default: *0.125*
INCHES [*3* MM] for CS, *0.0* for other materials.
Tube sheet corrosion allowance: See Chapter 28
for materials.
Default: Lesser of 50 x tube corrosion allowance, or
0.25 INCHES [6 MM].
Cladding thickness: See Chapter 28 for materials.
Default: *0.125* INCHES [*3* MM] if cladding
material is specified; otherwise: *0.0*
Cladding location: Default: *SHELL*
SHELL - Cladding on shell side only
TUBE - Cladding on tube side only
BOTH - Cladding on both shell and tube sides
Number of tube passes: *2*
Duty: Default: 0.004 x surface area (SF)
[0.01262 x surface are (M2)]
Vaporization: Max: 100; Default: *90*
Specific gravity tower bottoms: *0.5*
Molecular weight bottoms: *100*
Heat of vaporization: *150* BTU/LB [*350* KJ/KG]
Stress relief: Default: See Area Design Basis
CODE - Provide stress relief if code requires
YES - Provide stress relief
NO - No stress relief required
TEMA type: Default: *BKU*
Description Type
BOX - continued
Material:
See Chapter 28 for materials.
Default: *CS*
Duty:
Max: 500 MMBTU/H [145 MEGAW]
Standard gas flow rate:
Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen Process
Economic Analyzer only. For liquid process fluid, enter
liquid flow GPM [L/S] in place of gas flow.
Process type:
GAS- Gas process fluid
LIQ- Liquid process fluid
Design gauge pressure:
Max: 6,000 PSIG [41,000 KPA];
Default: *500* PSIG [*3,500* KPA]
Design temperature:
Max: 1,500 DEG F [815 DEG C];
Default: *750* DEG F [*400* DEG C]
Pyrolysis. PYROLYSIS
Material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*
Duty:
Max: 500 MMBTU/H [145 MEGAW]
Standard gas flow rate:
Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen Process
Economic Analyzer only. For liquid process fluid, enter
liquid flow in GPM [L/S] in place of gas flow.
Process type:
GAS- Gas process fluid
LIQ- Liquid process fluid
Description Type
PYROLYSIS - continued
Material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*
Duty:
Max: 500 MMBTU/H [145 MEGAW]
Standard gas flow rate:
Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen Process
Economic Analyzer only. For liquid process fluid, enter
liquid flow in GPM [L/S] in place of gas flow.
Process type:
GAS- Gas process fluid
LIQ- Liquid process fluid
Design gauge pressure:
Max: 6,000 PSIG [41,000 KPA];
Default: *500* PSIG [*3,500* KPA]
Design temperature:
Max: 1,500 DEG F [815 DEG C];
Default: *750* DEG F [*400* DEG C]
Gas or oil fired vertical cylindrical type for low heat VERTICAL
duty range moderate temperature with long contact
time.
Material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*
Duty:
Max: 500 MMBTU/H [145 MEGAW]
Standard gas flow rate:
For liquid process fluid, enter liquid flow in GPM [L/S]
in place of gas flow.
Process type:
GAS- Gas process fluid
LIQ- Liquid process fluid
Design gauge pressure:
Max: 6,000 PSIG [41,000 KPA];
Default: *500* PSIG [*3,500* KPA]
Design temperature:
Max: 1,500 DEG F [815 DEG C];
Default: *750* DEG F [*400* DEG C]
Shell Types E, F, G, H, J, X E, F, G, H, J, X E, F, G, H, J, X
Introduction to Lining
A lining is material that lines the inside surface of a tank, tower, furnace, or
other piece of process equipment and protects that piece of equipment from
destruction by high temperature, corrosion or abrasion. Some of the common
lining types follow.
Acid Brick
These linings are used in Acid Service (pH less than 4.5) to protect a
membrane coating from deterioration due to abrasion or high temperature (T
greater than 150 DEG F). Red Shale Brick (RSB) is the cheapest and can be
used in low temperature service. When a more refractory material is desired,
acid resistant fireclay (30% alumina) is used.
Acid brick can be installed with two different mortars. Silica mortar is more
economical but can not be used in all applications. Furfural based mortar is
more expensive but is resistant to a wider range of materials.
Fluorocarbon Linings
Fluorocarbon linings are resistant to a wide variety of corrosive chemicals at
temperatures up to 180 DEG F. The most common fluorocarbon linings are TeflonTM and
KynarTM.
Refractory Brick
These linings are used in high temperature service. Selection of the type brick
to be used is a function of the process temperature, expected degree of
chemical attack and expected degree of abrasion.
Insulating firebrick has lower thermal conductivity and heat capacity than
refractory firebrick. It is generally used as a backing for refractory firebrick.
Since it is relatively non-resistant to chemical attack and abrasion, it is used as
the inner lining only when no erosion or abrasion is expected. Insulating
firebrick is ASTM Group 26 material (good to 2,600 DEG F).
Sixty percent alumina firebrick is a high alumina refractory useful for operating
conditions involving thermal cycling and chemical attack. Sulfuric acid
processing and spent acid regeneration are two applications for this material.
Ninety percent alumina firebrick is a high alumina refractory useful in
operating conditions involving thermal shock, slagging, corrosion and high
temperatures. Typical applications for this material are hydrotreating and
sulfur burners.
Resin Linings
Resin linings are used in a variety of corrosive services at operating
temperatures up to 250 DEG F. These linings offer good solvent resistance.
Some common resis linings are asphaltic resin, epoxy resin and phenolic resin.
Resin linings may be applied by spray gun, brush or roller.
Rubber Linings
These linings are satisfactory in a wide range of corrosive services at
temperatures less than 150 DEG F. Rubber linings are almost always applied in
the vendors shop. The most common rubber linings are butyl rubber, natural
rubber and neoprene.
Lead Linings
Lead sheet was used extensively in the manufacture of sulfuric acid. Today,
new process technology has nearly eliminated the use of lead as a lining
material.
Zinc Linings
Zinc is frequently applied to water tanks for cathodic protection. The zinc can be flame
sprayed (also called metallizing) or painted onto the carbon steel base material. Flame
spraying is the process whereby metallic zinc is vaporized in a flame and sprayed onto
the steel base material. The hot zinc does not merely coat the carbon steel, it forms an
alloy with the steel several mils deep.
Packing type:
See Chapter 28 for packing materials.
Lining material:
Default: *25RSB*
25RSB- 2.5 INCHES [62 MM] red shale
45RSB- 4.5 FINCHES [112 MM] red shale
80RSB- 8.0 INCHES [200 MM] red shale
25AFC- 2.5 INCHES [62 MM] Al f-clay
45AFC- 4.5 INCHES [112 MM] Al fclay
90AFC- 9.0 INCHES [225 MM] Al fclay
Mortar type:
Default: *FUR*
FUR- Furfural base motar
SIL- Silicone base motar
Lining adjustment:
See “Suggested Lining Difficulty Adjustment.”
Range:
1 - 10; Default: *4*
Lining material:
Default: *GUNIT*
GUNIT- Gunite on wire mesh
GUNA5- Gunn. 50% Al anchored
GUNA9- Gunn. 90% Al anchored
CASA9- Cast. 90% Al anchored
GUN50- Gunn. 50% Al no anchor
GUN90- Gunn. 90% Al no anchor
CAS90- Cast. 90% Al no anchor
Lining thickness:
Max: 9 INCHES [225 MM];
Default: 4 INCHES [100 MM]
- Continued on next page -
Lining adjustment:
See “Suggested Lining Difficulty
Adjustment.” Range: 1 - 10; Default: *4*
Brick: 60%, 90% alumina firebrick, insulating OTHER
firebrick; abrasion resistant, replaceable linings:
ceramic, rubber, steel, alloy; coatings: organic, glass
and metallic.
Lining material:
See Chapter 28 for lining materials.
Default:
*EPLCS*
Lining adjustment:
See “Suggested Lining Difficulty
Adjustment.” Range: 1 - 10; Default: *4*
Description Type
Available in a wide variety of alloys and exotic ANSI
materials including carbon steel casings with stainless
steel impellers (SF = stainless fitted) for flows to 2000
GPM [125 L/S], and additionally in FRP for flows to 500
GPM [31 L/S].
Casing material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*
Liquid flow rate:
MAX: 2,000 GPM [125 L/S]
Fluid head:
MAX: 75 FEET [25 M] at 20 x HZ; 200 FEET
[60 M] at 30 x HZ; 575 FEET [175 M] at
60 x HZ.
Default: *75* FEET [*25* M]
Speed:
Range: 1,200 - 3,600 RPM;
Speed varies with pump head
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default *1.0*
Driver type:
NONE- No driver
*MOTOR*- Standard motor driver
VFD- Variable frequency motor driver
TURBINE, - Turbine driver
GAS ENGINE- Gas engine driver
Seal type:
PACK- Packing
*SNGL*- Single mechanical seal
TNDM- Tandem mechanical seal
DBLE- Double mechanical seal
Design temperature:
MAX: 500 DEG F [260 DEG C];
Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C]
Fluid viscosity:
Default: *1.0* CPOISE [*1.0* MPA-S]
Pump efficiency:
Range: 10 - 100
Steam gauge pressure:
Steam pressure for turbine drivers only.
Default: *400* PSIG [*2,800* KPA].
Primary seal pipe plan:
*11*- API primary seal piping plan number 11
12- API primary seal piping plan number 12
13- API primary seal piping plan number 13
21- API primary seal piping plan number 21
22- API primary seal piping plan number 22
23- API primary seal piping plan number 23
31- API primary seal piping plan number 31
32- API primary seal piping plan number 32
41- API primary seal piping plan number 41
2- API primary seal piping plan number 2
- Continued on next page -
Driver type:
Default: *MOTOR*
NONE- No driver
MOTOR- Standard motor driver
VFD- Variable frequency motor driver
TURBINE, - Turbine driver
GAS ENGINE- Gas engine driver
Seal type:
Default: *SNGL*
PACK- Packing
SNGL- Single mechanical seal
TNDM- Tandem mechanical seal
DBLE- Double mechanical seal
Design temperature:
MAX: 250 DEG F [107 DEG C];
Default *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C]
Fluid viscosity:
Default: *1.0* CPOISE [*1.0* MPA-S]
Pump efficiency:
Range: 1 - 100
Steam gauge pressure:
Steam pressure for turbine drivers only. Default:
*400* PSIG [2,800 KPA].
API 610 type available in a variety of casing materials. API 610
Casing material:
See Chapter 28 for materials.
Fluid head:
MAX: 200 FEET [60 M] at 30 x HZ; 700 FEET [210 M]
at 60 x HZ RPM. Default: *225* FEET [*25* M] RPM
Speed:
Range: 1,800 - 3,600 RPM;
Speed varies with pump head
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: *1.0*
Driver power:
MIN: >0
If you specify a driver power greater than 300 HP with
a MOTOR driver type, Icarus generates a Totally
Enclosed Water Cooled (TEWAC) motor. In Aspen
Process Economic Analyzer and Aspen Capital Cost
Estimator, Icarus also generates additional piping lines
for cooling water and an additional temperature
control loop.
Driver type:
Default: MOTOR
NONE- No driver
*MOTOR*- Standard motor driver
VFD- Variable frequency motor driver
TURBINE, - Turbine driver
GAS ENGINE- Gas engine driver
Seal type:
Default: *SNGL*
PACK- Packing
*SNGL*- Single mechanical seal
TNDM- Tandem mechanical seal
DBLE- Double mechanical seal
Design temperature:
MAX: 850 DEG F [450 DEG C];
Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C]
Fluid viscosity:
Default: *1.0* CPOISE [*1.0* MPA-S]
Pump efficiency:
Range: 10 - 100
Steam gauge pressure:
Steam pressure for tubine drivers only. Default:
*400* PSIG [*2,800* KPA].
Primary seal pipe plan:
*11*- API primary seal piping plan number 11
12- API primary seal piping plan number 12
13- API primary seal piping plan number 13
21- API primary seal piping plan number 21
22- API primary seal piping plan number 22
23- API primary seal piping plan number 23
31- API primary seal piping plan number 31
32- API primary seal piping plan number 32
41- API primary seal piping plan number 41
2- API primary seal piping plan number 2
Secondary seal pipe plan: Default: *NONE*
51- API secondary seal piping plan number 51
52- API secondary seal piping plan number 52
53- API secondary seal piping plan number 53
54- API secondary seal piping plan number 54
61- API secondary seal piping plan number 61
62- API secondary seal piping plan number 62
Casing material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*
Liquid flow rate:
MAX: 450 GPM [38 M] at 30 x HZ,
900 GPM [56 L/S] at 60 x HZ.
Fluid head:
MAX: 125 FEET [38 M] at 30 x HZ, 500 FEET [152 M]
at 60 x HZ; Default: *225* FEET [*25* M]
Speed:
Range: 1,800 - 3,600 RPM; Default: *1,800* RPM.
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: *1.0*
Driver type:
*STD*- Standard motor
VFD- Variable frequency drive
NONE- No driver
Seal type:
PACK- Packing
*SNGL*- Single mechanical seal
TNDM- Tandem mechanical seal
DBLE- Double mechanical seal
Design temperature:
MAX: 850 DEG F [450 DEG C];
Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C].
Fluid viscosity:
Default: *1.0* CPOISE [*1.0* MPA-S].
Pump efficiency:
Range: 10 - 100
Primary seal pipe plan:
Default: *11*
11- API primary seal piping plan number 11
12- API primary seal piping plan number 12
13- API primary seal piping plan number 13
21- API primary seal piping plan number 21
22- API primary seal piping plan number 22
23- API primary seal piping plan number 23
31- API primary seal piping plan number 31
32- API primary seal piping plan number 32
41- API primary seal piping plan number 41
2- No primary seal piping plan
Secondary seal pipe plan:
Default: *NONE*
51- API second seal piping plan number 51
52- API second seal piping plan number 52
53- API second seal piping plan number 53
54- API second seal piping plan number 54
61- API second seal piping plan number 61
62- API second seal piping plan number 62
Cooling water pipe plan:
Default: *NONE*
A- API cooling water piping plan A
B- API cooling water piping plan B
C- API cooling water piping plan C
D- API cooling water piping plan D
E- API cooling water piping plan E
F- API cooling water piping plan F
G- API cooling water piping plan G
H- API cooling water piping plan H
J- API cooling water piping plan J
K- API cooling water piping plan K
L- API cooling water piping plan L
Material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*
Liquid flow rate:
Max GPM <1,300,000/head [FT],
Max L/S <25,000/head [M].
Fluid head:
MAX: 75 FEET [25 M]; Default: *75* FEET [*25* M]
Temperature:
MAX: 500 DEG F [260 DEG C];
Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C]
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: *1.0*
Horizontal pump with canned motor. CANNED
Casing material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*
Liquid flow rate:
MAX: 400 GPM [25 L/S]
Fluid head:
MAX: 200 FEET [60 M]; Default: *75* FEET [*25* M]
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: *1.0*
Design temperature:
MAX: 850 DEG F [450 DEG C];
Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C]
Fluid viscosity:
Default: *1.0* CPOISE [*1.0* MPA-S]
Pump efficiency:
Range: 10 - 100
Single and multistage centrifugal pumps available in a CENTRIF
variety of casing materials.
Casing material:
Default: *CS*
Fluid head:
Default: *75* FEET [*25* M]
Speed:
Varies with pump head
- Continued on next page -
Casing material:
Default: *CI*
Liquid flow rate:
MAX: 2,000 GPM [125 L/S]
Fluid head:
MAX: 200 FEET [60 M] at 30 x HZ, 275 FEET [80 M] at
60 x HZ; Default: *75* FEET [*25* M]
Speed:
Range: 1,800 - 3,600 RPM
Speed varies with pump head
Fluid specific gravity:
0.2 - 5.0; Default: *5.0*
Driver type:
NONE- No driver
*MOTOR*- Standard motor driver
VFD- Variable frequency motor driver
TURBINE, - Turbine driver
GAS ENGINE- Gas engine driver
Seal type:
PACK- Packing
*SNGL*- Single mechanical seal
TNDM- Tandem mechanical seal
DBLE- Double mechanical seal
Design temperature:
MAX: 250 DEG F [120 DEG C];
Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C]
Fluid viscosity:
Default: *1.0* CPOISE [*1.0* MPA-S]
Pump efficiency:
Range: 10 - 100
Steam gauge pressure:
Steam pressure for turbine drivers only. Default:
*400* PSIG [*2,800* KPA].
General service in-line pump. IN LINE
Includes pump and motor driver.
Casing material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*
Liquid flow rate:
MAX: GPM x head [FEET] < 43,000, L/S x head
[M] < 825.
Fluid head:
Default: *75* FEET [*25* M]
Speed:
Range: 1,200 - 3,600 RPM; Default: *1,800* RPM.
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: *1.0*
Driver type:
*STD*- Standard motor
VFD- Variable frequency drive
NONE- No driver
Seal type:
PACK- Packing
*SNGL*- Single mechanical seal
TNDM- Tandem mechanical seal
DBLE- Double mechanical seal
Design temperature:
MAX: 500 DEG F [260 DEG C];
Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C]
Fluid viscosity:
Default: *1.0* CPOISE [*1.0* MPA-S]
Pump efficiency:
Range: 10 - 100
Material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*
Liquid flow rate:
MAX: Flow (GPM) x Head (FT) < 990,000 [Flow (L/S) x
Head (M) < 8250]
Fluid head:
Default: *75* FEET [*25* M]; MAX: Flow (GPM) x
Head (FT) < 990,000 [Flow (L/S) x Head (M) < 8250]
Temperature:
Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C]; MAX: 500 DEG F
[260 DEG C]
Fluid Specific Gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: *1.0*
Low consistency stock pump. PULP STOCK
Casing material:
*CI*- Cast iron
SS316- SS316
Liquid flow rate:
Range: 100 - 28,000 GPM [6.4 - 1,765 L/S]
Fluid Head:
Range: 15 - 350 FEET [4.6 - 106 M]
Speed:
Default: *1,800* RPM
Fluid specific gravity.:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: 1.0
Driver type:
NONE- No driver
*MOTOR*- Standard motor driver
VFD- Variable frequency driver
TURBINE- Turbine driver
GAS ENGINE- Gas engine driver
Design temperature:
Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C]
Consistency Air Dried: Percent by weight of air dried
(AD)
solids in fluid. Range: 0.0 - 6.0; Default: *1.0*
Pump efficiency:
Range: 10 - 100
Steam gauge pressure:
Steam pressure for turbine drivers only. Default:
*400*PSGI [*2,800 KPA].
Enclosure type:
OPEN- Closed frame unit
*CLOSE*- Open frame unit
Material:
*CS*- Carbon steel
CI- Cast iron
SS- Stainless steel
BRONZ- Bronz
Liquid flow rate:
MAX: 300 GPM [18 L/S].
Viscosity:
MAX: 30,000 CSTOKE [30,000 MM2/S];
Default: *32* CSTOKE [*32* MM2/S].
Speed:
MAX: 600 RPM; Default: *90* RPM.
Canned rotor gear pump CANNED RTR
Explosion-proof motor, to 570 GPM [35 L/S].
Material:
*SS316*
Liquid flow rate:
40 - 570 GPM [3 - 35 L/S]
Speed:
MAX: 1,800 RPM; Default: *1,800* RPM
Viscosity:
Default: *32* CSTOKE [*32* MM2/S]
Material:
*GSLCS* (Glass-lined CS)
Liquid flow rate:
Range: 35 - 480 GPM [3 - 30 L/S].
Speed:
MAX: 1,800 RPM; Default: *1,800* RPM.
Material:
Default: *CS*
Liquid flow rate:
Range: 5.5 - 910 GPM [0.4 - 56 L/S]
Fluid head:
MAX: 1,000 FEET [300 M]
Temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: *1.0*
Driver power:
Range: 3 - 10 HP [2.22 - 7.5 KW]
Reciprocating duplex with steam driver. DUPLEX
Material:
Default: *CS*
Liquid flow rate:
MAX: 1,000 GPM [62 L/S]
Fluid head:
MAX: 1,000 FEET [300 M]
Temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: *1.0*
Driver power:
Range: 2 - 100 HP [1.5 - 7.5 KW]
Triplex (plunger) with pump-motor driver. TRIPLEX
Material:
Default: *CS*
Liquid flow rate:
MAX: 1,000 GPM [62 L/S]
Fluid head:
MAX: 1,000 FEET [300 M]
Temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default *1.0*
Driver power:
Range: 2 -100 HP [1.5 - 75 KW]
Material:
*CS*- Carbon steel
SS316- SS316
Liquid flow rate:
Range: 0.012 - 600 GPM [1.3 - 37.5 L/S]
Temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: *1.0*
Slurry pump. SLURRY
Material:
Default: *SS316*
Liquid flow rate:
Range: 1.5 - 25 GPM [0.1 - 1.5 L/S]
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: *1.0*
Temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Description Type
Rotary (sliding vanes) pump. Includes motor driver. ROTARY
Material:
Defaults*
Liquid flow rate:
Range: 10 - 750 GPM [0.7 - 47 L/S]
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: *1.0*
Temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Material:
BRONZ
Liquid flow rate:
Range: 25 - 450 GPM [1.6 - 28 L/S]
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: *1*
Temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Reciprocating plunger pump. RECIP MOTR
Material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*
Liquid flow rate:
Min: 0.01 GPM [0.4 L/S]
Temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: *1.0*
Driver power:
MAX: 1,000 HP [750 KW]
High density stock pump with twin intermeshing HD STOCK
screws.
Casing material:
*SS316*, SS317
Stock flow rate air dried:
Flow rate of air dried (AD) solids in pumped fluid.
MAX: 1,500 TPD [56 TON/H]
Design gauge pressure Outlet:
MAX: 160 PSIG [1,100 KPA] to 550 TPD [20 TON/H],
else 100 PSIG [688 KPA].
Design temperature:
Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C]
Consistency air dried:
Percent by weight of air dried (AD) solids in fluid.
Range: 10 - 20; Default: *10*
Fluid specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: *1*
Pump efficiency:
Range: 10 - 100
Driver type:
NONE- No driver
*MOTOR*- Standard motor driver
VFD- Variable frequency motor driver
TURBINE, - Turbine driver
GAS ENGINE- Gas engine driver
Speed:
Default: *1,800* RPM [*1,500* RPM]
Steam gauge pressure:
Steam pressure for turbine drivers only. Default:
*400* PSIG [*2,800* KPA].
Pump Efficiencies
Pump Type Default Efficiency
Centrifugal Pumps < 50 GPM = 60%
All Other Pumps 82%
Hi-Density Stock Pump Calculated using an empirical correlation.
Tower/Column Applications
Towers are commonly used for the following purposes:
• Distillation
• Stripping
• Absorption
• Adsorption
• Extraction.
A description of these items follows.
Distillation — a process which separates a mixture of materials into two or
more desired parts. The device which performs this operation may be called a
Tower/Column Internals
Trays — May be divided into two major categories; crossflow trays and
counter flow trays. Crossflow trays get their name because liquid flows across
the tray to a downcomer while vapor rises through perforations in the tray
deck. There are three types of crossflow trays in common use today. They are
the bubble cap, sieve tray, and valve tray. The bubble cap trays were used
almost exclusively until about 1950. Since then, the use of bubble cap trays
has almost disappeared because their complicated construction makes them
Materials of Construction
The tower shell and heads are usually fabricated out of carbon or low alloy
steel plate.
As the name implies, the primary alloying element in carbon steel is carbon.
All the other alloying elements in carbon steel are limited to concentrations
less than 0.5%. The most common materials of construction for towers are the
carbon steels A515 and A516.
Low alloy steel contain one or more alloying elements besides carbon in
concentrations from 0.5% to 10%. Alloying elements in concentrations greater
than 10% make the steel a high alloy steel.
When extremely corrosive materials are to be handled, the tower may be
fabricated out of a high alloy steel such as one of the stainless steels, a non-
ferrous metal such as titanium or monel, or a non-metal such as FRP
(fiberglass reinforced polyester). However, because these materials are either
very expensive or else have design limitations such as low strength, claddings
and linings are commonly used for corrosion resistance. Clad plate consists of
a thin layer of corrosion resistant metal permanently bonded to an inexpensive
carbon or low alloy steel backing. Linings differ from claddings in that there is
not a permanent continuous bond between the corrosion resistant material
and the backing material, and the corrosion resistant material is usually not a
metal. Common lining materials are brick, cement, rubber and glass.
Application:
Defines vessel function and related
pipe/instrumentation model.
Default: *ABSORB*
ABSORB- Absorption
DESORB- Desorption
DISTIL- Distillation with thermosiphon reboiler
(not included)
Fluid volume:
Max: 100; Default: *20*; For seismic design, fluid
volume as a% of vessel volume (water assumed).
Vacuum design gauge pressure:
If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst
case. Default: pressure.
Weld efficiency:
50 - 100; ASME/JIS codes only, where allowed for thin
wall vessels; Default: Area Design Basis.
Stress relief:
Default: See Area Design Basis.
CODE- Provide stress relief if code requires
YES- Provide stress relief
NO- No stress relief required
Molecular weight Overhead prod:
Default: 50 for distillation and stripping applications;
otherwise 30.
Number body flange sets Bottom:
Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same
diameter as vessel.
Number body flange sets Top:
Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same
diameter as vessel.
Diameter option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD;
Default: See Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside diameter
ID- Inside diameter
ASME design basis:
Default: *D1NF*, applicable only for
ASME code design.
D1NF- ASME Division 1 - no fatigue analysis
D1F- ASME Division 1 - with fatigue analysis
D2NF- ASME Division 2 - no fatigue analysis
D2F- ASME Division 2 - with fatigue analysis
Tray type:
Default: *VALVE*
VALVE- Valve trays
BUBBL- Bubble cap trays
TURBO- Turbo grid trays
SIEVE- Sieve trays
NONE.- No trays
Application:
Defines vessel function and related pipe/
instrumentation model; Default: *DISTIL*
ABSORB- Absorption
DESORB- Desorption
DISTIL- Distillation with thermosiphon reboiler
(not included)
DIS-RB- Distillation with kettle reboiler
(not included)
EXTRAC- Extraction
GAS-AD- Gas adsorption
LIQ-AD- Liquid adsorption
STRIPP- Stripping with thermosiphon reboiler
(not included)
STR-RB.- Stripping with kettle reboiler (not included)
Base material Bottom:
For clad plate, specify the backing plate material
(cladding is defined below). See Chapter 28 for
materials. Default: *A 515*.
Design gauge pressure Bottom:
Default: Specified top section pressure, or 50 PSIG
[350 KPA]; negative for vacuum.
Design temperature Bottom:
Default: Specified top section temperature or 250 DEG
F [120 DEG C].
Bottom tray material or packing:
Specify tray material for trays or packing material for
packed sections. See Chapter 28 for materials.
Default: *A 515*.
No. trays/Packed height Bottom:
Enter number of trays for trayed sections or packing
height for packed sections. Default: *0.0*
Diameter option:
Default: See Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside diameter
ID- Inside diameter
ASME design basis:
Applicable only for ASME code design.
See following entries for fatigue data.
D1NF- ASME Division 1 - no fatigue analysis
D1F- ASME Division 1 - with fatigue analysis
D2NF- ASME Division 2 - no fatigue analysis
D2F- ASME Division 2 with fatigue analysis
Start Stop cycles x 1000:
ASME fatige only. Thousands of start-up cycles during
the full equipment life; Min: 0.02;
Default: *1.0*.
Pressure cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from
design pressure during equipment life.
Default: *0*.
Pressure amplitude:
ASME fatigue only. Amplitude of pressure deviation as
percent of design pressure. Default: *0*.
Number of hydrostatic tests:
ASME fatigue only. Number of hydrostatic tests during
the full equipment life. Default: *20*.
Temperature cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from
design temperature in equipment life. Default: *0*.
Temperature amplitude:
ASME fatigue only. Amplitude of temperature deviation
as a percent of design temperature.
Tray thickness:
Default: 0.1875 INCH [4.5 MM].
Fluid volume:
For seismic design; fluid volume as a percent
of vessel volume (water assumed)
Max: 100
Default: *20*.
Tower Section Details:
Note: Clicking the red arrow in the Tower Section
Details field opens the Tower internal data form, on
which to enter details about the bottom, middle and
top sections of the tower.
For each section:
Name:
The name of the section.
Base material:
For clad plate, specify the backing plate
material (cladding is defined below). See
Chapter 28 for materials.
Diameter:
Enter the diameter of the vessel.
Vessel tangent to tangent height:
Enter either Capacity or Diameter and Height.
Thickness:
Base material thickness including corrosion
allowance.
Design gauge pressure:
Default: Specified top section pressure, or
50 PSIG [350 KPA]: negative for vacuum.
Design temperature:
Default: Specified top section temp or
250 DEG F [120 DEG C].
Operating Temperature:
Default: Design temperature.
Corrosion allowance:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS, 0.0 for
other materials.
Cladding material:
See Chapter 28 for materials.
Default: *NONE*.
Cladding thickness:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material
is specified; otherwise: 0.0.
SECTION - TRAYS
Number of trays:
Enter number of trays. Min 2.
Tray type:
Default: *VALVE*
VALVE- Valve tray
BUBBL- Bubble cap trays
TURBO- Turbo grid trays
SIEVE- Sieve trays
NONE- No trays
Tray material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *A285C*.
Tray spacing:
Range: 12 - 30 INCHES [305 -760 MM];
Default: *24* INCHES [*600* MM].
Tray thickness:
Default: *0.187* INCHES [*4.50*]
Max: 0.375 INCHES [9.00 MM].
SECTION - PACKINGS
Packing height Section 1:
Max: Tangent to tangent height less 1.0 FEET
[0.3 M].
Packing material(1):
See Chapter 28 for packing materials.
Packing height Section 2:
Max: Tangent to tangent height less height
of packing No. 1.
Packing material(2):
See Chapter 28 for packing materials.
Jacket option:
*NO*- Jacket not required
YES- Jacket is required
Number of manholes:
Default: *1*.
Manhole diameter:
Max: 48 INCHES [1,200 MM];
Default: *18* INCHES[*450* MM].
Stiffening ring thickness:
Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only;
enter 0.0 if not required.
Number of body flange sets:
Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of the
same diameter as the vessel.
Pipe material:
See a list of piping materials.
Cladding Material:
See Chapter 28 for cladding materials.
Default: *NONE*.
Skirt Height: Enter 0.0 skirt height if tower hung in
OPEN structure; Default: 1.5 x diameter.
Wind or Seismic Design: Default: Vessel designed
for wind and seismic loads defined in Project Basis.
W+S- Wind and seismic design required
WIND- Wind design only
SEIS- Seismic design only
NONE- Delete wind and seismic design
Fluid Volume:
For seismic design; fluid volume as a% of vessel
volume (water assumed). Max: 100; Default: *20*.
Manhole Diameter:
Max: 48 INCHES [1,200 MM].
Base Material Thickness:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Corrosion Allowance:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS; 0.0 for other
material. Double if jacketed.
Number of Body Flange Sets:
Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same
diameter as vessel.
Weld Efficiency:
ASME/JIS Codes only, where allowed for thin wall
vessels; Default: Area Basis; Range: 50 - 100.
Stress Relief:
Default: See Area Design Basis.
CODE- Provide stress relief if code requires
YES- Provide stress relief
NO- No stress relief required
Cladding Thickness:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is
specified, otherwise - 0.0.
Stiffening Ring Spacing:
Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only, enter 0.0
if not required.
Jacket Design Gauge Pressure:
Jacket pressure or thickness required to obtain jacket.
Default: No jacket.
Jacket Type:
Default: *FULL*.
FULL- Full jacket
PIPE.- Half-pipe jacket
- Continued on next page -
Jacket Thickness:
Jacket pressure or thickness required to obtain jacket.
Default: No jacket.
Jacket Material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*.
Head Type:
ELLIP- 2:1 ellipsoidal
HEMI- Hemispherical
TORI- Torispherical (ASME)
Molecular Weight Overhead Prod:
Default: 50 for distillation and stripping applications,
otherwise 30.
Diameter Option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD; Default: See
Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside diameter
ID- Inside diameter
ASME Design Basis:
Applicable only for ASME code design.
See following entries for fatigue data.
D1NF- ASME Division 1 - no fatigue analysis
D1F- ASME Division 1 - with fatigue analysis
D2NF- ASME Division 2 - no fatigue analysis
D2F- ASME Division 2 with fatigue analysis
Start Stop Cycles x 1000:
ASME fatige only. Thousands of start-up cycles during
the full equipment life; Min: 0.02; Default: *1.0*.
Pressure Cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from
design pressure during equipment life. Default: *0*.
Pressure Amplitude:
ASME fatigue only. Amplitude of pressure deviation as
percent of design pressure. Default: *0*.
Number of Hydrostatic Tests:
ASME fatigue only. Number of hydrostatic tests during
the full equipment life. Default: *20*.
Temperature Cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from
design temperature in equipment life. Default: *0*.
Temperature Amplitude:
ASME fatigue only. Amplitude of temperature
deviation as a percent of design temperature.
Description Type
Trayed single diameter tower. TRAYED
Available tray types include: bubble cap, sieve, turbo
grid, valve and clips and supports without trays.
Tray Type:
Default: *VALVE*
VALVE- Valve tray
BUBBL- Bubble cap trays
TURBO- Turbo grid trays
SIEVE- Sieve trays
NONE- No trays
Application:
Defines vessel function and related pipe/
instrumentation model; Default: *DISTIL*.
ABSORB- Absorption
DESORB- Desorption
DISTIL- Distillation with thermosiphon reboiler
(not included)
DIS-RB- Distillation with kettle reboiler
(not included)
EXTRAC- Extraction
STRIPP- Stripping with thermosiphon reboiler
(not included)
STR-RB- Stripping with kettle reboiler (not included)
Shell Material:
For clad plate, specify the backing plate material
(cladding is defined below). Default: *A 515*.
Vessel Tangent to Tangent Height:
Default: 15 FEET [4.5 M] plus tray stack height.
Design Gauge Pressure:
If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst
case. Default: pressure *15* PSIG [*100* KPA].
Vacuum Design Gauge Pressure:
If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst
case. Default: pressure.
Design Temperature:
Default: 400 DEG F [200 DEG C] for copper alloys;
otherwise material: 650 DEG F [340 DEG C].
Tray Material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *A285C*.
Number of Trays:
Min: 2
Description Type
TRAYED - continued
Tray Spacing:
Range: 12 - 30 INCHES [305 -760 MM]; Default: *24*
INCHES [*600* MM].
Demister Thickness:
Max: 12 INCHES [300 MM]
Cladding Material:
See Chapter 28 for cladding materials.
Default: *NONE*.
Skirt Height:
Enter 0.0 skirt height if tower hung in OPEN structure;
Default: 1.5 x diameter.
Wind or Seismic Design:
Default: Vessel designed for wind and seismic loads
defined in Project Basis.
W+S- Wind and seismic design required
WIND- Wind design only
SEIS- Seismic design only
NONE- Delete wind and seismic design
Fluid Volume:
For seismic design; fluid volume as a% of vessel
volume (water assumed). Max: 100; Default: *20*.
Manhole Diameter:
Max: 48 INCHES [1,200 MM].
Base Material Thickness:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Corrosion Allowance:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS; 0.0 for other
material. Double if jacketed.
Number of Body Flange Sets:
Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same
diameter as vessel.
Weld Efficiency:
ASME/JIS Codes only, where allowed for thin wall
vessels; Range: 50 - 100; Default: Area Basis.
Stress Relief:
CODE, YES, NO; Default: See Area Design Basis.
Cladding Thickness:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is
specified, otherwise - 0.0.
Stiffening Ring Spacing:
Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only, enter 0.0
if not required.
Jacket Design Gauge Pressure: Jacket pressure or
thickness required to obtain jacket. Default: No
jacket.
- Continued on next page -
Description Type
TRAYED - continued
Jacket Type:
Default: *FULL*
FULL- Full jacket
PIPE- Half-pipe jacket
Jacket Thickness:
Jacket pressure or thickness required to obtain jacket.
Default: No jacket.
Jacket Material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*.
Head Type:
ELLIP- 2:1 ellipsoidal
HEMI- Hemispherical
TORI- Torishpherical (ASME)
Molecular Weight Overhead Prod:
Default: 50 for distillation and stripping applications,
otherwise 30.
Diameter Option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD; Default: See
Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside diameter
ID- Inside diameter
Tray Thickness:
Default: *0.187* INCHES [*4.50* MM];
Max: 0.375 INCHES [9.00 MM]
ASME Design Basis:
Applicable only for ASME code design.
See following entries for fatigue data.
D1NF- ASME Division 1 - no fatigue analysis
D1F- ASME Division 1 - with fatigue analysis
D2NF- ASME Division 2 - no fatigue analysis
D2F- ASME Division 2 with fatigue analysis
Start Stop Cycles x 1000:
ASME fatige only. Thousands of start-up cycles during
the full equipment life; Min: 0.02; Default: *1.0*.
Pressure Cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from
design pressure during equipment life. Default: *0*.
Pressure Amplitude:
ASME fatigue only. Amplitude of pressure deviation as
percent of design pressure. Default: *0*.
Number of Hydrostatic Tests:
ASME fatigue only. Number of hydrostatic tests during
the full equipment life. Default: *20*.
Description Type
TRAYED - continued
Tray Material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*.
Number of Trays: Min: 1.
Tray Type:
BUBBL- Bubble cap trays
TURBO- Turbo grid trays
SIEVE- Sieve trays
VALVE- Valve trays
Tray Thickness:
Default: *0.187* INCHES [*4.50* MM];
Max: 0.375 INCHES [9.00 MM]
Tray Spacing:
Range: 12 - 30 INCHES [305 - 750 MM];
Default: 24 INCHES [600 MM].
Direct contact heat exchanger tower includes DC HE TW
distributors, packing supports, nozzles; may include
packing.
Shell Material:
For clad plate, specify the backing plate material
(cladding is defined below). See Chapter 28 for
materials.
Default: *A 515*.
Gas Flow Rate Inlet:
Range: 30,000 - 300,000 LB/H
[13,610 - 136,000 KG/H]; Enter either flowrate or
diameter and height.
Vessel Diameter:
Enter either flowrate or diameter and height.
Vessel Tangent to Tangent Height:
Enter either flowrate or diameter and height.
Description Type
DC HE TW - continued
Description Type
DC HE TW - continued
Shell Material:
For clad plate, specify the backing plate material
(cladding is defined below). See Chapter 28 for
materials.
Default: *A 515*.
Gas Flow Rate Inlet:
Enter either flowrate or diameter and height; Range:
30,000 - 300,000 LB/H [13,610 - 136,000 KG/H].
Vessel Diameter:
Enter either flowrate or diameter and height.
Vessel Tangent to Tangent Height:
Enter either flowrate or diameter and height.
Number of Vessel Pairs:
Number of vessel pairs in configuration, one vessel per
pair absorbing at a time.
Design Gauge Pressure:
If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst
case. Default: pressure 15 PSIG [100 KPA].
Vacuum Design Gauge Pressure:
If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst
case. Default: pressure.
Design Temperature:
Default: 400 DEG F [200 DEG C] for copper alloys;
other material: 650 DEG F [340 DEG C].
Packing Type Section 1:
See Chapter 28 for packing materials; Default:
*13XMS*.
Packing Height Section 1:
Max: Tangent to tangent height less 1.0 FEET [0.3 M].
Packing Type Section 2:
Default: *ALMNA* (Alumina).
Packing Height Section 2:
Max: Tangent to tangent height less height of packing
No. 1.
Cladding Material:
See Chapter 28 for cladding materials.
Default: *NONE*.
Skirt Height:
Enter 0.0 skirt height if tower hung in OPEN structure;
Default: 1.5 x diameter.
Head Type:
ELLIP- 2:1 ellipsoidal
HEMI- Hemispherical
TORI- Torispherical (ASME)
OPEN- Open top/TORI bottom
Heater Type:
*ELEC*- Electric heater
STEAM- Steam heater
NONE- No heater
Steam Gauge Pressure:
Default: *150* PSIG [*1,000* KPA]
Applies to steam gas heater only
Diameter Option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD;
Default: See Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside diameter
ID- Inside diameter
Material:
Default: *CS*
Water flow rate:
Range: 200 - 5,000 GPM [15 - 315 L/S]
Material:
CI
Water flow rate:
Range: 40 - 5,000 GPM [3 - 315 L/S]
Material:
RBLCS (rubber lined carbon steel)
Water flow rate:
Range: 200 - 3,000 GPM [12 - 180 L/S]
Description Type
One stage of non-condensing ejection. SINGLE STG
Single stage ejectors may be used to produce
pressures as low as 2 INCHES Hg ABS, but are
normally used in the pressure range from atmospheric
to 3 INCHES Hg ABS. Ejectors are used to generate
low pressure for vacuum distillation, vacuum
crystallization and evaporation and to produce chilled
water.
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
HAST- Hastelloy
Air ejection rate:
Range: 10 - 10,000 LB/H [4.6 - 4,530 KG/H]
Suction absolute pressure:
Range: 20 - 400 MM HG [2,670 - 53,300 PA]
Two ejection stages with barometric intercondenser .TWO STAGE
Two stage ejectors are used to produce suction
pressures from 4 to 0.5 INCHES Hg ABS. Two stage
ejectors have the same process applications as single
stage ejectors.
This item is a two stage ejector with a barometric type
intercondenser. A two stage ejector is simply two
single stage ejectors arranged in series. Two stages
can produce a higher vacuum than a single stage
ejector. The first stage evacuates the equipment item
to which it is attached and compresses these gases
and vapors to an intermediate pressure.
The motive steam and condensable vapors ejected by
the first stage are condensed in the barometric
condenser to reduce the load on the second stage. The
second stage ejector takes the non-condensable
gasses from the first stage and compresses them to
atmospheric pressure so that they may be released to
the atmosphere.
- Continued on next page -
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
HAST- Hastelloy
Air ejection rate:
Range: 10 - 150 LB/H [4.6 -68 KG/H]
Suction absolute pressure:
Range: 10 - 200 MM HG [1,340 - 26,600 PA]
Non-condensing two single stage ejectors without 2 STAGE
intercondenser. A two stage non-condensing ejector is
less expensive than a two stage condensing ejector on
an installed basis. The non-condensing ejector may be
used for an application where the condensing ejector
is used. Therefore, the non-condensing ejector is
preferred where the lower initial capital investment
out-weighs the higher operating cost due to the higher
steam consumption.
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
HAST- Hastelloy
Air ejection rate:
Range: 10 - 120 LB/H [4.6 - 50 KG/H]
Suction absolute pressure:
Range: 5 - 100 MM HG [670 - 13,3000 PA]
Description Type
Four stages of ejection with barometric condenser 4 STAGE B
between third and fourth ejector.
Four stage ejectors are used to produce suction
pressures from 4 to 0.2 MM Hg ABS. Four stage
ejectors are used to produce suction for vacuum
distillation, vacuum crystallizers and vacuum
evaporators.
This item is a four stage ejector with one barometric
condenser between the third and fourth ejectors. The
condenser is used only between those stages where
the condensing temperature of the steam is greater
than the temperature of the cooling water available.
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
HAST- Hastelloy
Air ejection rate:
Range: 10 - 110 LB/H [4.6 - 48 KG/H]
Suction absolute pressure:
Range: 0.5 - 10 MM HG [67 - 1,330 PA]
Four stages of ejection with barometric condensers, 4 STAGE
between second and third and between third and
fourth ejector. Four stage ejectors are used to produce
suction pressure from 4 to 0.2 MM Hg ABS. Four stage
ejectors are used to produce suction for vacuum
distillation, vacuum crystallizers, and vacuum
evaporators.
This item is a four stage ejector with two barometric
condensers. Four ejectors are arranged in series with
one condenser between the second and third ejectors
and the other between the third and four ejectors.
Condensers are used only between those ejectors
where the condensing temperature of the steam is
greater than the temperature of the cooling water
available.
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
HAST- Hastelloy
Air ejection rate:
Range: 10 - 110 LB/H [4.6 - 48 KG/H]
Suction absolute pressure:
Range: 0.25 - 5.0 MM HG [33 - 660 PA]
Description Type
Five stages of ejection with barometric condenser 5 STAGE B
between fourth and fifth ejector.
Five stage ejectors are used to produce suction
pressures from 0.4 to 0.02 MM Hg ABS. Five stage
ejectors are used to produce suction for vacuum
distillation, vacuum crystallizers and vacuum
evaporators.
This item is a five stage ejector with one barometric
condenser between the fourth and fifth ejectors.
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
HAST- Hastelloy
Air ejection rate:
Range: 10 - 110 LB/H [4.6 - 48 KG/H]
Suction absolute pressure:
Range: 0.5 - 1.0 MM HG [7 - 130 PA]
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS316- SS316
Actual gas flow rate:
Range: 30 - 4,000 CFM [55 - 6,750 M3/H]
Mechanical oil-sealed vacuum pump. MECHANICAL
First stage: 0.01 MM HG [1.35 PA]
Second stage: 0.0003 MM HG [0.04 PA].
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Actual gas flow rate:
Range: 30 - 700 CFM [55 - 1,150 M3/H]
Number of stages:
Range: 1 - 2; Default: *1*
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
Actual gas flow rate:
Range: 120 - 2,000 CFW [205 - 3,375 M3/H]
Application:
Defines vessel function and related
piping/instrumentation model. Default: *blank*blank-
Standard continuous process vessel BATCH- Batch
process vessel
STORAGE- Storage vessel
RECVR- Receiver
KO- Knock-out drum
Shell material:
For clad plate, specify the backing plate material.
(Cladding is defined below.) See Chapter 28 for
materials.
Default: *A 515*.
Liquid volume:
Enter either capacity or diameter and length. The
capacity excludes the volume of the heads.
If both the vessel dimensions and capacity are
specified, the system-calculated capacity must agree
with the specified capacity to within plus or minus
10% to avoid an error condition.
To secure desired vessel size, specify the diameter and
height directly.
A value must be specified if vessel diameter and/or
vessel height (or length) are not specified. If vessel
diameter and height (or length) are specified, the
vessel volume is calculated from these dimensions.
If only vessel capacity is specified, a straight side
length-to-diameter ratio is chosen by the system,
considering cost and practicability.
Description Type
HORIZ DRUM - continued
Vessel diameter:
Enter either capacity or diameter and length. A value
must be specified if vessel capacity is not specified. If
both capacity and height (or length) are specified, the
diameter is calculated from these values.
Vessel tangent to tangent length:
Enter either capacity or diameter and length. A value
must be specified if vessel capacity is not specified. If
both vessel capacity and diameter are specified, the
height (or length) is calculated from these values.
Design gauge pressure:
If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst
case; Default: *15* PSIG [*100* KPA] pressure.
Vacuum design gauge pressure:
If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst
case. Default: pressure.
Design temperature:
Default: 650 DEG F [340 DEG C] ferrous material; 250
DEG F [120 DEG C] other material.
Operating temperature:
Default: design temperature. The operating
temperature is used in the calculation of piping and
insulation thickness.
Cladding material:
See Chapter 28 for cladding materials.
Manhole diameter:
Max: 48 INCHES [1,200 MM]; Default: *18* INCHES
[*450* MM].
Number of manholes:
Default: *1*.
Allowance for internals:
Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of basic
vessel weight. Default: *0.0*. This value adjusts
vessel weight and cost accordingly.
Diameter of drip leg:
Drip leg (boot) diameter and height must be specified
if required.
Height of drip leg:
Drip leg (boot) diameter and height must be specified
if required.
Base material thickness:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Corrosion allowance:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS, 0.0 for other
materials.
Description Type
HORIZ DRUM - continued
Weld efficiency:
ASME/JIS codes only, where allowed for thin wall
vessel; Default: Area Basis. Range: 50 - 100.
Stress relief:
Default: See Area Design Basis.
CODE- Provide stress relief if code requires
YES- Provide stress relief
NO- No stress relief required
Cladding thickness:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is
specified, otherwise: 0.0.
Stiffening ring spacing:
Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only, enter 0.0
if not required.
Head type:
If no value is specified, the system selects the tori
spherical type and calculates its thickness. If the head
is thicker than the vessel shell, the system selects the
2:1 ellipsoidal type head thickness. If the head is still
thicker than the shell, the system selects the
hemispherical type head.
ELLIP- 2:1 ellipsoidal
HEMI- Hemispherical
TORI- Torispherical (ASME)
Number of body flange sets:
Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same
diameter as vessel.
Diameter option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD; Default - see
Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside diameter
ID- Inside diameter
Multi-wall design for high pressure service with total MULTI WALL
wall thickness of individual, thin, heat-shrunk cylinders
(maximum 2 INCHES [50 MM] thick) heat shrunk,
pressure vacuum design and construction according to
user-designated design code standard.
Description Type
MULTI WALL - continued
Application:
Defines vessel function and related piping/
instrumentation model.
Default: *blank*
blank- Standard continuous process vessel
BATCH- Batch process vessel
STORAGE- Storage vessel
RECVR- Receiver
KO- Knock-out drum
Description Type
JACKETED - continued
Shell material:
For clad plate, specify the backing plate material. See
Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *A 515*.
Liquid volume:
Enter either capacity or diameter and length.
Vessel diameter:
Enter either capacity or diameter and length.
Vessel tangent to tangent length:
Enter either capacity or diameter and length.
Design gauge pressure:
If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst
case; Default: *15* PSIG [*100* KPA].
Vacuum design gauge pressure:
If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst
case; Default: pressure.
Design temperature:
Default: 650 DEG F [340 DEG C] ferrous material; 250
DEG F [120 DEG C] other materials.
Operating temperature:
Default: design temperature.
Cladding material:
See Chapter 28 for materials.
Jacket design gauge pressure:
Default: *90* PSIG [*620* KPA].
Jacket type:
Default: *FULL*
FULL- Full jacket
PIPE- Half-pipe jacket
Jacket material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*.
Manhole diameter:
Default: *18* INCHES [450 MM]; Max: 48 INCHES
[1,200];
Number of manholes: Default: *1*.
Allowance for internals:
Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of basic
vessel weight. Default: *0.0*.
Diameter of drip leg:
Drip leg (boot) diameter and length must be specified
if required.
Height of drip leg:
Drip leg (boot) diameter and length must be specified
if required.
- Continued on next page -
Description Type
JACKETED - continued
Vessel length:
MAX: 15 FEET [4.5 M]
Enter either capacity or diameter and length.
Operating temperature:
*68 DEG F [20 DEG C]*
Head type:
*TORI*- Torispherical (ASME)
CON15- 15 degree cone head
Jacket type:
*NONE*- No jacket
DMPLE- 90 PSIG [620 KPA] dimple jacket
Shell material:
For clad plate, specify the backing plate material.
(Cladding is defined below.) See Chapter 28 for
materials.
Default: *A 515*.
Vessel diameter:
Enter either capacity or diameter and length.
A value must be specified if vessel capacity is not
specified. If both capacity and height (or length) are
specified, the diameter is calculated from these
values.
Description Type
Pressure/Vacuum Service CYLINDER
Application:
Defines vessel function and related piping/
instrumentation model. Default: *blank*
blank- Standard continuous process vessel
BATCH- Batch process vessel
STORAGE- Storage vessel
RECVR- Receiver
KO- Knock-out drum
Shell material:
For clad plate, specify the backing plate material.
See Chapter 28 for materials.
Default: *A 515*.
Vessel diameter:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height. A value
must be specified if vessel capacity is not specified. If
both vessel capacity and height (or length) are
specified, the diameter is calculated from these
values. If both vessel capacity and diameter are
specified, the height (or length) is calculated from
these values.
Vessel tangent to tangent height:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
See Diameter.
Design gauge pressure:
If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst
case; Default: *15* PSIG [*100* KPA].
Vacuum design gauge pressure:
If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst
case; Default: pressure.
Design temperature:
Default: 650 DEG F [340 DEG C] ferrous material, 250
DEG F [120 DEG C] other material.
Operating temperature:
Default: design temperature.
Description Type
CYLINDER - continued
Skirt height:
Skip if legs required, enter 0.0 if hung in OPEN
structure; Default: 1.5 x diameter. If the capacity is
10,000 GALLONS [37 M3] or less, the vessel is
designed with 4-feet [1.25 M] pipe legs. For a capacity
greater than 10,000 GALLONS [37 M3], the vessel is
designed with a skirt. The skirt height is calculated as
1.5 x vessel diameter, with minimum and maximum
calculated heights of 4 - 32 FEET [1.25 - 9.5 M].
Vessel leg height:
Skip if skirt required, enter 0.0 if hung in OPEN
structure; Default: *4* FEET [1.25 M].
See Skirt Height.
Wind or seismic design:
Default: Vessel designed for wind and seismic loads
defined in Project Basis.
W+S- Wind and seismic design required
WIND- Wind design only
SEIS- Seismic design only
NONE- Delete wind and seismic design
Fluid volume:
For seismic design, fluid volume as a% of vessel
volume (water assumed). Max: 100; Default: *20*.
Manhole diameter: Max: 48 INCHES [1,200 MM];
Default: 18 INCHES [450 MM].
Number of manholes:
Default: *1*.
Allowance for internals:
Default: *0.0*; Specify an allowance for internals as a
percent of basic vessel weight.
Demister thickness:
Default: *12* INCHES [*300* MM]
Base material thickness:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Corrosion allowance:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM for CS, 0.0 for other
materials.
Number of body flange sets:
Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same
diameter as vessel.
Weld efficiency:
ASME/JIS codes only, where allowed for thin wall
vessels; Defaults: Area Basis. Range: 50 - 100.
Description Type
CYLINDER - continued
Stress relief:
Default: See Area Design Basis.
CODE- Provide stress relief if code requires
YES- Provide stress relief
NO- No stress relief required
Cladding material:
If no cladding material is specified, the system
assumes that the vessel is not clad regardless of any
input for cladding thickness.
See Chapter 28 for materials.
Cladding thickness:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is
specified, otherwise 0.0. See Cladding Material.
Stiffening ring spacing:
Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only, enter 0.0
if not required.
Head type:
If no value is specified, the system selects the
torispherical type head and calculates the thickness. If
the head is thicker than the vessel shell, the system
selects the 2:1 ellipsoidal type head and recalculates
the head thickness. If the head is still thicker than the
shell, the system selects the hemispherical type head.
ELLIP- 2:1 ellipsoidal
HEMI- Hemispherical
TORI- Torispherical (ASME)
Head thickness Top:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Head thickness Bottom:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Diameter option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD; Default: See
Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside diameter
ID- Inside diameter
ASME design basis:
Applicable only for ASME code design. See following
entries for fatigue data. Default: *D1NF*.
D1NF- ASME Division 1 - no fatigue analysis
D1F- ASME Division 1 - with fatigue analysis
D2NF- ASME Division 2 - no fatigue analysis
D2F- ASME Division 2 - with fatigue analysis
Start stop cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of start-up cycles
during the full equipment life. Range: 5.00 - 0.02.
- Continued on next page -
Description Type
CYLINDER - continued
Application:
Defines vessel function and related piping/
instrumentation model. Default: *blank*
blank- Standard continuous process vessel
BATCH- Batch process vessel
STORAGE- Storage vessel
RECVR- Receiver
KO- Knock-out drum
Shell material:
For clad plate, specify the backing plate material.
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *A 515*.
Liquid volume:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Vessel diameter:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Vessel tangent to tangent height:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Design gauge pressure:
If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst
case. Default: *15* PSIG [*100* KPA].
Vacuum design gauge pressure:
If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for
worst case.
Description Type
MULTI WALL - continued
Design temperature:
Default: 650 DEG F [340 DEG C] ferrous material, 250
DEG F [120 DEG C] other material.
Operating temperature:
Default: design temperature.
Skirt height:
Skip if legs required, enter 0.0 if hung in OPEN
structure; Default: 1.5 x diameter.
Vessel leg height:
Skip if skirt required, enter 0.0 if hung in OPEN
structure; Default: *4* FEET [*1.25* M].
Wind or seismic design:
Default: Vessel designed for wind and seismic loads
defined in Project Basis.
W+S- Wind and seismic design required
WIND- Wind design only
SEIS- Seismic design only
NONE- Delete wind and seismic design
Fluid volume:
Max: 100; Default: *20*; For seismic design; fluid
volume as a% of volume (water assumed).
Manhole diameter:
Max: 48 INCHES [1,200 MM];
Default: *18* INCHES [*450* MM].
Number of manholes:
Default: *1*.
Allowance for internals:
Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of basic
vessel weight. Default: *0.0*.
Demister thickness:
Default: *12* INCHES [*300* MM]
Base material thickness:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Corrosion allowance:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS, 0.0 for other
materials.
Number of body flange sets:
Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same
diameter as vessel.
Weld efficiency:
ASME/JIS codes only, where allowed for thin wall
vessels; Range: 50 - 100; Default: Area Basis.
Description Type
MULTI WALL - continued
Stress relief:
Default: see Area Design Basis.
CODE- Provide stress relief if code requires
YES- Provide stress relief
NO- No stress relief required
Cladding material:
See Chapter 28 for cladding materials.
Cladding thickness:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is
specified, otherwise - 0.0.
Stiffening ring spacing:
Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only, enter 0.0
if not required.
Head type:
ELLIP- 2:1 ellipsoidal
HEMI- Hemispherical
TORI- Torispherical (ASME)
Head thickness Top:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Head thickness Bottom:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Diameter option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD; Default: see
Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside diameter
ID- Inside diameter
ASME design basis:
Applicable only for ASME code design.
See following entries for fatigue data.
Default: *D1NF*.
D1NF- ASME Division 1 - no fatigue analysis
D1F- ASME Division 1 - with fatigue analysis
D2NF- ASME Division 2 - no fatigue analysis
D2F- ASME Division 2 - with fatigue analysis
Start stop cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of start-up cycles
during the full equipment life.
Range: 5.00 - 0.02.
Pressure Cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from
design pressure during equipment life.
Default: *0*.
Description Type
MULTI WALL - continued
Pressure amplitude:
ASME fatigue only. Amplitude of process deviation as
percent of design pressure. Default: *0*.
Number of hydrostatic tests:
ASME fatigue only. Number of hydrostatic tests during
the full equipment life. Default: *0*.
Temperature cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from
design temperature in equipment life. Default: *0*.
Temperature amplitude:
ASME fatigue only. Amplitude of temperature as a
percent of design temperature. Default: *0*.
Jacketed, cylindrical, vertical pressure/vacuum vessel. JACKETED
Application:
Defines vessel function and related piping/
instrumentation model. Default: *blank*
blank- Standard continuous process vessel
BATCH- Batch process vessel
STORAGE- Storage vessel
RECVR- Receiver
KO- Knock-out drum
Shell material:
For clad plate, specify the backing plate material.
(Cladding is specified below.) Default: *A 515*.
Liquid volume:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Vessel diameter:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Vessel tangent to tangent height:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Design gauge pressure:
If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst
case. Default: *15* PSIG [*100* KPA].
Vacuum design gauge pressure:
If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst
case. Default: pressure.
Design temperature:
Default: 650 DEG F [340 DEG C] ferrous material, 250
DEG F [120 DEG C] other material.
Operating temperature:
Default: design temperature.
Description Type
JACKETED - continued
Description Type
JACKETED - continued
Stress relief:
Default: See Area Design Basis.
CODE- Provide stress relief if code requires
YES- Provide stress relief
NO- No stress relief required
Cladding material:
See Chapter 28 for cladding materials.
Cladding thickness:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is
specified, otherwise - 0.0.
Stiffening ring spacing:
Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only, enter 0.0
if not required.
Head type:
ELLIP- 2:1 ellipsoidal
HEMI- Hemispherical
TORI- Torispherical (ASME)
Head thickness Top:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Head thickness Bottom:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Diameter option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD; Default: see
Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside diameter
ID- Inside diameter
ASME design basis:
Applicable only for ASME code design.
See following entries for fatigue data.
Default: *D1NF*.
D1NF- ASME Division 1 - no fatigue analysis
D1F- ASME Division 1 - with fatigue analysis
D2NF- ASME Division 2 - no fatigue analysis
D2F- ASME Division 2 - with fatigue analysis
Start stop cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of start-up cycles
during the full equipment life.
Range: 5.00 - 0.02.
Pressure cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from
design pressure during equipment life.
Description Type
JACKETED - continued
Default: *0*.
Pressure amplitude:
ASME fatigue only. Amplitude of process deviation as
percent of design pressure. Default: *0*.
Number of hydrostatic Tests:
ASME fatigue only. Number of hydrostatic tests during
the full equipment life. Default: *0*.
Temperature cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from
design temperature in equipment life. Default: *0*.
Temperature amplitude:
ASME fatigue only. Amplitude of temperature as a
percent of design temperature. Default: *0*.
High Pressure Gas/Liquid Storage SPHERE
Shell material:
For clad plate, specify the backing plate material.
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *A 515*.
Liquid volume:
Enter either capacity or diameter.
Vessel diameter:
Enter either capacity or diameter.
Design gauge pressure:
-15 - 3,000 PSIG [-100 - 20,5000];
Default: 15 PSIG [100 KPA].
Design temperature:
Max: 1,500 DEG F [815 DEG C];
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C].
Operating temperature:
Default: design temperature.
Manhole diameter:
Max: 48 INCHES [1,200 MM];
Default: *18* INCHES [*450* MM].
Number of manholes:
Default: *1*.
Allowance for internals:
Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of basic
vessel weight. Default: *0.0*.
Base material thickness:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Corrosion allowance:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS, 0.0 for other
materials.
Cladding material:
See Chapter 28 for cladding materials.
Cladding thickness:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is
specified, otherwise - 0.0.
Diameter option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD; Default: see
Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside diameter
ID- Inside diameter
ASME design basis:
Applicable only for ASME code design.
See following entries for fatigue data.
Default: *D1NF*.
D1NF- ASME Division 1 - no fatigue analysis
D1F- ASME Division 1 - with fatigue analysis
D2NF- ASME Division 2 - no fatigue analysis
D2F- ASME Division 2 - with fatigue analysis
Description Type
SPHERE - continued
Description Type
SPHEROID - continued
Shell material:
For clad plate, specify the backing plate material.
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *A 515*.
Liquid volume:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Range: 60,000 - 750,000 GALLONS [230 - 2,840 M3];
Vessel diameter:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Vessel height:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Design gauge pressure:
Range: 0.0 - 15 PSIG [0.0 - 100 KPA];
Default: *15* PSIG [*100* KPA].
Design temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C].
Operating temperature:
Default: design temperature.
Manhole diameter:
Max: 48 INCHES [1,200 MM];
Default: *18* INCHES [*450* MM].
Number of manholes:
Default: *1*.
Allowance for internals:
Default: Specify an allowance for internals as a
percent of basic vessel weight. Default: *0.0*.
Base material thickness:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Corrosion allowance:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS, 0.0 for other
materials.
Cladding material:
See Chapter 28 for cladding materials.
Description Type
SPHEROID - continued
Cladding thickness:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is
specified, otherwise - 0.0.
Diameter option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD;
Default - see Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside diameter
ID- Inside diameter
Near-Atmospheric Liquid Storage STORAGE
The available roof types are FLAT, FLOAT, CONE, LIFT, Flat roof tank
OPEN, INFLT, and INCN.
Description Type
STORAGE - continued
Description Type
Cryogenic storage tank - double wall, superinsulated. CRYOGENIC
Shell material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *SS304*.
Liquid volume:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Range: 300.0 - 60,000.0 GALLONS
[1.20 - 227.00 M3].
Vessel diameter:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Vessel tangent to tangent height:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Design gauge pressure:
If both pressure and vacuum are entered, design is for
worst case. Default: 250.0 PSIG [1,720 KPA].
Vacuum design gauge pressure:
If both pressure and vacuum are entered, design is for
worst case. Default: pressure.
Design temperature:
Default: -320.0 DEG F [-195 DEG C].
Operating temperature:
Default: design temperature.
Jacket design gauge pressure:
Min: -14.70 PSIG [-100.0 KPA];
Default: -14.70 PSIG [-100.0 KPA]
Jacket material:
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*.
Skirt height:
Skip if legs are required. Enter ‘0.0’ if hung in OPEN
structure. Default: 1.5 x diameter.
Vessel leg height:
Skip if legs are required. Enter ‘0.0’ if hung in OPEN
structure. Default: 1.5 x diameter.
Wind or seismic design:
Default: Vessel designed for wind and seismic loads
defined in Project Basis.
W+S- Wind and seismic design required
WIND- Wind design only
SEIS- Seismic design only
NONE- Delete wind and seismic design
Fluid volume:
For seismic design, fluid volume as a% of vessel
volume (water assumed).
Manhole diameter:
Max: 48.0 INCHES [1,200.0 MM];
Default: 18.0 INCHES [450.0 MM]
- Continued on next page -
Description Type
CRYOGENIC - continued
Material:
Default: *FRP*
FRP- FRP
HAVEG- Haveg
Liquid volume:
Volume or diameter + height required input Range:
1,000 - 30,000 GALLONS [3.8 - 113 M3]
- Continued on next page -
Description Type
PLAST TANK - continued
Vessel diameter:
Volume or diameter + height input.
Max: 12.0 FEET [93.6 M].
Vessel height:
Volume or diameter + height required input.
Design gauge pressure:
Range: 0.00 - 15.00 PSIG [0 - 100 KPA];
Default: *0.05* PSIG [*0.3* KPA].
Temperature:
Max: 300 DEG F [120 DEG C];
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C].
Wooden storage tanks to 50000 GALLONS [1890 M3]. WOOD TANK
Shell material:
For clad plate, specify the backing plate material. See
Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *A285C*.
Gas volume:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Vessel diameter:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Vessel height:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
- Continued on next page -
Description Type
GAS HOLDER - continued
Shell material:
For clad plate, specify the backing plate material. See
Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *A285C*.
Liquid volume:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Vessel diameter:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Vessel height:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Description Type
CONE BTM - continued
Description Type
CONE BTM - continued
Diameter option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD;
Default - see Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside diameter
ID- Inside diameter
ASME design basis:
Applicable only for ASME code design.
See following entries for fatigue data.
Default: *D1NF*.
D1NF- ASME Division 1 - no fatigue analysis
D1F- ASME Division 1 - with fatigue analysis
D2NF- ASME Division 2 - no fatigue analysis
D2F- ASME Division 2 - with fatigue analysis
Start Stop cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of start-up cycles
during the full equipment life.
Range: 5.00 - 0.02.
Pressure cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from
design pressure during equipment life.
Default: *0*.
Pressure amplitude:
ASME fatigue only. Amplitude of process deviation as
percent of design pressure. Default: *0*.
Number of hydrostatic tests:
ASME fatigue only. Number of hydrostatic tests during
the full equipment life. Default: *0*.
Temperature cycles x 1000:
ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from
design temperature in equipment life.
Default: *0*.
Temperature amplitude:
ASME fatigue only. Amplitude of temperature as a
percent of design temperature. Default: *0*.
Live bottom storage bin. LIVE BTM
Shell material:
For clad plate, specify the backing plate material.
See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *A285C*.
Solid volume:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Description Type
LIVE BTM - continued
Vessel diameter:
MAX: 15 FEET [4.69 M]
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Vessel height:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Design temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Operating temperature:
Default: Design temperature.
Vessel leg height:
Enter ‘0.0’ if bin hung in OPEN structure;
Default: *4* FEET [*1.25* M].
Manhole diameter:
Max: 48 INCHES [1,200 MM];
Default: *18* INCHES [*450* MM].
Number of manholes: Default: *1*.
Allowance for internals:
Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of basic
vessel weight. Default: *0.0*.
Base material thickness:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Corrosion allowance:
Default: *0.125* INCHES [*3* MM] for CS, *0.0* for
other materials.
Number of body flange sets:
Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same
diameter as vessel.
Stress relief:
Default: See Area Design Basis.
CODE- Provide stress relief if code requires
YES- Provide stress relief
NO- No stress relief
Cladding material:
See Chapter 28 for materials.
Cladding thickness:
Default *0.125* INCHES [*3* MM] if cladding material
is specified; otherwise: *0.0*.
Diameter option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD;
Default - see Area Design Basis.
OD- Outside diameter
ID- Inside diameter
Description Type
Tile Chests
Description Type
CHEST REC - continued
Tile or lining:
Percent of chest surface to be lined,
100% = one side; 200% = inside + outside. Max:
200; Default: 100.
Configuration:
Default: *OPEN*
OPEN- Open top chest
CLOSED- Chest has a roof
Installation option:
Default: *GRADE*
GRADE- Tile chest is constructed on grade
STRUCT- Tile chest is within a structure
Capacity of group:
For PARTGRP chest only, capacity of entire group;
Default: 4x chest capacity.
Number of chests in group:
For WHLGRP chest only, enter number of chests in
entire assemblage. Default: *4*.
Number of partitions lengthwise:
Number of full length partitions parallel to length
dimension (may be fraction).
Number of partitions widthwise:
Number of width wide partitions parallel to width
dimension (may be fraction).
Soil type:
SOFT CLAY- Bearing: 2000 PSF [100 KN/M2]
FIRM CLAY- Bearing: 4000 PSF [200 KN/M2]
WET SAND- Bearing: 4000 PSF [200 KN/M2]
SAND+CLAY- Bearing: 4000 PSF [200 KN/M2]
DRY SAND- Bearing: 600 PSF [300 KN/M2]
SAND- Bearing: 8000 PSF [400 KN/M2]
GRAVEL- Bearing: 12000 PSF [600 KN/M2]
SOFT ROCK- Bearing: 16000 PSF [800 KN/M2]
HARDPAN- Bearing: 20000 PSF [1000 KN/M2]
MED-ROCK- Bearing: 30000 PSF [1400 KN/M2]
HARD ROCK.- Bearing: 80000 PSF [3800 KN/M2]
Product density:
Default: *62.4* PCF.
Exclude excavation:
Exclude portion of calculated quantity if not required
or common with other items. Max: 100; Default:
*0.0*.
Description Type
CHEST REC - continued
Footings exclusion:
Exclude portion of calculated quantity if not required or
common with other items. Max: 100; Default: *0.0*.
Floor exclusion:
Exclude portion of calculated quantity if not required or
common with other items. Max: 100; Default: *0.0*.
Wall length exclusion:
Exclude portion of calculated quantity if not required or
common with other items. Max: 100; Default: *0.0*.
Wall width exclusion:
Exclude portion of calculated quantity if not required or
common with other items. Max: 100; Default: *0.0*.
Tile Chests, Cylindrical CHEST CYL
Description Type
CHEST CYL - continued
Description Type
Shell material: CHEST MTL
For clad plate, specify the backing plate material.
(Cladding is defined below.) ©©Default: *A285C*.
Liquid volume:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Vessel diameter:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Vessel height:
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Tile or lining type:
Default: *25RSB*
25RSB- 2.4 INCH [62 MM] red shale brick
45RSB- 4.5 INCH [112 MM] red shale brick
80RSB- 8.0 INCH [200 MM] red shale brick
Tile or lining:
Percent of chest surface to be lined. 100% = one side;
200% = inside + outside. Max: 200;
Default: *100*.
Roof type:
Default: *FLAT*
FLAT- Flat roof tank
CONE- Cone roof tank
FLOAT- Floating roof tank
LIFT- Lifter
OPEN- Open top tank
INFLT- Internal floater with flat roof
INCN- Internal floater with cone roof
Design gauge pressure:
Range: 0 - 2.5 PSIG [0 - 17.0 KPA];
Default: *0.05* PSIG [*0.35* KPA].
Ignore this field for open top tanks.
Design temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C].
Operating temperature:
Default: Design temperature.
Manhole diameter:
Max: 48 INCHES [1,200 MM];
Default: *18* INCHES [450.0 MM].
Number of manholes:
Default: *1*.
Allowance for internals:
Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of basic
vessel weight. Default: *0.0*.
Base material thickness:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
- Continued on next page -
Description Type
Corrosion allowance: CHEST MTL
Default: *0.125* INCHES [*3* MM] for CS, *0.0* for
other materials.
Cladding material:
See Chapter 28 for cladding materials.
Cladding thickness:
Default: *0.125* INCHES [*3* MM] for cladding
material, otherwise *0.0*.
Specific gravity:
Range: 0.2 - 5.0; Default: *1.0*.
Diameter option:
Defines desired diameter as ID or OD.
Default: See Area Design Basis.
Bottom type:
Default: *FLAT*
FLAT- Single flat bottom
DBL- Double bottom
Sanitary vertical cylindrical vessel SAN TANK
Shell Material:
SS304,*SS316*
Application:
The application symbol defines vessel function and
related pipe/instrum. model.
*SURGE*- Surge tank
MIX- Mixing tank
Liquid Volume:
MAX: 5,000 GALLONS [18.9 M3]
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Vessel Diameter:
MAX: 9.25 FEET [2.8 M]
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Vessel Height:
MAX: 10 FEET [3 M]
Enter either capacity or diameter and height.
Operating temperature:
MIN: 68 DEG F [20 DEG C]
Cover type:
*OPEN*- Open top
FLAT- Loose flat top
FIXED- Fixed flat top with bridge
DISH- Dished top with manway and agitator nozzle
- Continued on next page -
Bottom type:
WELL- Well bottom
SLOPE- Sloped bottom
TORI- Torispherical bottom
*CON15*- 15 degree cone bottom
CON30- 30 degree cone bottom
CON45- 45 degree cone bottom
CON60- 60 degree cone bottom
Jacket type:
*NONE*- No jacket
DMPLE- 90 PSIG [620 KPA] dimple jacket
LNG Tank
-continued-
Additional Notes:
1. The civil and steel volumetric bulks are included in
the equipment cost.
2. A pile foundation will automatically be designed if
required. The soil type, pile type, and pile
parameters are specified in the unit area civil specs or
project civil specs.
3. The inner steel tank freeboard is calculated based
on the inner tank height, diameter, and seismic
horizontal acceleration. The seismic horizontal
acceleration is specified in the project civil specs.
-continued-
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Mantle diameter:
Range: 20 - 84 INCHES [510 - 2,130 MM].
Crusher type:
Default: *STAND*
STAND- Standard head
SHORT- Short head
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Mantle diameter:
Range: 20 - 120 INCHES [510 - 3,045 MM].
Crusher type:
Default: *PRIME*
PRIME- Primary crushing
SECOND- Secondary crushing
Overhead eccentric jaw crusher for primary and ECCENTRIC
secondary crushing of hard, tough and abrasive
materials, such as quartz, rock, glass and ferroalloys.
Includes hydraulic toggle, motor and motor drive
sheave and V belts.
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Crusher flow rate:
Range: 25 - 1,620 TPH [23 - 1,460 TON/H].
Product size:
Range: 1 - 16 INCHES [25 - 400].
Description Type
Swing jaw crusher for primary and secondary JAW
crushing of hard and/or abrasive materials such
as quartz rock, glass and ferroalloys.
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Crusher flow rate:
Range: 70 - 610 TPH [65 - 550 TON/H].
Product size:
Range: 2 - 8 INCHES [50 - 200 MM].
Rotary crusher for coarse, soft materials, such ROTARY
as gypsum, phosphate rock, pitch, mica,
cocoanut shells.
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Driver power:
Range: 2 - 25 HP [1.5 - 18.5 KW].
Single roll crushers are manufactured in light, S ROLL LT
medium and heavy duty constructions for the
primary crushing of friable materials such as
coal; medium hard materials such as coal,
phosphate rock and shale; and hard materials
such as cement rock, iron ore and limestone.
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Crusher flow rate:
Range: 140 - 1,470 TPH
[128 - 1,330 TON/H].
Product size:
Range: 2 - 6 INCHES [50 - 150 MM].
Description Type
S ROLL LT - continued
Single roll crusher for medium duty primary and/or S ROLL MED
secondary crushing for coal and other friable
materials.
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Crusher flow rate:
Range: 105 - 840 TPH [95 - 760 TON/H].
Product size:
Range: 2 - 8 INCHES [50 - 200 MM]. S ROLL HVY
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Crusher flow rate:
Range: 175 - 1,000 TPH [160 - 900 TON/H].
Product size:
Range: 2 - 8 INCHES [50 - 200 MM].
Sawtooth crusher. Size reduction in tearing via toothed SAWTOOTH
rollers for lumpy and friable materials, such as
plastics, shale, charcoal, shells and bark.
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Driver power:
Range: 5 - 40 HP [4 - 30 KW].
Reversible hammermill for secondary reduction of hard REV-HAMR
and medium hard minerals, stone, rock, limestone,
low-silica ores/chemicals.
Tertiary reduction of friables materials in closed circuit
crushing.
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Crusher flow rate:
Range: 20 - 450 TPH [18 - 408 TON/H].
Description Type
Non-reversible hammermill for secondary crushing of HAMMER
bituminous and sub-bituminous coals, lignite, gypsum MED
and some medium-hard minerals.
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Crusher flow rate:
Range: 15 - 40 TPH [13 - 36 TON/H].
Non-reversible hammermill for hard materials (cement SWING HAMR
rock, limestone).
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Crusher flow rate:
Range: 30 - 180 TPH [27 - 160 TON/H].
Rotary breaker for simultaneous sizing and cleaning of BRADFORD
run-of-mine coal.
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Crusher flow rate:
Range: 450 - 1,500 TPH [400 - 1360 TON/H].
Single rotor impact breaker for primary and secondary S IMPACT
breaking of non-abrasive quarry rock and similar
materials.
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Crusher flow rate:
Range: 300 - 8,500 LP/H [140 - 3,855 KW].
Driver power:
Range: 3 - 75 HP [2.22 - 55].
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Crusher flow rate:
Range: 50 - 2,000 TPH [45 - 1,800 TON/H].
Flakers (FL)
Includes motor and drive.
Description Type
Drum flaker to 200 SF [18 M2] of surface. DRUM
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Surface area:
Range: 10 - 250 SF [1 - 23 M2].
Mills (M)
Includes mill, motor, bearings, gears, lube system and vendor-supplied
instruments.
Description Type
Attrition mill to 300 HP [224 KW]. ATTRITION
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Driver power:
Range: 5 - 300 HP [4 - 224 KW].
Driver speed:
Max: 3,600 RPM
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Application:
Default: *WET*
WET- Wet grinding
DRY- Dry grinding
Ball mill includes initial ball charge. BALL MILL
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Application:
Default: *WET*
WET- Wet grinding
DRY- Dry grinding
Rod mill includes initial rod charge. ROD MILL
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Application:
Default: *WET*
WET- Wet grinding
DRY- Dry grinding
Micro-pulverizer to 30 HP [22 KW]. MIKRO PULV
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Driver power:
Range: 7.5 - 30 HP [5.5 - 22 KW].
Driver speed:
Max: 3,600 RPM
Material:
Default: *CS*.
Application:
Default: *WET*
WET- Wet grinding
DRY- Dry grinding
Material:
Default: *SS316*
SS316- SS316
SS304- SS304
Stock flow rate:
Enter stock flow rate (bone dry) or plate diameter.
Range: 5 - 2000 TPD [.20 - 75 TON/H].
Plate diameter:
Enter stock flow rate (bone dry) or plate diameter.
Range: 12 - 60 INCHES [305 - 1,520 MM].
CSF - ml of water:
CSF = Canadian Standard Freeness.
Default: *120*.
Deflakers reduce and disperse flakes into finer size,
and are mainly used in pulp mill operations.
Material:
Default: *SS316*
SS316- SS316
SS304- SS304
Hydraulic capacity:
Enter hydraulic capacity or rotor diameter.
Range: 5.0 - 2000 GPM [0.3 - 125.0 LS].
Rotor diameter:
Enter hydraulic capacity or rotor diameter.
Range: 4 - 30 INCHES [100 - 750 MM].
Deflaker speed:
Default: *1,800* RPM.
Consistency Air Dried:
Range: 1 - 10; Default: *4*.
• Concentric conical type — includes shell and plug DEFLAKE CN
tackles housed in body, electric motor driver,
external rotor/stator adjustment mechanism, built
in junk trap and lube oil system.
Material:
Default: *SS316*
SS316- SS316
SS304- SS304
Hydraulic capacity:
Range: 5 - 2,000 GPM [0.3 - 125.0 L/S].
Deflaker speed:
Default: *1,800* RPM.
Consistency Air Dried:
Range: 1 - 10; Default: *4*.
Material:
*CS*.
CS- Carbon steel
RBLCS- Rubber-lined CS
SS304- SS304
Liquid volume:
Range:
850 - 8,200 GALLONS [2.7 - 25.8 M3].
Mechanical scraped-surface crystallizer, jacketed, MECHANICAL
spiral ribbon scraper, trough, stacked in lengths of 40
FEET [12 M]. Includes motor and drive.
Material:
*CS*, CI
CS- Carbon steel
CI- Cast iron
Length:
Range: 20 - 1,000 FEET [6.1 - 300 M]
Material:
SS (Stainless steel)
Length:
Range: 20 - 550 FEET [6.1 - 165 M]
Oslo growth type crystallizer to 6,900 TPD [260 OSLO
TONH]. Large scale crystal production. Includes
interconnecting piping, recirculating pump and
accessories.
This piece of equipment, also called a growth
crystallizer or classified-suspension crystallizer,
operates in the following manner. The feed stream
plus a recycle stream of saturated solution are
pumped through a heat exchanger and heated. The
solution enters a vaporization chamber and a portion
of the solvent is flashed, thus cooling the solution and
raising the concentration of the solute. This
supersaturates the solution. The supersaturated
solution is then fed to the bottom of a suspension or
crystallizing chamber where it contacts already formed
crystals. Through the formation of new crystals and
the growth of existing crystals, the supersaturation of
the solution is removed. Additionally, as the solution
moves upward through the suspension chamber, the
small crystals are carried upward while the large
crystals settle to the bottom, thus classifying the
crystals by size. The large crystals are removed from
the bottom of the suspension chamber while the
solution, no longer saturated, is mixed with fresh feed,
fed to the heat exchanger, and the events described
above are repeated.
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Crystallizer rate:
Max: 6,900 TPD [260 TON/H]
Material:
Default: *SS304*
SS304- SS304
SS316- SS316
Heat transfer area:
Range: 4 - 150 SF [0.4 - 13 M2]
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Heat transfer area:
Range: 100 - 10,000 SF [10 -925 M2]
Tube material:
CS tubes with CS shell, Cu. or Ni tubes with CI shell.
CS- Carbon steel
CU- Copper
NI- Nickel
Material:
CI (Cast iron)
Heat transfer area:
Range: 155 - 8,000 SF [14 - 740 M2]
Tube material:
CS tubes with CS shell, Cu or Ni tubes with CI shell.
CS- Carbon steel
CU- Copper
NI- Nickel
Long tube rising film evaporator to 35 SF [3.2 M2] LONG TUBE
includes interconnecting piping.
Material:
SS steel tubes with SS shell.
Heat transfer Area:
Range: 18 - 35 SF [1.7 - 3.2 M2]
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Surface area:
Range: 400 - 50,000 SF [38 - 4,640 M2]
Material:
CI (Cast iron)
Surface area:
Range: 100 - 25,000 SF [10 - 2,320 M2]
Material:
CU
Surface area:
Range: 200 - 3,000 [19 - 275 M2]
Material:
RBLCS
Surface area:
Range: 100 - 2,700 SF [10 - 250 M2]
Standard vertical tube evaporator to 7000 SF STAND VERT
[650 M2]
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Surface area:
Range: 100 - 6,000 SF [10 - 555 M2]
Material:
Default: *CS*
Surface area:
Range: 100 - 10,000 SF [10 - 920 M2]
Material:
CI (Cast iron)
Surface area:
Range: 100 - 6000 SF [10 - 555 M2]
Material:
Default: *SS316*
Heat transfer area:
Range: 0.95 - 27 SF [0.1 - 2.5 M2]
Material:
Default: *SS316*
Heat transfer area:
Range: 0.2 - 12 SF [0.02 - 1.1 M2]
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Gas flow rate:
Max: 50,000 CFM [84,900 M3/H]
Description Type
Atmospheric tray batch dryer. ATMOS TRAY
Material:
Default: *CS*
Tray area:
Range: 30 - 200 SF [2.8 - 18.5 M2]
Material:
SS
Tray area:
Range: 30 - 250 SF [2.8 - 23 M2]
Vacuum tray batch dryer. VAC TRAY
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Tray area:
Range: 40 - 200 SF [3.8 - 18.5 M2]
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
304CD- CS clad with 304 SS
316CD- CS clad with 316 SS
Surface area:
Range: 12 - 180 SF [1.1 - 16.7 M2]
Diameter:
Range: 3 - 10 FEET [0.9 - 3.0 M]
Pan depth:
Range: 18 - 36 INCHES [450 - 900 MM]
Driver power:
Range: 3 - 40 HP [2.22 - 30 KW]
Material:
Default: *CS*
Evaporation rate:
Range: 700 - 9,000 LB/H [320 - 4,080 KG/H]
Description Type
Single atmospheric drum dryer for drying of solids on SINGLE ATM
web material.
on steam-heated rotating drum.
Material:
Default: *CS*
Tray area:
Range: 10 - 200 SF [1 - 18 M2]
Double atmospheric drum dryer for drying of solids on DOUBLE ATM
web material on pair of steam heated drums.
Material:
Default: *CS*
Tray area:
Range: 25 - 400 SF [2.4 - 35 M2]
Material:
Default: *CS*
Tray area:
Range: 10 - 200 SF [1 - 18 M2]
Material:
SS304, *SS316*
Dryer drum diameter:
MAX: 72 INCHES [1,825 MM]
Description Type
Direct contact of hot gas with moist solids with DIRECT
maximum surface area of 2000 SF [185 M2].
Material:
Default: *CS*
Surface area:
Range: 100 - 2,000 SF [10 - 185 M2]
Indirect contact of hot gases with moist solids with INDIRECT
maximum surface area of 2000 SF[185 M2].
Material:
Default: *CS*
Surface area:
100 - 2,000 SF [10 - 185 M2]
Jacketed rotary vacuum dryer with explosion-proof JAC VACUUM
motor.
Maximum capacity of 500 CF [14.1 M3].
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS316- SS316
Flow rate:
8 - 500 CF [0.25 - 14.1 M3]
Conical rotary vacuum dryer with maximum capacity VACUUM
of 400 CF.
[11.3 M3].
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Flow rate:
3 - 400 CF [0.1 - 11.3 M3]
Material:
Default: *SS316*
Tray surface area:
Range: 80 - 300 SF [7.5 - 27.5 M2]
Batch tray dryer with vacuum and no trays. VACUUM
Material:
Default: *CI*
Tray surface area:
Range: 20 - 75 SF [1.9 - 6.9 M2]
Material:
SS304
Tray surface area:
Range: 20 - 80 SF [1.9 - 7.0 M2]
Turbo tray drying system with auxiliaries except TURBO
heating system.
Material:
Default: *CS*
Tray surface area:
Range: 60 - 20,000 SF [6 - 1,850 M2]
Heating medium:
Default: *blank*
H-AIR- Hot air
STEAM- Steam
blank- Other heating medium
Batch tray dryer with vacuum pump and condenser. VAC SYSTEM
Material:
Default: *CI*
Tray Surface Area:
Range: 13 - 70 SF [1.3 - 6.5 M2]
Belt Width:
Range: 18 - 120 INCHES [450 - 3,000 MM]
Product Density:
MAX: 20
0 PCF [3,200 KG/M3];
Default: *50* PCF [*800* KG/M3]
Driver Power per Section:
Driver power per section if conveyor has multiple
sections.
Conveyer Speed:
MIN: 20 FPM [370 M/H]
Vertical lift (+) or drop (-): Difference in elevation
between feed and discharge: lift (positive), drop
(negative). Default: *0.0* FEET [*0.0* M]
Height Grade Section:
Grade section has this uniform, nominal height for
entire length. Default: *6* FEET [*2* M].
Length Grade Section:
Default length = conveyor length, if length of other
two section type = 0.0.
Height Slope Section:
Slope section varies from grade section height to this
designated height.
Length Slope Section:
Default length = conveyor length, if length of other
two section types = 0.0.
Height Above Grade Section:
Above grade section varies from slope section height
to this designated height.
Length Above Grade Section:
Default length = conveyor length, if length of other
two section types = 0.0.
Cantilever Length:
Cantilever length may be specified only for the end of
an elevated section. Default: *0.0* FEET [*0.0* M]
Tower Bent Spacing:
Tower (bent) spacing applies to elevated sections only.
Default: *80* FEET [*25* M]
Gallery Enclosure:
Default: *NO GALLERY*
GALLERY- Gallery enclosure for conveyor and walks
NO GALLERY- No gallery enclosure
Number of Motors:
Default: 1 per MILE [1 per 1.6 KM]
Number of Walkways:
Default: 1 if no gallery, 2 if conveyor has gallery
enclosure.
Walkway Width:
Default: 36 INCHES [910 MM] if no gallery, 54 INCHES
[1370 MM] if gallery enclosure.
Belt Width:
Range: 18 - 120 INCHES [450 - 3,000 MM]
Product Density:
MAX: 200 PCF [3,200 KG/M3];
Default: *50* PCF [*800* KG/M3]
Driver Power per Section:
Driver power per section if conveyor has multiple
sections.
Speed:
MIN: 20 FPM [370 M/H]
Vert Lift (+) or drop (-): Difference in elevation
between feed and discharge: lift (positive), drop
(negative). Default: 0.0 FEET [0.0 M].
Height Grade Section:
Grade section has this uniform, nominal height for
entire length. Default: *6* FEET [*2* M]
Length Grade Section:
Default length = conveyor length, if length of other
two section types = 0.0.
Height Slope Section:
Slope section varies from grade section height to this
designated height.
Length Slope Section:
Default length = conveyor length, if length of other
two section types = 0.0.
Height Above Grade Section:
Above grade section varies from slope section height
to this designated height.
Length Above Grade Section:
Default length = conveyor length, if length of other
two section types = 0.0.
Cantilever Length:
Cantilever length may be specified only for the end of
an elevated section. Default: *0.0* FEET [*0.0* M]
Tower Bent Spacing:
Tower (bent) spacing applies to elevated sections only.
Default: *80* FEET [*25* M]
Description Type
CLOSED BLT - continued
Gallery Enclosure:
Default: *NO GALLERY*
GALLERY- Gallery enclosure for conveyor and walks
NO GALLERY- No gallery enclosure
Number of Motors:
Default: 1 per MILE [1 per 1.6 KM]
Number of Walkways:
Default: 1 if no gallery, 2 if conveyor has gallery
enclosure.
Walkway Width:
Default: 36 INCHES [910 MM] if no gallery, 54 INCHES
[1370 MM] if gallery enclosure.
Section 2: A conveyor section where height varies from the nominal grade height (H1)
to some elevation above grade (H2). The section is supported on “bents” or
“tower-type” supports and has a total length L2.
Section 3: A conveyor section where height varies from one elevated height (H2) to a
second elevated height (H3). The section is supported on “bents” or “tower-type”
supports and has a total length L3.
Description Type
Apron to 50 FEET [15 M] includes motor and drive, APRON
open pans mounted between endless chains, not
enclosed (open), and floor-mounted support steel.
Material:
Default: *CS*
Conveyer Length:
Range: 7 - 50 FEET [2.2 - 15 M]
Conveyer Width:
Range: 18 - 54 INCHES [450 - 1,350 MM]
Conveyer Flow Rate:
Range: 20 - 200 TPH [18.5 - 142 TON/H]
Driver Power:
Range: 2 - 20 HP [1.5 - 15 KW]
Product Density:
MAX: 200 PCF [3,200 KG/M3];
Default: *50* PCF [*800* KG/M3]
Pneumatic conveying system for moving granular PNEUMATIC
materials horizontally and vertically to areas that are
either far away or otherwise hard to reach
economically with mechanical conveyors. Includes
TEFC motor, blower, base, coupling, check valve,
instrumentation and filter piping.
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
AL- Aluminum
Conveyer Length:
Range: 100 - 1,200 FEET [30 - 360 M]
Tube Diameter:
Range: 3 - 4 INCHES [75 - 100 MM]
Conveyer Flow Rate:
Range: 2 - 15 TPH [2 - 13 TON/H]
Product Density:
Range: 20 - 60 PCF [325 - 960 KG/M3];
Default: *50* PCF [*800* KG/M3]
Description Type
Roller conveyor for moving firm flat-bottomed unit ROLLER
loads, (e.g., drums, pallets and boxes). Inclines or
declines should not be more than 5o. Especially
suitable for conveying unit loads in a curved path.
Rollers supported in frame.
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Conveyer Length:
Range: 4 - 25 FEET [1.3 - 7.5 M]
Conveyer Width:
Range: 12 - 20 INCHES [300 - 500 MM]
Roller Spacing:
Range: 3 - 4 INCHES [75 - 100 MM]
Screw conveyor for conveying granular or fine solids SCREW
horizontally or up an incline. Screw conveyor capacity,
however, decreases rapidly as the angle of incline
increases. Includes motor, drive and helical screw in
U-shaped trough.
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS305- SS305
SS316- SS316
Conveyer Length:
Range: 10 - 1,000 FEET [3.1 - 300 M]
Screw Diameter:
Range: 6 - 24 INCHES [155 - 600 MM]
Product Density:
MAX: 100 PCF [1,600 KG/M2]
Vibrating conveyor for moving granular materials VIBRATING
horizontally or on slight incline. Includes motor and
drive, carrying trough, support base and drive
springs.
Description Type
VIBRATING - continued
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Pan Width:
Range: 12- 36 INCHES [300 - 900 MM]
Spaced bucket centrifugal discharge elevator includes CENT BKT L
motor, drive and bucket contents discharged by
centrifugal motion.
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Conveyer Length:
Range: 12 - 120 FEET [4 - 36 M]
Bucket Width:
Range: 6 - 16 INCHES [150 - 400 MM]
Conveyer Flow Rate:
Range: 16 - 156 TPH [14.5 - 141 TON/H]
Product Density:
MAX: 100 PCF [1,600 KG/M3];
Default: *50* PCF [*800* KG/M3]
Description Type
Continuous bucket elevator, buckets closely spaced CONT BKT L
with back of preceding bucket serving as gravity
discharge chute for dumping bucket. Includes motor
and drive.
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Conveyer Length:
Range: 12 - 100 FEET [4 - 36 M]
Bucket Depth:
Range: 8 - 24 INCHES [200 - 600 MM]
Conveyer Flow Rate:
Range: 40 - 216 TPH [36 - 195 TON/H]
Product Density:
MAX: 100 PCF [1,600 KG/M3];
Default: *50* PCF [*800* KG/M3]
Sanitary horizontal conveyor S BELTCONV
Material:
*SS304*, SS316
Conveyer length:
Range: 6 - 20 FEET [1.8 - 6 M]
Belt width: Available sizes:
18 INCH [450 MM]
24 INCH [600 MM]
30 INCH [750 MM]
36 INCH [900 MM]
Conveyer type:
*INSPC*- Inspection type conveyor
BIDIR- bi-directional type (reversing belt conveyor)
Driver power: Default *1* HP
Driver type:
*WVRDC*- Washdown, VFD rated, direct drive, CS
WVCDC- Washdown, VFD controlled, direct drive, CS
Material:
*SS304*, SS316
Vertical lift (+) or drop (+): MIN: - 40 FEET [-12.2 M];
MAX: 40 FEET [12.2 M] Difference in elevation
between feed and discharge: lift (positive), drop
(negative)
Belt width: Available sizes:
18 INCH [450 MM]
24 INCH [600 MM]
30 INCH [750 MM]
36 INCH [900 MM]
Length of lead-in section:
Default and MIN: *2* FEET [.6 M]
Length of the conveyor at feed end before lift or drop
Length of lead-out section: Default and MIN: *2* FEET
[.6 M]
Length of the conveyor at discharge end before lift or
drop
Driver power:
Default *1* HP
Driver type:
*WVRDC*- Washdown, VFD rated, direct drive, CS
WVCDC- Washdown, VFD controlled, direct drive, CS
Sanitary vibratory conveyor S VIBRATRY
Material:
*SS304*, SS316
Conveyer length:
Range: 6 - 40 FEET [1.8 - 12.2M]
Belt width: Available sizes:
18 INCH [450 MM]
24 INCH [600 MM]
30 INCH [750 MM]
36 INCH [900 MM]
Belt support:
*NONE*- No belt support will be provided
BSUP- Belt support will be provided
Description Type
S VIBRATRY - continued
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Crane Capacity:
Range: 5 - 200 TONS [5 - 175 TON]
Includes hoist trolley and track beam to 30 TONS HOIST
[25 TON].
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Crane Capacity:
Range: 0.5 - 30 TONS [0.5 - 25 TON]
Elevator Capacity:
Range: 2 - 10 TONS [2 - 10 TON]
Height:
Range: 20 - 200 FEET [7 - 60 M]
Elevator for lifting personnel and small tools in process PASSENGER
buildings and open steel structures. Capacity to 5
TONS [5 TON] and 200 FEET [60 M] lift. Includes
geared variable stage drive at 2 00 FPM [3650 M/H].
Elevator Capacity:
Range: 1 - 5 TONS [1 - 5 TON]
Height:
Range: 20 - 200 FEET [7 - 60 M]
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Feeder Rate:
Range: 120 - 4,800 CFH [3.5 - 135 M3/H]
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Diameter:
Range: 3 - 15 FEET [1.0 - 4.5 M]
Rotary vane feeder with diameter to 36 INCHES [900 ROTARY
MM]. Includes motor and drive.
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Rotary Feeder Diameter:
Range: 3 - 36 INCHES [80 - 900 MM]
Description Type
Vibrating feeder. VIBRATING
(includes hopper)
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Length:
Range: 5 - 14 FEET [1.6 - 4.2 M]
Feeder Width:
Range: 12 - 72 INCHES [3.5 - 1,800 MM]
Loss-in-weight. Gravimetric weigh belt for free-flowing WT LOSS
feeding/proportioning of solids. Includes motor and
variable speed drive.
Material:
Default: *CS*
Flow Rate:
Range: 5 - 2,400 LB/H [2.3 - 1,085 KG/H]
Sanitary dumper. DUMPER
Dump height:
MIN: 3 FEET [0.914 M]; MAX: 17 FEET [5.18 M] for
INLIN lift, 14 FEET [4.26 M] for OFF lift.
Container type:
*55GD*- 55 GALLON [0.2 M3] drum
140GD- 140 GALLON [0.5 M3] drum
CTOTE- Corrugated tote
WOODC- Wood crate
3642B- SS bin 36 x 42 INCHES [914 x 1066 MM]
4242B- SS bin 42 x 42 INCHES [1066 x 1066 MM]
4842B- SS bin 48 x 42 INCHES [1219 x 1066 MM]
3654B- SS bin 36 x 54 INCHES [914 x 1372 MM]
4254B- SS bin 42 x 54 INCHES [1066 x 1372 MM]
4854B- SS bin 48 x 54 INCHES [1219 x 1372 MM]
FBOX- Fiber box 18 x 18 x 36 INCHES [457 x 457 x
914 MM]
Description Type
DUMPER - continued
Lift type:
*INLIN*- Inline hydraulic lift
OFF- Offset electric lift
Retainer hold down:
*MAN*- Manual mechanism
AUTO- Automatic mechanism
AUTOB- Automatic mechanism and hydraulic box
retainer
Hydraulic power pack:
*NONE*- External hydraulic power pack
INCL- Self-contained hydraulic power pack
Sanitary bulk bag unloader SACK DUMP
Sack size:
*1,500 LBS [681 KG], MAX: 4,000 LBS [1,814 KG]
Discharge type:
*GRAV*- Gravity discharge
SCREW- Flexible screw conveyor
Control type:
*MAN*- Manual control
LIW- Loss-in-weight control
Frame loading type:
*FORK*- Fork lift loading
HOIST- Electric hoist and trolley
Sanitary screw feeder SAN SCREW
Flow rate:
Enter mass rate/vol. rate
MAX: 5600LB/H [2540KG/H] at 35PCF[560KG/M3] -
DRY-VOL
Volumetric rate:
Enter mass rate or vol. rate; MAX varies with density,
product and control type.
MAX: 160 CFH [4.5 M3/H]
Description Type
SAN SCREW - continued
Product density:
*35 |PCF [560 |KG/M3]
Product type:
*FINE*- Fine powders only
DRY- Dry particulates; fine, coarse powders
WET- Wet, dry particulates; fine, coarse
powder
Control type:
*VOL*- Volumetric control
LIW- Loss-in-weight control
Extended auger length:
*12 |INCHES [304 MM]*, MIN: 12 |INCHES
[304 MM]
Enclosure type:
*WASH*- Washdown enclosure
EXPR- Explosion-proof enclosure
Sanitary weigh belt feeder SAN BELT
Flow Rate:
MAX: 90,000 LB/H [40,800 KG/H]
Required: enter rate or width.
Feeder Width:
Two available widths: 12 INCHES [300 MM], 24
INCHES [600 MM]. Required: enter rate or
width.
Enclosure type:
*CLOSE*- Closed frame unit
OPEN- Open frame unit
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Hoist Capacity:
Range: 1 - 12 TONS
[1 - 10 TON]
Single speed electric hoist, no trolley. Used for 1 SPEED
repetitive or high-speed lifting.
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Hoist Capacity:
Range: 1 - 14 TONS
[1 - 12 TON]
5-speed electric hoist, no trolley. Used for repetitive or 5 SPEED
high-speed lifting.
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Hoist Capacity:
Range: 1 - 13 TONS
[1 - 11 TON]
Hand hoist, geared manual pull-chain driven trolley. HAND GT
For intermittent service, especially maintenance work.
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Hoist Capacity:
Range: 1 - 12 TONS [1 -10 TON]
Hand hoist, manually-pulled trolley. The hoist is HAND PT
moved to a new position on the I-beam by manually
pulling the trolley. For intermittent service, especially
for maintenance work.
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Hoist Capacity:
Range: 1 - 12 TONS
[1 - 10 TON]
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Capacity:
Range: 1 - 18 TONS [1 - 16 TON]
Beam scale to 2000 LBS [900 KG]. BEAM SCALE
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Scale Capacity:
Range: 300 - 2,000 LBS [135 - 900 KG]
Conveyor belt scale. BELT
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Belt Width:
Range: 18 - 72 INCHES [450 - 1,800 MM]
Bench, dial, and beam to 3000 LBS [1350 KG]. BENCH
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Scale Capacity:
MAX: 3,000 LBS [1,350 KG]
Floor, dial, and beam full frame to 8000 LBS [3600 FULL FRAME
KG].
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Scale Capacity:
MAX: 8,000 LBS [3,600 KG]
Floor, dial, and beam semi-frame to 8000 LBS [3600 SEMI FRAME
KG].
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Scale Capacity:
MAX: 8,000 LBS [3,600 KG]
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Scale Capacity:
Range: 10,000 - 150,000 LBS [4,500 - 68,000 KG]
Track scale, for weighing rail cars to 300 TONS [265 TRACK
TON].
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Weight Capacity in Tons:
Range: 150 - 300 TONS [130 - 265 TON]
Truck scale, for weighing trucks/lorries to 60 TONS TRUCK
[54 TON].
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Weight Capacity in Tons:
Range: 30 - 60 TONS [25 - 54 TON]
Sanitary floor scale - flush mounted SAN FLOOR
Scale Capacity:
MAX: 10,000 LBS [4,500 KG]
Platform Size:
3X3- 3x3 FEET [0.9x0.9 M] platform
4X4- 4X4 FEET [1.2x1.2 M] platform
4X5- 4x5 FEET [1.2x1.5 M] platform
4X6- 4x6 FEET [1.2x1.8 M] platform
5X5- 5x5 FEET [1.5x1.5 M] platform
5X7- 5x7 FEET [1.5x2.1 M] platform
Description Type
SAN FLOOR - continued
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Scale Capacity:
Range: 300 - 2,000 LBS [135 - 900 KG]
Conveyor belt scale. BELT
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Belt Width:
Range: 18 - 72 INCHES [450 - 1,800 MM]
Bench, dial, and beam to 3000 LBS [1350 KG]. BENCH
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Scale Capacity:
MAX: 3,000 LBS [1,350 KG]
Floor, dial, and beam full frame to 8000 LBS [3600 FULL FRAME
KG].
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Scale Capacity:
MAX: 8,000 LBS [3,600 KG]
Floor, dial, and beam semi-frame to 8000 LBS [3600 SEMI FRAME
KG].
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Scale Capacity:
MAX: 8,000 LBS [3,600 KG]
Tank scale, weigh bridge and saddles 150000 LBS TANK SCALE
[68000 KG].
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Scale Capacity:
Range: 10,000 - 150,000 LBS [4,500 - 68,000 KG]
Description Type
Track scale, for weighing rail cars to 300 TONS [265 TRACK
TON].
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Weight Capacity in Tons:
Range: 150 - 300 TONS [130 - 265 TON]
Truck scale, for weighing trucks/lorries to 60 TONS [54 TRUCK
TON].
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Weight Capacity in Tons:
Range: 30 - 60 TONS [25 - 54 TON]
Sanitary floor scale - flush mounted SAN FLOOR
Platform Size:
3X3 - 3x3 FEET [0.9x0.9 M] platform
4X4 - 4X4 FEET [1.2x1.2 M] platform
4X5 - 4x5 FEET [1.2x1.5 M] platform
4X6 - 4x6 FEET [1.2x1.8 M] platform
5X5 - 5x5 FEET [1.5x1.5 M] platform
5X7 - 5x7 FEET [1.5x2.1 M] platform
Local digital indicator:
*INCL* - Includes logical digital indicator
NONE - Remote indicator only
Deck surface:
*PLAIN* - Glass bead sandblasted
TREAD - Tread plate
Deck lift:
*AUTO* - Automatic deck lift
NONE - No deck lift
Floor installation:
*NEW* - No floor alteration necessary
EXIST - Alter the existing floor
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Driver Power:
Range: 2 - 30 HP [1.5 - 22 KW]
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
RBLCS- Rubber-lined CS
Centrifuge diameter:
Range: 20 - 48 INCHES [510 - 1,210 MM]
Batch bottom-driven centrifuge, top unloading, TOP UNLOAD
explosion-proof motor with diameter to 56 INCHES
[1420 MM].
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
RBLCS- Rubber-lined carbon steel
SS316- SS316
HASTC- Hastelloy C
Centrifuge capacity:
Range: 2 - 20 CF [0.06 - 0.56 M3]
Centrifuge diameter:
Range: 18 - 56 INCHES [460 - 1,420 MM]
Batch bottom-driven centrifuge, bottom unloading, BOT UNLOAD
fixed speed hydraulic driver with diameter to 56
INCHES [1420 MM].
Material:
Default: *SS316*
Centrifuge diameter:
Range: 12 - 56 INCHES [305 - 1,420 MM]
Batch top-suspended filtering centrifuge with diameter BATCH TOP
to 50 INCHES [1260 MM].
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
RBLCS- Rubber-lined carbon steel
Centrifuge diameter:
Range: 20 - 50 INCHES [510 - 1,260 MM]
Material:
Default: *CS*
Centrifuge diameter:
Range: 10 - 20 INCHES [250 - 500 MM]
Reciprocating conveyor, with continuous filtering RECIP CONV
centrifuge for free-draining granular solids, horizontal
bowl, removal by reciprocating piston and diameter to
50 INCHES [1250 MM].
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Centrifuge diameter:
Range: 15 - 50 INCHES [375 - 1,250 MM]
Material:
SS (Stainless steel)
Centrifuge diameter:
Range: 20 - 50 INCHES [500 - 1,250 MM]
Scroll conveyor with continuous filtering centrifuge, SCROLL CON
solids removal by scroll conveyor and diameter to 75
INCHES [1875 MM].
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Centrifuge diameter:
Range: 15 - 75 INCHES [375 - 1,875 MM
Material:
SS (Stainless steel)
Centrifuge diameter:
Range: 15 - 50 INCHES [375 - 1,250 MM]
Solid bowl with diameter to 54 INCHES [1370 MM]. SOLID BOWL
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS316- SS316
Bowl diameter:
Range: 18 - 54 INCHES [460 - 1,370 MM]
Dowl length:
Range: 28 - 132 INCHES [720 - 3,350 MM]
Description Type
Screen bowl with diameter to 54 INCHES [1370 MM]. SCREEN BWL
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS316- SS316
Bowl diameter:
Range: 18 - 54 INCHES [460 - 1,370 MM]
Bowl length:
Range: 28 - 132 INCHES [720 - 3,350 MM]
High speed tubular sedimentation centrifuge, bottom TUBULAR
entry, batch solids removal and diameter to 6 INCHES
[150 MM].
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Bowl diameter:
Range: 4 - 6 INCHES [105 - 150 MM]
Continuous filtration vibratory centrifuge with solids VIBRATORY
removal by vibratory screen for dewatering of coarse
solids with screen diameter to 56 INCHES [1420 MM].
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Screen diameter:
Range: 48 - 56 INCHES [1,220 - 1,420 MM]
Inverting filter centrifuge. INVERTING
Material:
Default: *CS*
Gas flow rate:
Range: 500 - 10,000 CFM [850 - 16,990 M3/H]
Description Type
CLOTH BAY - continued
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Surface Area:
Range: 100 - 12,000 SF [10 - 1,110 M2]
Flow rate:
Enter surface area, flow rate, or boiler capacity (coal-
fired boiler aplx. only)
Air/media ratio:
Range: 1 - 4 CFM/SF [19 - 70 M2/H/M2]
Air temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Boiler capacity:
Max: 3,400 MMBTU/H [1,000 MEGAW]
Baghouse with injected pulsed air Compressor for air PULSE SHKR
pulse injection not included.
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Surface Area:
Range: 100 - 6,000 SF [10 - 557 M2]
Flow Rate:
Max: 250,000 CFM [420,000 M3/H]
Air/media ratio:
Range: 5 - 15 CFM/SF [91 - 270 M3/H/M2]
Air temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Boiler capacity:
Max: 200 MMBTU/H [60 MEGAW]
Description Type
Cyclone for gas/solid separation. Diameter to 60 CYCLONE
INCHES [1,500 MM].
Material Selection:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Diameter:
Range: 3 - 60 INCHES [75 - 1,500 MM]
Flow Rate:
Range: 70 - 40,000 CFM [120 - 67,900 M2/H]
Pressure drop:
Default: *2.5* IN-H20 [*625* PA] to *27,000*
CFM [*45,870* M3/H]; or *6* IN-H20 [*1,500* PA]
Air Temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Description Type
Multiple cyclone with flow rate to 20,000 CFM [33,980 MULT CYCLO
M3/H].
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Gas flow rate:
Range: 900 - 20,000 CFM [1,530 - 33,980 M2/H]
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Gas flow rate:
Range: 600 - 20,000 CFM [1,020 - 33,980 M3/H]
Washer dust collector WASHERS
Material:
Default: *CS*
Gas flow rate:
Range: 600 - 20,000 CFM [1,020 -33,980 M3/H]
Air temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Liquid flow rate:
Range: 30 - 1,200 GPM [1.9 - 75 L/S]
Pressure leaf-dry filter with leaf area to 600 SF [55 LEAF DRY
M2].
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS316- SS316
Surface area:
Range: 50 -600 SF [4.7 - 55 M2]
Pressure leaf-wet filter with leaf area to 600 SF [55 LEAF WET
M2].
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS316- SS316
Surface area:
Range: 50 - 600 SF [4.7 - 55 M2]
Description Type
Automatic plate and frame filter with capacity to 50 CF PLATE
[1.4 M3]. FRAM
Material:
Default: *RBLCS*
RBLCS- Rubber-line CS
PPLCS- Polyprop. lined CS
SS316- SS316
Frame capacity:
Range: 10 - 50 CF [0.3 - 1.4 M3]
Plate size:
Range: 36 - 48 INCHES [900 - 1,200 MM];
Default: 48 INCHES [1,2000 MM]
Disk Filter. General Features: The filter is a vacuum ROTY DISK
type (from drop leg), consisting of segmented disks
with polypropylene filter bags, suction valve, vat
(optional) with stiffeners, discharge trough, drive
motor, base plate, rotor and bearing support. The
following variations are available.
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS316- SS316
RBLCS- Rubber lined CS
EPLCS- Epoxy lined CS
Application:
Default: *MD RATE*
LO RATE- Low filtration rate
MD RATE- Medium filtration rate
HI RATE- High filtration rate
THCKNR- Used as a thickening device
Description Type
ROTY DISK - continued
Description Type
ROTY DRUM - continued
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Feed size selection:
FINE- Fine solids
MEDIUM- Medium solids
Sewage filter with area to 600 SF [55 M2]. SEWAGE
Material:
Default: *CS*
Surface area:
Range: 100 - 600 SF [10 - 55 M2]
Material:
Default: *SS316*
SS316- SS316
RBLCS- Rubber lined CS
Surface area:
Range: 8 - 110 SF [
0.75 - 10.2 M2]
Sparkler volume:
Range: 0.5 - 15 CF [0.02 - 0.4 M3]
Sparkler diameter:
Range: 18 - 33 INCHES [450 - 825 MM]
Tubular fabric filters (bank of three) with automatic or TUBULAR
manual cleaning/backwashing. Flow rate to 3400 GPM
[210 L/S].
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Liquid flow rate:
Range: 100 - 3,400 GPM [6.5 - 210 L/S]
Mesh size:
Range: 60 - 700 MESH
Mode of operation:
Automatic cleaning and backwashing option available.
Default: *NONE*
NONE- No auto operation
AUTO- Auto clan/backwash
White water filter including centrifugal screening WHITEWATER
basket, internal showers and distributors.
Description Type
Compressed gas filter COMPRSGAS
Removes particulates from compressed gas. Supplied
with standard 10 micron filter.
Design gauge pressure Inlet:
Min: 0.25 PSIG [1.75 KPA]; Max: 720 PSIG [4,965
KPA]
Specified inlet pressure dictates maximum gas flow
rate and pressure drop.
Gas flow rate and Pressure Drop:
Maximum gas flow rate, which varies with inlet
pressure (see chart), is at standard conditions.
Design gauge pressure Gas flow rate MAX*
Inlet
150 PSIG [1,033 KPA] 60,000 CFM [103,000 M3/H]
275 PSIG [1,895 KPA 86,500 CFM [146,900 M3/H]
720 PSIG [4,956 KPA] 155,000 CFM [263,000 M3/H]
Molecular weight:
Default gas is air with a molecular weight of 28.96.
Description Type
Sanitary in-line metal trap METAL TRAP
Pipe diameter:
MIN: 2 INCH [50 MM], MAX: 4 INCH [100 MM].
Standard sizes:
INCHMM
250
380
4100
Sanitary fluming reclaim reel RECL REEL
Fluming rate:
MAX: 1,200 GPM [75 L/S]
Distribution header:
NONE- Not included
*INCL*- Included
Cover option:
*NONE*- Not included
INCL- Included
Culinary (sterile) air filter SAN AIR
Description Type
SAN AIR - continued
250
380
4100
6150
8200
Design gauge pressure:
MIN: 100 PSIG [680 KPA]
Number of stages:
*1*, MIN: 1, MAX: 3
Sanitary pipe filter SAN PIPE
Description Type
Sanitary filter press SAN PRESS
Description Type
SAN PRESS - continued
Number of plates:
The maximum number of plates depends upon the
plate size:
Plate thickness:
*1 INCH [25 MM]*; MIN: 1 INCH [25 MM]; MAX: 2
INCHES [50 MM]. These (that is, the MIN and the MAX
values) are the only standard plate thicknesses
available.
Head and stand material:
CS- Carbon steel
*SS*- Stainless steel
Plate type:
*ROUND*- Round plates
SQUAR- Square plates
Feed pump type:
*PD *- Positive displacement pump
CNTRF- Centrifugal pump
NONE- No feed pump included
Hydraulic closure:
*HYDRL*-Hydraulic closure
MANUL-Manual closure (not available for 24 INCH
[600 MM] plate size)
Description Type
Culinary (sterile) steam filter SAN STEAM
Flow rate:
MIN: 215.0 LB/H [97.5 KG/H]; MAX: 36,100 LB/H
[16,375 KG/H]. The Minimum/maximum flow rates are
computed and depend upon the steam pressure. Those
given above are at the default steam pressure of 100
PSIG [680 KPA].
Body length:
If pipe diameter is entered, system selects a filter body
length from the above table. If user enters a length, it
is printed, but the underlying design value is still
provided by the table.
Steam pressure-gauge:
*100 PSIG [680 KPA]*
Description Type
Sanitary pipe strainer SAN STRAIN
Pipe diameter:
MIN: 1 INCH [25 MM], MAX: 4 INCHES [100 MM], with
the following exceptions:
-For BASKT style, MIN is 2 INCHES [50 MM].
-For size LONG and INLIN style, MAX is 3 INCHES
[80MM].
Standard sizes:
INCHMM
125
1.540
250
2.5*65*
380
4100
*BASKT style is not available in this size
Style:
*INLIN*- In-line filter
BASKT- Basket filter - for dia. >= 2 INCHES [50 MM].
Not available for 2.5 IN [65 MM] pipe diameter.
Note: for pipe diameter of 4 INCHES [100 MM],
BASKT is the only available style; otherwise, the
default style is INLIN.
Body size:
*SHORT*- Short body
LONG - Long body
Configuration:
*SINGL*- Single filter
TWIN- Twin filters
Shell Material:
Def.: mat'l selection from design temp.(Ref. proj.
equipment design basis). Specify backing plate
mat'l if clad plate
Default: *CS*
CS - Carbon steel
SS - Stainless steel
A516
A515
A204C - C-.5Mo
A387B - 1Cr - .5Mo
SS304 - SS304
SS316 - SS316
SS321 - SS321
SS347 - SS347
304L - 304L
316L - 316L
NI - Nickel
INCNL - Inconel
MONEL - Monel
HAST - Hastelloy
TFELS - Teflon lined CS
GSLCS - Glass lined CS
CS... - See list of carbon steel materials
H-T STL... - See list of heat treated steel materials
LOW ALLOY STL... - See list of low alloy steel
materials
HI ALLOY STL... - See list of hi alloy steel materials
NON FERROUS... - See list of non-ferrous materials
LINED CS MATLS... - See list of lined steel materials
-continued on next page-
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
CERML- Light ceramic liner
CERMM- Medium ceramic liner
CERMH- Heavy ceramic liner
CERMV- Very heavy ceramic liner
ABRPL- Abrasive resistant plate
REPRB- Replaceable rubber lining
LS304- Replaceable SS304 lining
LS316- Replaceable SS316 lining
Cyclone diameter:
Diameter is for individual cyclone, group manifolding -
linear or radial. Range: 4 - 30 INCHES [105 - 760 MM]
Configuration:
Default: *LIN*
LIN- Linear manifold
RAD- Radial manifold
Description Type
Oil-water separator - API type. OIL WATER
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Liquid flow rate:
Maximum flow (see Configuration) less Specific
Gravity increase. For example, for BOX 135 GPM [8.5
L/S] at 0.965. Min: 25 GPM [16 L/S]
Diameter or width:
Range: 4 - 8 FEET [1.22 - 2.40 M]
Length:
Range: 20 - 40 FEET [6.1 - 12.0 M]
Configuration:
Default: *BOX*
RND- Round- max flow 545 GPM [34 L/S] at 0.85 SG
BOX- Box - max flow 700 GPM [44 L/S] at 0.85 SG
Oil specific gravity: Range” 0.85 - 0.97; Default:
*0.92*
Application:
Default: *STANDARD*
STANDARD- Standard thickener/clarifier
PRM-ETP- Primary clarifier usually for effluent
SEC-ETP- Secondary clarifier usually for effluent
GRN-LQ- Green liquor clarifier for pulp/paper
WHITE-LQ- White liquor clarifier for pulp/paper
LIMMUD- Lime mud washer for pulp and paper mills
Rake and mechanism material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS304- SS304
SS316- SS316
MONEL- Monel
RUBCV- Rubber covered CS
Tank or vat material:
Tank material required to obtain tank cost, leave blank
for thickener mechanism only.
CS- Carbon steel
SS304- SS304
SS316- SS316
MONEL- Monel
RUBCV- Rubber covered CS
Vessel diameter:
Enter tank capacity or tank dimensions.
Range: 9.5 - 400 FEET [3.0 - 12.0 M]
Vessel height:
Enter tank capacity or tank dimensions.
Liquid volume:
Enter tank capacity or tank dimensions.
Additional capacity:
Extra storage in addition to basic tank capability.
Default: *0.0* GALLONS [*0.0 M3].
Flocculator required: Default: *NO*
NO- No flocculation required
YES- Flocculator mechanism required
Bridge type:
Default: *FULL*
FULL- Full length bridge 100 FEET [30 M] maximum
SEMI- Semi-bridge for 100 FEET [30 M] diameter
TRCTN- Traction type clarifier on semi-bridge
Drive heat type:
Default: *DH-STD*
DH-STD- Standard drive head to 30 FEET [9 M]
diameter DH-HD- Heavy duty drive - large diameter,
thick sludge DH-HDA- Heavy duty, overload alarm,
lifting device
Design temperature:
Default: 190 DEG F [88 DEG C] for green liquor; else
68 DEG F [20 DEG C].
Operating temperature:
Default: Design temperature.
Allowance for internals:
Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of basic
mechanism weight. Default: *0.0*
Base material thickness:
Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.
Corrosion allowance:
Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS,
0.0 for other materials.
Number of manholes:
Default: *1*
Manhole diameter:
Max: 480 INCHES [1,200 MM];
Default: *18* INCHES [*450* MM].
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Length:
Range: 6 - 24 FEET [2.0 - 7.25 M]
Width:
Range: 3 - 8 FEET [1.0 - 2.25 M]
Configuration:
Default: *OPEN*
OPEN- No duct enclosure
Circular single deck. SIFTER 1
Circular double deck. SIFTER 2
Circular triple deck. SIFTER 3
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS304- SS304
SS316- SS316
Screen diameter:
Range: 18 - 60 INCHES [450 - 1,5000 MM]
Surface area:
Range: 1.5 - 18 SF [0.2 - 1.7 M2]
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Surface area:
Range: 10 - 80 SF [1.0 - 7.4 M2]
Number of decks:
Range: 1 - 3
Screen material:
Default: *SS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Liquid flow rate:
Enter capacity or screen surface area.
Surface area:
Enter capacity or screen surface area.
Frame material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Consistency Air Dried:
Percent of solids in the feed stream.
0.60 - 2.00; Default: *0.80*
Mechanical bar screens are the first stage of screening BAR
used in an effluent treatment system. These are wide
mesh screens made from metal rods/flats welded onto
a frame.
Screen material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Liquid flow rate:
Enter capacity or screen surface area.
Surface area:
Enter capacity or screen surface area.
Pressure screen used for fine screening of PRESSURE
contaminants in a paper mill.
Description Type
PRESSURE - continued
Basket material:
Default: *SS316*
CS- Carbon steel
SS304- SS304
SS316- SS316
Shell material:
Default: *SS316*
CS- Carbon steel
SS304- SS304
SS316- SS316
Hydraulic capacity:
Enter capacity or diameter and length.
Basket diameter:
Enter capacity or diameter and length.
Min: 60 INCHES [150 MM]
Basket height:
Enter capacity or diameter and length.
Min: 60 INCHES [150 MM]
Driver power:
Max: 3,6000 RPM; Default: *1,800* RPM
Design gauge power:
Default: *15* PSIG [*150* MM]
Seal type:
Default: *MECH*
PACK- Packing
MECH- Mechanical seal
Sanitary fluming dewatering shaker SHAKER
Description Type
SHAKER - continued
Screen size:
24X60- 2x24 INCHES [609 MM] x 30 INCHES [762
MM] screens
36X60- 2x36 INCHES [914 MM] x 30 INCHES [762
MM] screens
Required to enter at least one of the following: size,
fluming rate or solids capacity.
Fluming rate:
MAX: 500 GPM [31 L/S]
Required to enter at least one of the following: size,
fluming rate or solids capacity.
Solids capacity:
MAX: 30,000 LB/H [13,500 KG/H]
Required to enter at least one of the following: size,
fluming rate or solids capacity.
Spreader option:
NONE- Not included
*INCL*- included
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Boiler flow rate:
Range: 10,000 - 800,000 LB/H
[4,540 - 362,000 KG/H]
Steam gauge pressure:
Range: 250 - 600 PSIG
[1,725 - 4130 KPA]; Default: *250* PSIG [*1,725*
KPA]
Superheat:
For saturated steam enter 0.0 degrees, else, minimum
superheat 100 DEG F [55 DEG C]. Max: 300 DEG F
[165 DEG C]; Default: *100* DEG F [*55* DEG C]
Heating medium:
GAS- Gas fuel
OIL- Oil fuel
Field erected boiler unit includes forced draft fans, STM BOILER
instruments, controls, burners, soot-blowers,
feedwater deaerator, chemical injection system,
structural steel platforms, steam drum, mud drum and
stack with steam capacity to 2,220,000 LB/H [997,000
KG/H]. Oil fired. Economizer for large capacities.
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Boiler flow rate:
Range: 40,000 - 2,200,000 LB/H
[18,2000 - 997,000 KG/H]
Steam gauge pressure:
Max: 1,000 PSIG [6,890 KPA];
Default: *400* PSIG [*2,700* KPA]
Superheat:
Max: 300 DEG F [165 DEG C];
Default: *100* DEG F [*55* DEG C]
Material:
Default: *CS*
Duty:
Max: 40 MMBTU/H [11.5 MEGAW]
Design gauge pressure:
Max: 6,000 PSIG [40,000 KPA];
Default: *500* PSIG [*3,500* KPA]
Design temperature:
Max: 1,500 DEG F [815 DEG C];
Default: *750* DEG F [*400* DEG C]
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Refrigeration capacity:
Range: 50 - 3,000 TONS-REF
[180 - 10,500 KW]
Evaporator temperature:
Range: -40 - 40 DEG F [-40 - 5 DEG C]
Mechanical compression refrigeration unit produces MECHANICAL
liquified refrigerant for circulation. Includes
reciprocating compressor, driver, water cooled
condenser, controls, interconnecting piping,
refrigeration capacity to 500 TONS [1,750 KW] and
field erection.
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Refrigeration capacity:
Range: 4 - 500 TONS-REF [15 - 1,750 KW]
Evaporator temperature:
Range: -80 - 40 DEG F [-60 - 5 DEG C]
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Output KW:
Range: 10 - 800 KW
Turbo-generator includes condensing steam turbine TURBO GEN
and cooled electric generator. Steam at 850 PSIG
[5,860 KPA] and 900 DEG F [482 DEG C], exhaust at
2.5 in HG [8.4 KPA] and capacity to 100,000 KVA.
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Output KVA:
Range: for steam, 800 - 100,000 KVA; for gas,
800 - 260,000 KVA.
Driver type:
*Steam*, Gas.
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Water flow rate:
Range: 150 - 15,000 GPH [0.6 - 56.5 M3/H]
Mode of operation:
Default: *NONE*
NONE- No auto operation
AUTO- Auto degas CO2 + O2
Softening treatment system for boiler feedwater SOFTENING
consists of hot lime process softener, filters, Zeolite
softeners, associated piping and instruments.
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Water flow rate:
10,000 - 50,000 GPH [38 - 189 M3/H]
Aerators are used in aeration of effluent. The unit AERATOR
consists of a drive motor, coupling, guard, rotor shaft
and impeller. Other features vary depending upon the
type as given below:
Material:
*CS*- Carbon steel316L- 316L
SS304- SS304NI- Nickel
SS316- SS316INCNL- Inconel
SS321- SS321MONEL- Monel
SS347- SS347HAST- Hastelloy
304L- 304LTI- Titanium
Aerator type:
Default: *LSFIELD*
LSFIXED- Low speed fixed aerator
LSFLOT- Low speed floating type aerator
HSFLOT- High speed floating type aerator
Aeration capacity:
Capacity is mass of O2 per hour. Enter capacity or
impeller diameter and power.
Impeller diameter:
Enter capacity or impeller diameter and driver power.
Driver power:
Enter capacity or impeller and driver power;
Range: 1.0 - 150.0 HP [0.75 - 112 KW]
Driver speed:
Max: 3,600 RPM; Default: *1,800* RPM
Number of pontoons:
Default: 3 for LSFLOT, 1 for HSFLOT, and none for
LSFIXED.
Description Type
Derrick-supported flare stack includes stack, support DERRICK
structure, flare tip, molecular seal and ignition system.
Design based upon process conditions or given sizes.
Shell material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Gas mass flow rate:
Enter either mass flow rate or diameter and length
(height) of flare.
Diameter Bottom section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data.
Max: 96 INCHES [2,400 MM]
Height Bottom section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data.
Diameter Middle section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data.
Max: 96 INCHES [2,400 MM]
Height Middle section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data.
Diameter Top section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data.
Max: 96 INCHES [2,400 MM]
Shell material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
- Continued on next page -
Description Type
GUYED - continued
Description Type
Self-supported flare stack includes stack, flare tip, SELF SUPP
molecular seal and ignition system; one, two or three
segments of different length and diameter.
Shell material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Gas mass flow rate:
Enter either mass flow rate or diameter and length
(height) of flare.
Diameter Bottom section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data. Max: 96 INCHES [2,400 MM]
Height Bottom section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data.
Diameter Middle section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data. Max: 96 INCHES [2,400 MM]
Height Middle section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data.
Diameter Top section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data. Max: 96 INCHES [2,400 MM]
Height Top section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data.
Gas temperature:
Default: *100* DEG F [*40* DEG C]
Molecular weight:
Default: *40*
Thickness Bottom section: For single diameter stacks,
enter dimensions in bottom section data.
Thickness Middle section: For single diameter stacks,
enter dimensions in bottom section data.
Thickness Top section: For single diameter stacks,
enter dimensions in bottom section data.
Percent sonic velocity at exit:
Enter gas exit velocity as a percent of sonic velocity.
Default: *20*.
- Continued on next page -
Description Type
SELF SUPP - continued
Flare type:
Default: *SMOKELESS*
SMOKELESS- Standard smokeless flare
AIR ASSIST- Air assisted smokeless flare
NONSMOKE- Non-smokeless flare
Radius radiation intensity:
Minimum radius at which a person would be exposed
to the allowable radiation.
Allowable radiation intensity:
Allowable radiation intensity at the specified minimum
radius. Default: *1,500* BTU/H/SF [*4,500* W/M2]
Gas heat content:
Default: *20,000* BTU/LB [*46,500* KJ/KG]
Horizontal ground flare includes flare tip and horizontal HORIZONTAL
stack (30 FEET [10 M]) only; burn pit not included.
Design based upon process conditions or sizes.
Shell material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Gas mass flow rate:
Enter either mass flow rate or diameter and length
(height) of flare.
Diameter Bottom section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data. Max: 96 INCHES [2,400 MM]
Length Bottom section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data.
Diameter Middle section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data. Max: 96 INCHES [2,400 MM]
Length Middle section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data.
Diameter Top section:
For single diameter stacks, enter dimensions in bottom
section data. Max: 96 INCHES [2,400 MM]
Description Type
HORIZONTAL - continued
Material:
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel)
Standard gas load rate:
Low concentration non-chlorinated waste gas; burner,
box, stack, exchanger blower. Max: 20,000 CFM
Gas heat content:
Default: *13.00* BTU/CF [*484* KJ/M3]
Gas oxygen content:
Min: 0.0; Default: *14.00*
Description Type
Vapor control flare for storage and loading. Includes STORAGE
stack, burners, seal drum, flare, sensors, etc.
Material:
Default: *CS*
Standard gas load rate:
Max: 12,000 GPM [775 L/S]
Gas heat content:
Min: 50 BTU/CF [1,860 KJ/M3];
Default: *50* BTU/CF [1860 KJ/M3]
Stacks (STK)
Description Type
Stack height to 200 FEET [60 M] and diameter to 60 STACK
INCHES [1500 MM].
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
Height:
Range: 30 - 200 FEET [10 - 60 M]
Diameter:
Range: 24 - 96 INCHES [600 - 2,400 MM]
Substation
18 Piping (G10) 1
Valve and Fitting Options for Installation Bulk Piping
Valve Trim Specifications
2 18 Piping (G10)
Piping Plant Bulks
Piping plant bulks include transfer lines, utility piping, duct and tubed tracing.
Description Type
Transfer lines, yard pipe runs, above/below grade YARD PIPE
Insulated and traced pipe runs.
18 Piping (G10) 3
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Description Type
YARD PIPE - continued
4 18 Piping (G10)
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Description Type
YARD PIPE - continued
18 Piping (G10) 5
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Description Type
YARD PIPE - continued
Pipe material:
Enter either Custom Pipe Spec (see Design Basis) or
Material, not both. Default: from custom spec,
connected equipment or CS.
Pipe length:
Min: 1.0 FEET [0.35 M]
Pipe diameter:
Range: 0.5 - 72 INCHES DIAM [15 - 1,800 MM DIAM]
6 18 Piping (G10)
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Description Type
PIPE - continued PIPE
Fluid phase:
*G*- Gas
L- Liquid
S- Steam
(enter desired flow rate below)
Liquid flow rate:
Enter diameter or liquid flow rate or gas flow rate.
Gas flow rate:
Enter diameter or liquid flow rate or gas flow rate.
Fluid density:
Default based on fluid phase:
Gas Phase:0.0674 PCF [1.08 KCM]
Liquid Phase:62.4 PCF [1000 KCM)
Steam Phase:Calculated as the inverse of specific
volume, which is calculated from design pressure and
temperature as described under “Steam Lines” in the
Standard Equations for Pipe Diameter section.
Fluid viscosity:
Default based on fluid phase:
Gas phase:0.025 CPOISE (0.025 millipascal-second)
Liquid Phase:1.0 CPOISE (1.0 millipascal-second)
Steam Phase:Calculated using an internal function of
design pressure and design temperature in which, for
a design pressure of 150 PSIG (~1000 KPA) and a
design temperature of 250 DEG F (120 DEG C),
default value is calculated to be 0.013 CPOISE.
Design gauge pressure:
Default: determined from Custom Pipe Spec or 150
PSIG [1,000 KPA].
Design temperature:
Default: determined from Custom Pipe Spec or 68
DEG F [20 DEG C].
Operating temperature:
Default: same as design temperature.
18 Piping (G10) 7
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Description Type
PIPE - continued
Pipe schedule or gauge:
Enter thickness or schedule/gauge, not both. Default:
calculated from material temperature, pressure.
STD- Standard wall pipe100- Pipe schedule
XS- Extra-strong pipe120- Pipe schedule
XXS- Double extra-strong140- Pipe schedule
5- Pipe schedule160- Pipe schedule
10- Pipe schedule7G- SS gauge pipe only
20- Pipe schedule10G- SS gauge pipe only
30- Pipe schedule11G- SS gauge pipe only
40- Pipe schedule12G- SS gauge pipe only
60- Pipe schedule14G- SS gauge pipe only
80- Pipe schedule
Valves and fittings:
Enter type and quantity of each valve and fitting
required for this line.
Pipe type:
CS and SS only. Default: custom/material spec if
entered, or else welded.
W- Welded pipe
S- Seamless pipe
Flange type:
Default: see project design basis
W- Weld-neck
S- Slip-on
B- Lap flanges and stub to 12 INCHES (300 MM), or
else weld-neck
Note: When Flange Type "Lap Flange + Stub" is used,
there is a line item called "FLG BU" in the item
description in the report, which includes the cost for
both the backup flange and the stub.
Flange class:
Default: determined from custom spec or pipe
material, temperature and pressure.
150- Class 150
300- Class 300
600- Class 600
900- Class 900
1500- Class 1500
2500- Class 2500
125- Class 125 WOG
250- Class 250 WOG
8 18 Piping (G10)
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Description Type
PIPE - continued
Bend for elbow:
Substitute pipe bends for any specified elbow (up to
12 INCH [300 MM] pipe only).
*E*- Elbow
B- Bend instead of elbowBranch for tee:
Substitute fabricated branch nozzles for any specified
tees.
*T*-Tee
B-Branch
Pipe connector type:
Default: see project design basis
SW- Socket weld connections; max: 2 INCHES (50
MM)
SB- Screw and backweld; max: 2 INCHES (50 MM)
SC- Screw (no backweld); max: 2 INCHES (50 MM)
WF- Weld pipe / flange valves
WW- Weld pipe / weld valves; min: 2 INCHES (50 MM)
VC- DI Victaulic couplings
VS- SS Victaulic couplings
PF- Press fit swage couplings; max: 2 INCHES (50
MM)
TC- Tri-clover sanitary; max: 4 INCHES (100 MM)
CB- Cherry-Burrel sanitary; max: 4 INCHES (100 MM)
Number of welds:
Default: determined from pipe length and combination
of valves and fittings
Control valve reduced size:
Fluid control valve only; default: reduced 0-4 sizes
except BVO and sanitary valves
L- Line size control valves
R- Standard size control valves
Control valve minimum class:
For fluid control valves only. Default: *3*.
3- Minimum 300 class fluid control valve
1- Minimum 150 class fluid control valve
Weld X-ray:
Default: see project design basis
Stress relief:
C- Piping stress relief if code requires
Y- Stress relieve all piping
N- No piping stress relief required
Special pipe description:
Default: *NONE*
18 Piping (G10) 9
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Description Type
PIPE - continued
10 18 Piping (G10)
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Description Type
PIPE - continued
18 Piping (G10) 11
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Description Type
PIPE - continued
12 18 Piping (G10)
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Description Type
PIPE - continued
18 Piping (G10) 13
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Description Type
PIPE - continued
14 18 Piping (G10)
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Figure FITSPC.DAT
18 Piping (G10) 15
Note: The user specifies four sets of diameter sizes, and four sets of fitting/
valve rules for each routing type. The user specifies only one set of allowance
rules per routing type.
Note: THe user is not limited to the first eight columns for fittings or to the
last eight columns for valves; this is just the suggested use of the columns.
The total percentage distribution should equal 100, but does not need to be -
the system will not crash if the distribution is not 100%.
Always edit the FITSPC.DAT file using a true text editor such as Notepad or
EDITPLUS (shareware).
To use a specific fitting specs file, add it to PIPEDATA.SET and move it to the /
PIDS directory. Then, select it at the base level (see software’s user guide). To
use this file with piping, add the above/below grade pipe item (PIPE) and
select one of the piping routing types in the form. Once the routing type is
selected, the system will use the file for this piping item.
The user may select alternative fitting specification files by changing the fitting
specification file name at the design basis level.
16 18 Piping (G10)
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Description Type
PIPE - continued
Horizontal allowance:
Select whether to use horizontal allowance.
Y- Use horizontal allowance for the type of piping
N- Do not use horizontal allowance
Horizontal allowance is specified for each piping
routing type in the external fitting specification file. An
entry of “100” means the system will not adjust the
input length, whereas an entry of “150” will increase
the input length by 50 percent.
Vertical allowance:
Select whether to use vertical allowance.
Y- Use vertical allowance for the type of piping
N - Do not use vertical allowance
Vertical allowance is specified for each piping routing
type in the external fitting specification file. An entry of
“100” means the system will not adjust the input
length, whereas an entry of “150” will increase the
input length by 50 percent.
Primary equipment user tag:
User tag of the primary (i.e., upstream) equipment to
which this pipe is connected. Default: NONE.
Primary equipment connection:
Connection location of the pipe on the primary (i.e.,
upstream) equipment; Default: not connected
<Blank>.
<Blank>- not connected to any equipment
S- connected to shell of equipment
U- connected to tube side of equipment
J- connected to jacket of equipment
B- connected to bottom of double diameter tower
T- connected to top of double diameter tower
Secondary equipment user tag:
User tag of the secondary (i.e., downstream)
equipment to which this pipe is connected. Default:
NONE.
Secondary equipment connection:
Connection location of the pipe on the secondary (i.e.,
downstream) equipment; Default: not connected
<Blank>.
<Blank>- not connected to any equipment
S- connected to shell of equipment
U- connected to tube side of equipment
J- connected to jacket of equipment
B- connected to bottom of double diameter tower
T- connected to top of double diameter tower
18 Piping (G10) 17
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Jacket Pipe Illustrations
You can select jacketing for PIPE and YARD PIPE under Special Pipe
Description.
18 18 Piping (G10)
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Description Type
Utility service lines, stations: standard configuration UTIL PIPE
Utility headers: runs of pipe providing up to 15
different services. Utility station: short runs of small-
bore pipe providing local air, water, steam and
condensate drain services.
Pipe material:
See piping materials listed later in this chapter.
Default: *CS* (Carbon steel).
Number utility stations:
A utility station consists of three 100 FEET [30 M] lines
of 1 INCHES [25 MM] diameter pipe for air, water and
steam service, and one 50 FEET [15 M] condensate
line of 0.75 INCHES [20 MM] diameter.
Default: *1*. Enter “0.0” to exclude all utility stations.
Length parameter:
Pipe lengths = 1 x length parameter, except firewater
loop/lat. = 2 x, hp steam = 0.5 x. Default: 100 FEET
[30 M].
Utility station drop length:
Applies to all utility stations described above.
Default: 100 FEET [30 M] for air, water, and steam
service and 50 FEET [15 M] for condensate return.
Header diameter symbol:
Diameter symbol defines size of any line not specified.
See Utility Piping Services later in this chapter.
L- Low/small diameter
M- Medium diameter
H- High/large diameter
V- Very large diameter
Firewater loop diameter:
Default: determined by diameter symbol, enter 0.0 to
delete if diameter symbol set.
Firewater lateral diameter:
Default: determined by diameter symbol, enter 0.0 to
delete if diameter symbol set.
Potable water header diameter:
Default: determined by diameter symbol, enter 0.0 to
delete if diameter symbol set. Line will be insulated
based on location:
US - uninsulated,
UK - insulated.
Cooling water supply diameter:
Default: determined by diameter symbol, enter 0.0 to
delete if diameter symbol set. Line will be insulated
based on location: US - uninsulated, UK - insulated.
18 Piping (G10) 19
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Description Type
UTIL PIPE - continued
Diameter:
Range: 12 - 98 INCHES [300 - 2,450 MM]
Number of manholes: Default: *0*
Number of elbows: Default: *0*
Number of tees: Default: *0*
20 18 Piping (G10)
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Description Type
Process ductwork, round DUCT RD
Stiffeners and support hangers are designed, but
support steel, racks, etc. must be specified elsewhere.
Duct material:
Default: *GALV*
GALV- Galvanized CS
CS- Carbon steel
SS- Stainless steel
AL- Aluminum
Duct diameter:
If the duct capacity is specified, the duct dimension is
determined from the capacity and the gas velocity. The
velocity may be specified, or the system uses a
variable velocity between 2000 and 4000 FPM [36600
- 72100 M/H] depending on the specified pressure.
The calculated duct dimension is rounded to a
standard size.
Duct design pressure:
Should be specified (indicate + or -) for design of duct
thickness and stiffeners; -60 - 60 INCHES H2O
[114,930 - 14,930 PA]. Default: *-20* INCHES H2O
[*-4,980* PA].
Duct gauge:
Leave blank if thickness is entered; enter thickness if
thicker than 8 gauge. Range: 8 - 30.
Duct wall thickness:
Default: determined by size and pressure, leave blank
if duct gauge number entered.
Duct class:
The duct class indicates the quantity and abrasiveness
of particulate material. Default: *1*.
1 - Non-abrasive applied.
2- Mod-abras./lo concern.
3- Hi-abras.lo concern.
4- Hi-abras./hi concern.
Configuration:
Seam configuration; applies to class 1 duct only.
Default: *LONG*
LONG- Longitudinal seam
SPIR- Spiral seam
Duct insulation thickness:
Default: 0.0 INCHES [0.0 MM].
Particle density:
Density of concentrated particulates for duct classes 2,
3 and 4. Default: *25* PCF [*400* KG/M3].
18 Piping (G10) 21
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Description Type
DUCT RD - continued
Stiffener size:
Default: size and spacing determined from duct
pressure, dimensions and thickness.
Stiffener spacing:
Default: size and spacing determined from duct
pressure, dimensions and thickness.
Support weight:
Hanger weight (each); support steel, racks, etc. must
be specified elsewhere. The system determines the
support weight based on standard spacing
of 12 FEET [3.5 M] and the duct loads. The calculated
weight and spacing may be replaced with an input
weight and spacing.
Support spacing: Default: *12* FEET [*3.5* M].
Number of elbows: Default: *0*
Number of tees: Default: *0*
Number of reducers: Default: *0*
Number of dampers: Default: *0*
Number of access doors: Default: *0*
Number Flexible connection: Default: *0*
Process ductwork, square DUCT SQ
22 18 Piping (G10)
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Description Type
DUCT SQ - continued
18 Piping (G10) 23
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Description Type
Fluid heat tracing existing equipment EQPT TRACE
Material:
Default: *CU*
CU- Copper
SS- Stainless steel
Tracer tube length:
This is the total length of 0.5 INCHES O.D. tubing
required to heat trace an item specified elsewhere in
the estimate. This length does not include the run to
and from supply and return headers, as these lengths
are specified in the Dist./Supply Header and the Dist./
Return Header fields.
Tracing symbol:
T-SP- Traced: tube conn. - spiral tracer - no cement
T-SPC- Traced: tube conn. - spiral tracer - with cement
P-SP- Traced: pipe conn. - spiral tracer - no cement
P-SPC- Traced: pipe conn. - spiral tracer - with cement
Distance to supply header:
Distance specified is from traced equipment item to
supply and return headers. The headers are not
included in this item, but are specified by the user
elsewhere in the estimate for Area Pipe Specifications
or as a separate bulk item description. Min: 5.0 FEET
[1.6 M]; Default: *25* FEET [*7.5* M].
Distance to return header:
Distance specified is from traced equipment item to
supply and return headers. The headers are not
included in this item, but are specified by the user
elsewhere in the estimate for Area Pipe Specifications
or as a separate bulk item description. Min: 5.0 FEET
[1.6 M]; Default: *25* FEET [*7.5* M].
Heating medium:
Default: *STM*
STM- Steam heating medium
OTHR- Other heating medium
Steam gauge pressure:
Default: *25* PSIG [*175* KPA].
24 18 Piping (G10)
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Description Type
Fluid heat tracing for existing pipe runs PIPE TRACE
18 Piping (G10) 25
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Trapping Distance (Steam)
Traced Process Line 25 PSIG 150 PSIG 200 PSIG No. of 0.5 INCH
Size [175 KPA] [1050 KPA] [1400 [12.7 MM] O.D.
KPA] Tracers per Line
26 18 Piping (G10)
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Trapping Distance (Steam) - continued
18 Piping (G10) 27
28 18 Piping (G10)
18 Piping (G10) 29
30 18 Piping (G10)
18 Piping (G10) 31
32 18 Piping (G10)
18 Piping (G10) 33
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Description Type
Launders, half-round, rubber lined LAUNDER RD
Steel launder lined with 0.25 INCHES [6.0 MM] natural
rubber.
Material is RBLCS (Rubber-lined carbon steel)
Cover Type:
Default: *NONE*
COVRD- Plate cover
NONE- No cover
Launders, square/rectangular, rubber lined LAUNDER SQ
Steel launder lined with 0.25 INCHES [6.0 MM]
natural rubber.
Material is RBLCS (Rubber-lined carbon steel)
Cover Type:
Default: *NONE*
COVRD- Plate cover
NONE- No cover
Coat and wrap pipe for burial: manual or machine COAT WRAP
Application Symbol:
HAND- Manual
MACH- Machine
Hot tap: production line to branch line HOT TAP
Split tee or nipple, flange and valve provided; branch
must be specified elsewhere.
Available only in Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and
Icarus Process Evaluator.
Material:
Default: *GRBW*
GRBW- API5L and 5LS Gr. B304LP- 304L
X42W- API5LX Grade X42316P- SS316
X52W- API5LX Grade X52316LP- 316L
X60W- API5LX Grade X60321P- SS321
X65W- API5LX Grade X65AL- Aluminum
A 53- A 53CU- Copper
A 106- A 106NI- Nickel
A333C- 3.5 NiMONEL- Monel
A335C- 1.25Cr -.5Mo - SiINCNL- Inconel
304P- SS304
34 18 Piping (G10)
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Description Type
HOT TAP - continued
Flange Class:
Default: *600*
150- Class 150
300- Class 300
600- Class 600
900- Class 900
1500- Class 1500
2500- Class 2500
125- Class 125 WOG
250- Class 250 WOG
Permanent scraper launcher and receiver SCRAPER LR
A pair (launcher and receiver) is provided for each
item.
Available only in Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and
Icarus Process Evaluator.
Material:
Default: *X52W*
X52W- API5LLX-X52 welded
X42W- API5LX-X42 welded
X60W- API5LX-X60 welded
X65W- API5LX-X65 welded
GRBW- API5L - gr B/5LS welded
X52S- API5LX-X52 seamless
X42S- APIFLX-X42 seamless
X60S- API5LX-X60 seamless
X65S- API5LX-X65 seamless
GRBS- API5L - gr B seamless
Flange Class:
Default: *600*
150- Class 150
300- Class 300
600- Class 600
900- Class 900
1500- Class 1500
2500- Class 2500
125- Class 125 WOG
250- Class 250 WOG
18 Piping (G10) 35
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Description Type
Pipe, valve, and fittings at well head WELL HEAD
Standard valve and fitting configuration plus 70 FEET
[20 M] of pipe.
Available only in Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and
Aspen Process Economic Evaluator.
Material:
Default: *X52W*
X52W- API5LLX-X52 welded
X42W- API5LX-X42 welded
X60W- API5LX-X60 welded
X65W- API5LX-X65 welded
GRBW- API5L - gr B/5LS welded
X52S- API5LX-X52 seamless
X42S- APIFLX-X42 seamless
X60S- API5LX-X60 seamless
X65S- API5LX-X65 seamless
GRBS- API5L - gr B seamless
Pipe diameter:
Default: *8* INCHES DIAM [*200* MM DIAM]
Type of well:
Default: *PROD*
PROD- Production well
INJEC- Injection well
Sprinkler fire system (water / water+foam) SPRNK
Pipe material:
*A 53*, 304P, 316P
Outlet arrangement:
*PLANE*- Outlet devices arranged over planar area
ARRAY- Outlet devices arranged over equipment area
Diameter or length: If outlet arrangement is PLANE,
with devices arranged over planar area, enter the
plane area; if outlet arrangement is ARRAY, with
devices arranged over equipment area, enter the
component length or diameter.
Width: If outlet arrangement is PLANE, with devices
arranged over planar area, enter the width of the
plane area; if outlet arrangement is ARRAY, with
devices arranged over equipment area, enter the
component width. Default: same as Diameter or
length.
Height:
For ARRAY outlet arrangement only, enter height of
outlet configuration. Default: *20* FEET [*6* M].
36 18 Piping (G10)
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Description Type
SPRNK - continued
Number of levels:
for PLANE outlet arrangement only, enter number of
levels or floors having the indicated dimensions.
Default: *1*.
Number of sprinklers:
Default based on hazard type and area dimensions.
Sprinkler location:
*OUT*- outdoor installation
IN- indoor installation
Hazard type:
*EFLH*- Extinguished fire - light hazard occupancy
EFOH1- Extinguished fire - ordinary hazard grp 1
EFOH2- Extinguished fire - ordinary hazard grp 2
EFXH1- Extinguished fire - extra hazard grp 1 occup
EFXH2- Extinguished fire - extra hazard grp 2 occup
EPXH2- Exposure prot. - extra hazard grp 2 occup
CBXH2- Control burning - extra hazard grp 2 occup
PFXH2- Fire prevention - extra hazard grp 2 occup
System type:
*WSPNK*- Water sprinkler
WSPRY- Water spray
FSPNK- Foam sprinkler
FSPRY- Foam spray
Pipe system type:
*DRSYS*- Dry pipe system
WTSYS- Wet pipe system
DPPNU- Deluge sys/pilot head/pneumatic actuator
DPHYD- Deluge sys/pilot head/hydraulic actuator
DELEC- Deluge sys/electric actuator
Detector type:
*SPRKR*- Automatic sprinkler detector
FXTMP- Fixed temperature detector
R-O-R- Rate of rise temperature detector
SMKAL- Smoke alarm detector
NONE- No detectors installed
18 Piping (G10) 37
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Description Type
SPRNK - continued
Application density:
Max: 1.00 GPM/SF [0.650 L/S/M2]
Volume of water/foam required per unit area. Default
based on hazard/class.
Coverage area per sprinkler:
Max: 400 SF [37.0 M2]
Number of hose stations: Default: 0
Number of hydrants: Default: 0
Foam concentration: Default: 3%; Max: 100%; for
foam System type only
Foam tank option:
*NONE*- No foam storage tank required
BALPR- Tank with balanced pressure proportioning
PRTNK- Tank with pressure proportioning
ARPMP- Tank with around the pump proportioning
Tank design gauge pressure:
Default: *15* PSIG [*100* KPA]; for foam systems
only
Tank temperature:
Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]; for foam systems
only
Pipe sizing method:
*HYDLC*- Hydraulic pressure drop calculations
PSCHD- Schedule of pipe sizes vs. number of
sprinklers
Foam fire systems FOAM
Pipe material:
*A 53*, 304P, 316P.
Outlet arrangement:
*PLANE*- Outlet devices arranged over planar area
ARRAY- Outlet devices arranged over equipment area
Diameter or length:
If outlet arrangement is PLANE, with devices arranged
over planar area, enter the plane area; if outlet
arrangement is ARRAY, with devices arranged over
equipment area, enter the component length or
diameter.
Width:
If outlet arrangement is PLANE, with devices arranged
over planar area, enter the width of the plane area; if
outlet arrangement is ARRAY, with devices arranged
over equipment area, enter the component width.
Default: same as Diameter or length.
38 18 Piping (G10)
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Description Type
FOAM - continued
18 Piping (G10) 39
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Description Type
Standpipe and hose fire systems SPHOS
Pipe material:
*A 53*, 304P, 316P
Length:
Area length for determining number of hoses
Width:
Area width for determining number of hoses; default:
same as length
Number of levels:
Default: 1.00; number of levels or floors having the
indicated dimensions.
System type:
*C-I*- Class I stand pipe and hose system
C-II- Class II stand pipe and hose system
C-III- Class III stand pipe and hose system
Number of hoses:
Default based on class and area dimensions
Pipe system type:
*DRAUT*- Automatic dry system; Class I only
DRSMA- Semi-automatic dry system; Class I only
DRMNL- Manual dry system; Class I only
WTAUT- Automatic wet system
WTMNL- Manual wet system
Minimum flow per hose:
Max: 1,250.0 GPM [78.0 L/S];
Default: for C-I, C-III, 500 GPM [31 L/S]; for C-II,
100 GPM [6.3 L/S]
Number of hydrants:
Default: 0
Emergency eyewash and shower units WSHWR
Pipe material:
*A 53*, 304P, 316P
Number of wash units:
Default: 0
Enter the number of wash units (type specified below
in Wash unit type field) to be included at the
eyewash station.
Number of shower units:
Default: 0
Enter the number of full-body showers.
Number of combined units:
Default: 0
40 18 Piping (G10)
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Description Type
WSHWR - continued
Pipe length:
Min: 1.0 FEET [0.35 M]
Pipe diameter:
2-54 INCHES DIAM [50-1350 MM DIAM]
Design gauge pressure:
Default: based on SDR and temperature
Temperature: Default: 73 DEG F [23 DEG C]
Configuration: *BURIED*, ABOVE
Depth of buried pipe:
24-120 INCHES [600-3000 MM]
Number of Elbows: Default: *0*
Number of Reducers: Default: *0*
Number of Wyes: Default: *0*
Number of Yes: Default: *0*
Number of Blinds: Default: *0*
Sanitary flow diversion panel FLO PANEL
18 Piping (G10) 41
Piping Plant Bulks - continued
Description Type
FLO PANEL - continued
Material:
*304PS*- SS304, sanitary grade pipe material
316PS- SS316, sanitary grade pipe material
Material selection is for piping (wetted part) only;
enclosure material is SS316.
Pipe diameter:
Standard pipe diameters between1.50 INCHES [40.0
MM] and 4.00 INCHES [100 MM]
Panel type:
*DWALL*- Double wall type panel
SWALL- Single wall type panel
No. stations/panel:
MIN: *2*; MAX: 8
Proximity sensors:
NO- No proximity sensors will be provided
*YES*- Proximity sensors will be provided
Clamp connections:
select clamp connection type for front (U-bend) side
*CB*- Cherry-Burrel couplings
TC- Tri-Clover couplings
No. of extra U-bends:
Default: *0*
Ferrules on outlet:
*NO*- No ferrule will be provided
YES- Ferrules will be provided
Clamp type for back side is the same as front side
when ferrules are provided.
42 18 Piping (G10)
Pipe Diameters
(Inch - Pound diameters are for ANSI B36.19)
INCHES MM
0.51 151
.75 20
1 25
1.251 32
1.51 401
2 50
2.51 651
3 80
3.51 901
4 100
51 1251
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400
18 450
20 500
24 600
30 750
36 900
42 1050
48 1200
542 13502
602 15002
722 18002
842 21002
962 24002
1082 27002
1202 30002
1 Non-standard pipe sizes are not created by models unless specified.
2
Elbows and tees are fabricated from like-diameter pipe. Estimate includes more
welds to fabricate fittings.
Note: Pipe diameters greater than 722 (1800 mm) are only available for Plant Bulk
Pipe Items. These larger diameters cannot be specified in pipe item details or yard
pipe forms.
18 Piping (G10) 43
Pipe Schedule
Use ANSI B36.10 for all materials, all country locations.
Exceptions:
Japan - does have schedule 20SS 0.5 - 12 INCHES diameter.
Japan - schedule 40, 60, 80, and 100SS > 20 INCHES diameter is
much thinner.
Gas Lines
Minimum Flowrate = 100000.0 for velocity calculations
Maximum Flowrate = 1.0E07 for velocity calculations
Flowrate Velocity
LBS/HR FPS
Velocity=Log-Log X1 = 1.0E05 Y1 = 30.0
X2 = 1.0E07 Y2 = 100.0
Specific Volume = 10.73*(Fahrenheit+460.0)/(Molewt*(Pressure+15.0))
Diameter = 0.226*((Flowrate*Specific Volume)/Velocity)**0.50
IF (Diameter > 18.0) Use one pipe size smaller
44 18 Piping (G10)
Steam Lines
Minimum Flowrate = 10000.0 for velocity equations
Maximum Flowrate = 1.0E06 for velocity equations
Flowrate Velocity
LBS/HR FPS
Velocity = Log-Log X1 = 1.0E04 Y1=20.0
X2 = 1.0E06 Y2=100.0
TempSteam = 100.0*(Pressure+30.0)**0.25
SpecificVolume = 0.596*(TempSteam+460.0)/(Pressure+15.0)
Diameter = 0.226*(Flowrate*SpecificVolume/Velocity)**0.50
IF (Diameter > 18.0) Use one pipe size smaller
18 Piping (G10) 45
Standard Equations for Pipe
Diameter (New)
The “new” line sizing models are characterized by a maximum pipe velocity
criterion and a maximum pressure drop criterion, as listed below:
Pressure Drop (psi ΔP ⁄ 100 ≤ ΔP max ΔP max is the allowable maximum pressure
per 100 ft.) drop per 100ft, given below
46 18 Piping (G10)
Liquid Lines V max = 100 ⁄ p 10.5 ΔP max = 1 psi
Where:
Vmax = Maximum
allowable velocity -
liquid (FT/S)
A = Maximum
velocity multiplier -
liquid( FT/S)
Default = 100
B = Maximum
velocity exponent -
liquid
Default = 0.5
Pl = Pressure -
liquid(Psia)
B
Vmax = A/Pl
18 Piping (G10) 47
Standard Equations for Pipe Diameter (NEW) - continued
Name Equation
Flare Stack inlet header V
max = 0.75* Sonic Velocity
d=12*(4*gpm/(X*7.481*60*Vmax))0.5
Pipe Diameter Liquid
d=0.226*(flowrate*specificvolume/Vmax)0.5
Vapor**
Where:
Vmax = Maximum allowable velocity - liquid (FT/S)
A = Maximum velocity multiplier - liquid( FT/S)
Default = 100
B = Maximum velocity exponent - liquid Default = 0.5
Pl = Pressure - liquid(Psia)
Vmax = A/Pl
B
48 18 Piping (G10)
Standard Equations for Pipe Diameter (NEW) - continued
Name Equation
Pressure Drop –6 2
ΔP
--------- = 100 ( 3.36 ×10 )f ( flowrate ) -
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Steam 100 (ρd )
5
2
1
Friction Factor, Steam f = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
– 2 Log ( ε ⁄ ( d ⁄ 12 ) ) Log
---------------------------------------------- ( ε ⁄ ( d ⁄ 12 ) )-
---------------------------------------
3.7 – ( 5.02 ⁄ N RE ) 3.7 + ( 13 ⁄ N RE )
where:
( d ⁄ 12 ) v ρ
N RE = --------------------------
μ
18 Piping (G10) 49
Maximum Flow Velocity as a function of
Pipe Diameter for Pump Discharge (Fluid
Specific Gravity = 1)
Pipe Diameter (inches) Maximum Velocity (fps)
1 10.5
1.5 11.0
2 11.1
3 11.3
4 11.6
6 12.0
8 12.2
10 12.4
12 12.5
14 12.6
16 12.7
18 13.0
20 13.1
50 18 Piping (G10)
Utility Piping Services
Utility headers are sized based upon the following:
• The Utility Header Diameter Symbol (L,M,H,V) as specified for Plant Bulk Utility
Piping will give diameters for each service as tabulated in the following table.
• By specifying the desired diameter for that service. If the Utility Header Symbol is
designated, then a run of each service line is provided by the system in default of a
non-specified diameter. The default diameter corresponding to the service type is
listed in the table below.
A user-specified diameter for a service header overrides the diameter
associated with the Utility Header Diameter Symbol. Service headers may be
omitted by:
• Specifying “0.0” diameter for the undesired service.
• Omitting the Utility Diameter Symbol, whereby only diameter-specified headers are
provided.
• These items are cost accounted to the same COA’s as process piping.
18 Piping (G10) 51
Utility Station Diagram
Note: The drop lines are 1 INCH [25 MM] in diameter for air/water/steam and
0.75 INCH [20 MM] for condensate line. The lengths are 100 FEET [30 M] for
air, water, and steam service and and 50 FEET [15 M] for condensate line by
default. Length can be changed by specifying utility station drop length.
52 18 Piping (G10)
Default Piping Materials
Equipment Fabrication Temperature Range* Piping Material Symbol
Materials F C
Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator
All Materials all all A 106 (up to 2 INCHES [50 MM]
A 53 (2 INCHES [50mm] and larger)
Aspen Project Economic Evaluator
All carbon and Low Alloy -425 to 051 -253 to -46 304P
Steel -50 to -21 -45 to -29 A333A
-20 to 650 -28 to 343 A 106 (up to 2 INCHES [50 MM]
-20 to 650 -28 to 343 A 53 (2 INCHES [50 MM] and larger)
651 to 1000 344 to 537 A335C
1000 to 1200 538 to 648 A335F
1201 to 1500 649 to 815 304P
Clad Vessels Material corresponding to process-
side cladding material.
Lined Vessels: Brick or all all Carbon steel - see above
monolithic lined
Lined Vessels: rubber lined all all RBLCS
Lined Vessels: organic all all TFELS
(except rubber), glass, lead
zinc lines
High Alloy Steel (Stainless) -425 to 650 -252 to 343 304P
651 to 1500 344 to 815 316P
Aluminum -425 to 650 -253 to 148 AL
651 to 1500 -28 to 204
Copper and Copper Alloys; -20 to 400 -28 to 204
Except for HE and RB HE CU
and RB only Carbon Steel - see above
HASTELLOY all all HAST
INCONEL all all INCNL
KARBATE (graphite) all all TFELS
MONEL all all MONEL
Nickel all all N
Titanium all all TI
Epoxy/Polypropylene (PPL) all all TFELS
Wood all all 316P
The maximum temperature for any pipe material will not exceed the maximum temperature for
the corresponding plate material listed in Chapter 28.
18 Piping (G10) 53
Pipe Materials - Ferrous
Materials
Carbon Steel
(COA 310 - 319)
System ASTM BS JIS DIN Composition Recommended Length
Material Maximum Type**
Symbol Temperature
Degrees*
F C
A 53 or CS A-53 3601 G3454 17172 1100 593 1
(B) ERW410 STPG StE240.7
G3452
SGP
GALV (B) ERW410 STPG StE240.7 Galvanized CS 1100 593 1
G3452
SGP
A 106 or CS A - 106 3602 G3456 17175 1100 593 1
(B) HFS410 STPT St45.8
A333A A-333 3603 G3460 SEQW-680 1100 593 1
(6) 410LT50 STPL380 TTSt35N
* The maximum temperature for any pipe material will not exceed the maximum temperature for
the corresponding plate material listed in Chapter 28.
** See Length Types.
API Pipe
(COA 310-319)
System ASTM BS JIS DIN Composition Recommended Length
Material Maximum Type**
Symbol Temperature
Degrees*
F C
GRBW*** 5L/5LS 3601 G3454 17172 1100 593 1
ERW410 STPG StE240.7
X42W 1100 593 1
X52W 1100 593 1
X60W 1100 593 1
X65W 1100 593 1
X70W 1100 593 1
* The maximum temperature for any pipe material will not exceed the maximum temperature for
the corresponding plate material listed in Chapter 28.
** See Length Types.
*** For GRBS (GR.B seamless), select GRBW (GR.B welded) as the system material symbol and
then select “Seamless” in the Pipe Type Field.
54 18 Piping (G10)
Low and Intermediate Alloy Steel
(All COA 320-329, except A##C COA 310-319)
System ASTM BS JIS DIN Composition Recommended Length
Material Maximum Type**
Symbol Temperature
Degrees*
F C
A-335 3604 G3458 17175
A335B (12) 620-440 STPA22 13CrMo44 1Cr - .5Mo 1200 648 1
A335C (11) 621 STPA23 13CrMo44 I.25CR-.5Mo-Si 1200 648 1
A335D (22) 622 STPA24 10CrMo910 2.25Cr-1Mo 1200 648 1
A335F (5) 625 STPA25 12CrMo195G 1200 648 1
Low Temperature Service Min. Temp
A-333 3603 G3460 SEW680 F C
A333C (3) 503LT100 STPL450 10Ni14 3.5Ni -150 -101 1
* The maximum temperature for any pipe material will not exceed the maximum temperature for
the corresponding plate material listed in Chapter 28.
** See Length Types.
18 Piping (G10) 55
High Alloy Steel
(COA 320-329)
System ASTM BS JIS DIN Composition Recommended Length
Material Maximum Type**
Symbol Temperature
Degrees*
F C
304P A-312 3605 G3459 2462 18Cr-8Ni 1500 815 1
TP 304 304S18 SUS304TP X5CrNi1810
304LP A312 3605 G3459 2462 18Cr-8Ni 1500 815 1
TP 304L 304S14 SUS304LTP X2CrNi1911
316P A-312 3606 G3459 2462 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo 1500 815 1
TP 316 316S18 SUS316TP X5CrNiMo17122
316LP A-312 3605 G3459 2462 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo 1500 c 1
TP 316L 316S14 SUS316LTP X2CrNiMo17132
317LP A-312 SUS317LTP 18Cr-13Ni-3Mo 1500 1500 1
TP 317L
321P A-312 3605 G3459 2462 18Cr-10Ni-Ti 1500 815 1
TP 321 321S18 SUS321TP X6CrNiTi1810
6MOP A-312 3605 G3459 2463 20Cr-18Ni-6Mo 1382 750 1
TP 317L 316S22 SUS317LTP-A X2CrNiMo18143
Gauge Pipe (Very Light Wall)
304PG A-312 3605 G3459 2462 18Cr-8Ni 1500 815 2
TP 304 304S18 SUS304TP X5CrNi1810
316PG A-312 3605 G3459 2462 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo 1500 815 2
TP 316 316S18 SUS316TP X5CrNiMo17122
Sanitary Pipe (Polished, Quick Disconnects)
304PS*** A-312 3605 G3459 2462 18Cr-8Ni 1500 815 3
TP 304 304S18 SUS304TP X5CrNi1810
316PS*** A-312 3605 G3459 2462 16Cr-12Ni-Mo 1500 815 3
TP 316 316S18 SUS316TP X5CrNiMo17122
* The maximum temperature for any pipe material will not exceed the maximum temperature for
the corresponding plate material listed in Chapter 28.
** See Length Types.
***Maximum 200 PSIG (1,379 KPAG)
56 18 Piping (G10)
Pipe Materials - Non-Ferrous
Materials
Non-Ferrous Materials
(COA 330-339)
System ASTM BS JIS DIN Composition Recommended Length
Material Maximum Type*
Symbol Temperature *
Degrees*
F C
AL B-241 1474 H4080 1746 Aluminum 350 176 1
U.S to 10 INCHES [250 MM]
A96961 6061 A6061T
U.S above 10 INCHES [250 MM] and all others
CU B-42 2871 H3300 1754 Copper 400 204 3
C10200 C103 C1020T OF-Cu
Ni B-161 3074 H4552 17740 Nickel 600 315 3
N02200 NA11 NNCT Ni99.2 99Ni
MONEL B-165 3074 H4552 17751 Monel 800 426 3
N04400 NA13 NCuT NiCu30Fe 67Ni-30Cu
INCNL B-167 Inconel 1200 648 3
N06600 72Ni-15Cr-8Fe
TI B-337 H4630 17850 Titanium 600 315 3
R50400 TTP35
HAST B-619 H4552 17751 Hastelloy 1250 676 3
N10276 NMCr NiMo16Cr15 54Ni-16Mo-15Cr
A 20 B-464 Alloy 20 800 426 3
N08020 35Ni-35Fe-20Cr-Cb
ZR B-658 Zirconium 700 371 3
R60702 99.2Zr
* The maximum temperature for any pipe material will not exceed the maximum temperature for
the corresponding plate material listed in Chapter 28.
** See Length Types.
18 Piping (G10) 57
Plastic and Resin Materials
(COA 350-359)
Recommended
Maximum
Temperature
System
Material DEG F DEG C Length
Material Class Pipe Material Symbol F C Type*
Plastics and Resins Fiberglass Reinforced ** FRP 260 125
Epoxy Resin
Type Length
10 FEET 15 FEET 20 FEET 30 FEET
[3 M] [4.6 M] [6.1 M] [9.1 M]
1 < = 1.5 INCHE > 1.5 INCHE
2 All D
3 All D
4 All D
5 All D
58 18 Piping (G10)
Lined Steel Pipe
(COA 340-349)
Lined piping of the materials in the following table are developed irrespective
of the equipment or pipe temperature. The user must give consideration to
temperature-material selections for these materials, as the system does not
produce a warning or error condition if the recommended maximum
temperature is exceeded.
Recommended
Maximum
Temperature
System
Material Degrees Degrees Spool
Lined Steel Symbol F C Type*
Remote shop fabricated carbon steel pipe and
fittings, lined with:
Epoxy EPLCS 260 125 4
Glass GSLCS 450 230 2
Natural rubber, (1/4 INCHES [6 MM] thick RBLCS 175 80 4
Nitrile rubber (1/4 INCHES [6 MM] thick NITRL 175 80
Hypalon rubber (1/4 INCHES [6 MM] thick HYPLN 175 80
Spool Types
Spool Spool Diameter Default Spool Maximum Spool
Type Length Length
1 All 20 FEET [6.1 M] 40 FEET [12 M]
2 < = 1 INCH 2 FEET [0.6 M] 2 FEET [0.6 M]
> 1 and < 2 INCH 6 FEET [1.9M] 6 FEET [1.9M]
> 2 INCH 10 FEET [3.1M] 10 FEET [3.1M]
3 All 10 FEET [3.1M] 10 FEET [3.1M]
4 All 20 FEET [6.1 M] 20 FEET [6.1 M]
18 Piping (G10) 59
Icarus systems automatically include two flanges per spool.
For yard pipe (Plant bulks - YARD PIPE), specifying the number of flanges
overrides the default. An error message appears if the number of flanges you
specified causes the spool piece to exceed the maximum length for that
particular spool piece type and diameter.
For installation bulk piping (Component - Pipe Item Details), specifying the
number of flanges overrides the default. If the number of flanges specified
causes the spool piece to exceed the maximum length for that particular spool
piece type and diameter, the default spool length is used. However, the system
will not generate a message that there are too few flanges.
The spool pieces are shipped pre-flanged and ready for bolt-up to valves and
flanged fittings in the field.
The following is a yard pipe example:
The Spool Type Chart indicates that TFELS is a Type 1 spool and cannot exceed a
maximum length of 40 FEET [12 M] on a single spool piece; therefore, the system
generates an error message.
60 18 Piping (G10)
Yard Pipe Example - continued
18 Piping (G10) 61
62 18 Piping (G10)
18 Piping (G10) 63
64 18 Piping (G10)
Icarus’ Pipe Fabrication,
Erection and Testing
Procedures
Code of Account Icarus Operation What is Included
3X2 FIELD SHOP FAB HANDLE AND WELD PREP OPER.
(312-CS, 322-SS, etc.)
Shop handling for fabrication Unload from train/truck
into shop storage’ procure
material for fabrication;
place completed spools in
temporary storage.
18 Piping (G10) 65
Icarus’ Pipe Fabrication, Erection and Testing Procedures - continued
Code of Account Icarus Operation What is Included
3X7 PIPE ERECTION ERECT SHOP FAB PIPE Handle and erect fabricated
(317-CS, 327-SS, etc.) spool pieces; includes handle
and haul from storage yard,
unload and rig in place and
align.
ERECT VALVE Field handle valves, orifice
unions, etc.
BOLT UP CONNECTIONS Field attach flanges and do
bolt-ups
ERECT STRAIGHT RUN PIPE Same item as Erect Shop Fab
Pipe
WELDING (field)
Flame cutting Same items as Field Shop Fab
Machine cutting Same items as Field Shop Fab
Flame beveling Same items as Field Shop Fab
Machine beveling Same items as Field Shop Fab
Butt weld Same items as Field Shop Fab
Repair bad X-ray welds Same items as Field Shop Fab
FIELD X-RAY Same items as Field Shop Fab
FIELD STRESS RELIEF Same items as Field Shop Fab
307 PREFAB PIPE REPAIR & ADJ PREFAB PIPE 10% of all shop man-hours
REWORK (12.5% in UK)
306 PIPING SYSTEM PIPE TESTING (field only)
TESTING Hydrostatic testing Prepare for test (place blinds &
blanks, open valves, support
items, air purge, etc.); test
(fill, pressurize and monitor
lines, soap test joints); clean
up after test (drain lines,
remove temporary items,
close valves, etc.)
66 18 Piping (G10)
Valve and Fitting Options for
Installation Bulk Piping
Selections of available valves and fittings on installation bulk piping are listed
alphabetically below, with those available for standard piping materials listed
separately from those available only for sanitary piping materials. These
choices are available only on installation bulk piping (Piping - Line Item Detail)
or when adding installation bulk piping through the use of the P&ID editor on
Aspen Capital Cost Estimator systems.
Description Symbol
For Standard Piping Materials (all available piping materials
except 304PS and 316PS)
Angle valve AN
Ball valve BA
Blind BL
Butterfly valve BU
Check valve CH
DI or SS Victaulic coupling (Vict. Pipe only VS
Elbow EL
Expansion joint ST
Extra drains* DR
Flange (exclude valve flanges, set by system)** FL
Gate valve GA
Globe valve GL
Knife gate valve KN
None
Orifice plate and union OP
Plug valve PL
Reducer RE
Regulating valve RV
Rupture disk RD
Safety/relief valve SV
Spectacle blind SB
Strainer ST
Steam trap TP
Tee TE
Temperature valve TV
Threadolet TL
18 Piping (G10) 67
Description Symbol
Transition joint at material change TR
**Drain is defined as a fitting assembly composed of three elbows, one
gate valve, and 10 FEET (3 M) of 0.75 INCH (20 mm) pipe. However,
the user can select the diameter, length, number of fittings, and
type of fittings (a maximum of four different types) at the project
level.
*Flange costs include cost of gaskets and bolts.
Note: Pipe Fittings for sizes greater than 48” OD:
1. The fabricated fitting is assumed to require a length of pipe
equivalent to 2 times the nominal diameter of the pipe. For example,
for a 54 inch diameter pipe, to fabricate 1 elbow (or 1 tee) would
require 2*54 inch = 108 inch or 9 ft of pipe.
2. The material cost of the fabricated elbow would equal that of 9 feet
of straight length pipe.
3. The material cost reported in the line item is multiplied by the
number of elbows (or tees) specified by you. For example, for 2
elbows (54 inch diameter), the material cost = 2*9 ft = 18 feet of
straight length pipe.
4. The weight of each fabricated elbow (or tee) is similarly the weight
of straight pipe of (2 times nominal diameter) length.
Description Symbol
For Sanitary Piping Materials (304PS and 316PS) Only
Butterfly valve - sanitary, max 8 IN[200 MM] BU
Check valve - sanitary, max 4 IN[100 MM] CH
Cross - sanitary, max 8 IN[200 MM] CR
Elbow (45 degree)-sanitary, max 8 IN[200 MM] 45
Elbow (90 degree)-sanitary, max 8 IN[200 MM] EL
Flange - sanitary (exclude valve flanges) FL
Hose adapter -sanitary, max 4 IN[100 MM] HA
Pipe adapter-sanitary, max 4 IN[100 MM] PA
Quick-joint conn. -sanitary, max 4 IN[100 MM] QJ
Reducer (concen.)-sanitary, max 8 IN[200 MM] RE
Reducer (eccen.)-sanitary, max 8 IN[200 MM] ER
Safety valve - sanitary, max 4 IN[100 MM] SV
Swivel-joint conn. -sanitary, max 4 IN[100 MM] SJ
Tee - sanitary, max 8 IN[200 MM] TE
Threadolet - sanitary TL
**Drain is defined as a fitting assembly composed of three elbows, one gate
valve, and 10 FEET (3 M) of 0.75 INCH (20 mm) pipe. However, the user can
select the diameter, length, number of fittings, and type of fittings (a
maximum of four different types) at the project level.
*Flange costs include cost of gaskets and bolts.
68 18 Piping (G10)
Valve Trim Specifications
The valve trim specifications in Aspen Icarus custom pipe specifications are
based on the API-600 specification. The API-600 specifications pertain to steel
gate valves only, but Aspen Icarus extends these valve trim specifications to
apply to gate, globe and check valves. Aspen Icarus has implemented a subset
of the specification based on the data available. The table below provides a
summary of the differences between the trim choices. Please refer to the
specification for further information.
Note that selecting a trim that has a lower number than the default trim for
that valve body material will be ignored (e.g., selecting TRIM 01 for a Monel
valve is not valid, you must select TRIM 09,10,12). Also, these specs do not
apply to control valves.
Please contact Aspen Icarus if you are interested in working with us to extend
the list of choices to address your requirements.
18 Piping (G10) 69
70 18 Piping (G10)
18 Piping (G10) 71
72 18 Piping (G10)
19 Civil (G8)
Description Type
Concrete tanks: above grade, circular/rectangular ABVGR TANK
Shape symbol:
CYLIN- Cylindrical tank
RECT- Rectangular tank
Inside length or diameter:
Enter length for rectangular tanks or diameter for
cylindrical tanks.
Inside width:
Enter length for rectangular tanks, leave blank for
cylindrical tanks.
Fluid density: Default: *62.4* PCF [*1,000* KG/M3]
Foundation thickness: Min: 4.0 INCHES [100 MM]
Wall thickness top: Min: 4.0 INCHES [100 MM]
Wall thickness bottom: Min: 4.0 INCHES [100 MM]
Soil type: See “Soil Types” later in this chapter.
Shape symbol:
CYLIN- Cylindrical tank
RECT- Rectangular tank
Inside length or diameter:
Enter length for rectangular tanks or diameter for
cylindrical tanks.
Inside width:
Enter length for rectangular tanks, leave blank for
cylindrical tanks.
Fluid density:
Default: *62.4* PCF [*1,000* KG/M3]
Foundation thickness: Min: 4.0 INCHES [100 MM]
Wall thickness top: Min: 4.0 INCHES [100 MM]
Wall thickness bottom: Min: 4.0 INCHES [100 MM]
Height above ground:
Enter height that wall projects above grade. Default:
Top flush with grade *0.0*.
Soil type:
See “Soil Types” later in this chapter. Include
allowance (material and labor) for shoring if soil type
is SAND or poorer; full exposed surface and depth is
shored. No equipment rental included.
Concrete foundations, structures: 18 types (see CONCRETE
Foundation Types later in this chapter)
Description Type
CONCRETE - continued
Grout quantity:
Default: *0.0* CY [*0.0* M3]. Non-shrink grout.
Anchors and embedments:
Default: = 0 if grout = 0; determined from concrete
quantity if external civil file exists, or else determined
from grout quantity.
Sealcoat or liner type:
SC- Sealcoat
GM- Standard geosynthetic membrane
C1- Bentonite clay liner - 1 membrane
C2- Bentonite clay liner - 2 membranes
*NO*- No sealcoat or membrane liner
Sealcoat or liner area:
Default 0.0 SY
Membrane thickness:
Default 0.060 INCHES [1.50 MM]; Min: 0.020 INCHES
[0.500 MM]; Max: 0.120 [3.0 MM]
Description Type
Scaffold labor: erect, dismantle SCAFFOLD
Depth of paving:
Default: *8* INCHES [*200* MM]
Wall height:
Default: *3* FEET [*0.900* M]
Wall thickness:
Default: *12* INCHES [*300* MM]
Number of stairways:
Access stairway over wall. Default: *2*.
Sealcoat option:
Default: *YES*
YES- Concrete sealer coating required
NO- No sealer coating
Tank containment with diked area and geomembrane DIKE MEMBR
Contained length:
Length, width and depth of diked area.
Contained width:
Length, width and depth of diked area.
Contained depth:
Length, width and depth of diked area. Default: *6*
FEET [*1.80* M]
Imported fill depth:
Imported fill for membrane bedding and/or protective
cover. Default: *12* INCHES [*300* MM]
Unit cost of fill:
Imported fill for membrane bedding and/or protective
cover. Default: *0.0* currency/CY [*0.0* currency/
M3]
Membrane thickness:
Range: 0.020 - 0.120 INCHES [0.500 - 300 MM];
Default: *0.060* INCHES [*1.50* MM]
Membrane liner type:
*GM*- Standard geosynthetic membrane liner
C1- Bentonite clay liner - 1 membrane
C2- Bentonite clay liner - 2 membrane sandwich
NO- No geosynthetic membrane liner
Width at top of dike:
Default: 6 FT [1.8 M]
Width at bottom of dike:
Default: 18 FT [5.5 M]
Description Type
Above grade or buried yard piping YARD PIPE
Material:
*EPLCS*- Epoxt resin lining
ASRSN- Asphalt resin lining
PHRSN- Phenolic resin lining
PVDF- Kynar sheet lining
TFELS- Teflon sheet lining
BUTYL - Butyle rubber sheet 1/4 INCH [6 MM]
NATRB- Natural rubber sheet 1/4 INCH [6 MM]
NITRL- Nitrile rubber sheet 1/4 INCH [6 MM]
HYPLN- Hypalon rubber sheet 1/4 INCH [6 MM]
NEPNE- Neoprene sheet 1/4 INCH [6 MM]
CLEAD- Chemical lead 16 PSF [80 KG/M2]
I-ZN- Inorganic zinc coat 3 MIL [0.08 MM]
ZNMZL- Flame sprayed zinc 8 MIL [0.20 MM]
CERML- Ceramic liner, light abrasion and impact
CERMM- Ceramic liner, med. abrasion, light impact
CERMH- Ceramic liner, hvy. abrasion, light impact
CERMV- Ceramic liner, hvy. abrasion, heavy impact
ABRPL- Abrasion resistant plate 1 INCH [25 MM]
REPRB- Replaceable rubber lining 1 INCH [25 MM]
LS304- Replaceable SS304 plate 1 INCH [25 MM]
LS316- Replaceable SS316 plate 1 INCH [25 MM]
Lining adjustment: *4.00*; MIN: 1.00; MAX: 10.0;
Adjustment: 1=large flat area, 4=typical; 10=small
obstructed area, congested space
Description Type
Number of Floors:
Default: based on structure height and approximate
floor height of 15 FEET [4.5M]
Distributed Load per Level:
Default: 300 PSF [14 KN/M2]
Structure Type:
* PREC * - Precast concrete structure
CONC - Cast-in-place concrete structure
Concrete Type:
Default: as specified in unit area civil specs.
Bay span: Default: 20-25 FEET [6-7.6 M]
Bay width: Default: 20-25 FEET [6-7.6 M]
Number of stairways:
Default: 1 + 1 per 5000 SF [500 M2] of area per
floor
Floor slab percent of area: Default: 75
Floor slab thickness: Concrete slab thickness.
Default: If not specified, system calculates
based on span and loading.
Floor grate - percent of area: Default: 0
Grating type:
Default: grating type from area steel specs
Siding per wall area: Default: 0
Siding type:
* CORR * - Corrugated siding
NSUL - insulated siding
Wind Force Adjustment:
Additional adjustment for wind force specified in
project civil design specs. Default: 1
Seismic Force Adjustment:
Additional adjustment for seismic force specified
in project civil design specs. Default: 1
Soil Types
Soil Type
Soil Type Symbol Soil Loading Soil Density
PSF KN/M2 PCF KG/M3
Soft dry clay in thick beds SOFT CLAY 2000 100 60 960
Firm dry clay FIRM CLAY 4000 200 70 1120
Wet Sand WET SAND 4000 200 120 1920
Sand mixed with dry clay SAND+CLAY 4000 200 85 1360
Dry compact sand DRY SAND 6000 300 100 1600
Coarse compact sand SAND 8000 400 90 1440
Compact gravel GRAVEL 12000 600 95 1520
Soft friable rock or shale formation SOFT ROCK 16000 800 105 1680
Hardpan or compact sandstone beds HARDPAN 20000 1000 106 1700
Medium rock or granite formation MED-ROCK 30000 1400 108 1730
Hard rock formation HARD ROCK 80000 3800 110 1760
Using the Ss and S1 parameters provides very accurate seismic data as well, which you
can then tweak if you want using the Horizontal acceleration field.
Important: Because Icarus provides four methods of specifying seismic data,
it is important to note the hierarchy of the methods.
1 Horizontal acceleration (g)
2 UBC zone
3 Mercalli number
4 Ss
5 S1
Thus, for example, the SS and SS1 parameters is used only if the Horizontal
acceleration (g), UBC number and Mercalli zone fields are blank.
Example of Equipment
Foundation Design
Vessel Dia. = 8' Height = 20' Allowable soil pressure = 4000 psf, Wind speed
=100 MPH
System Calculations:
Wt of Vessel = 9300 lbs
Moment due to wind = 124031 lb-ft
For the example above, and soil pressure, we have Type 2 footing, c.s. area =
82.8 is sufficient.
This can be verified if we use the formula for square footing:
71400/(B**2) + 124031/(B**3 /6) = 4000 Area = B*B
Weight of water (we assume 50% full for pile design) = 70573 lbs
Start with 4 piles and then calculate the maximum load per pile based on the
Vertical Load and Moment (for
compression we use the Maximum weight, and for Tension we use the weight
without water, the base moment
here is the moment due to wind).
Checks whether load per pile is less than allowable load. If it requires more
than 8 piles, we try to provide a
inner circle of piles.
Description Type
Open structure: columns/girders/beams/X-brace, OPN STL ST
grate, stairs
Includes columns, girders, beams, cross-bracing,
grating and column footings, handrail and toeplates,
and stairways. Stairways are “through-going,”
meaning each one extends from the top-most floor
level down to the grate.
Number of floors:
Default: based on structure height and approximate
floor height of 15 FEET [4.5 M].
Distributed load per level:
Default: *300* PSF [*14.0* KN/M2]
Bay span:
Bay dimensions determine column spacing.
Default: 20-25 FEET [6-7.6 M] each way.
Bay width:
Bay dimensions determine column spacing.
Default: 20-25 FEET [6-7.6 M] each way.
Number of stairways:
Default: 1 + 1 per 5,000 SF [500 M2] of area per floor.
Structural steel analysis:
S- Simplified stress analysis
F- 2D finite element rigid frame analysis (required if a
rigid frame analysis with deflection check is desired)
Column base option:
FIXED- Rigid connection at column base.
*PINNED*- Pinned connection at column base.
Floor grates per area:
Default: *75*
Grating type:
See “Grating Types” later in this chapter.
Siding per wall area:
Default: 0%; Min.: 0%; Max:100%
- Continued on next page -
Description Type
OPN STL ST - continued
Siding type:
*CORR*- corrugated siding
INSUL- insulated siding
Slab thickness: Default: *4* INCHES [*100 MM];
Min: 2 INCHES [50 MM]; Max: 8 INCHES. Concrete
slab thickness over formed shell deck, applicable if
slab% area > 0.
Floor slab percent of area: Default: 0%; Min:0%;
Max: 100%. Total of floor slab% area and floor grate%
area must not be more than 100%.
Description Type
Steel pipe rack: columns, beams, X-brace, catwalk, PIPE RACK
stairs, ladders
Includes columns, lateral and longitudinal members,
cross-bracing, column footings, catwalks, handrail and
toeplates, stairs, and ladders (caged if over 10 FEET [3
M]).
Description Type
PIPE RACK - continued
User-Entered Sets:
Description Type
Pipe Truss Bridge PIPE TRUSS
Truss Width:
Default: 20 FEET [6.0 M]
Truss Height:
Default: 24 FEET [7.2 M]
Levels between top and bottom chord: Default: 0
Height to bottom chord:
Default: 20 FEET [6.0 M]
Distrib. Load/Level:
Default: 50 PSF [2.4 KN/M2]
Bay Length:
Truss length determine bay length
Default: Around 8 FEET [2.4 M]
Wind Force Adjustment:
Default: 1
Seismic Force Adjustment:
Default: 1
Description Type
Pipe supports/sleepers: bent or tee, just above grade PIPE SUPPT
Series of individual steel pipe supports for long runs of
pipe just above grade. The TEE type has one post with
concrete footing; the BENT type has two posts with
concrete footings. CONS uses round concrete columns
with a steel wide flange on top connecting the
columns. Round form tubes are used as formwork for
the concrete columns.
Support type:
TEE- 1 steel post with beam
BENT- 2 steel posts with beam
CONT- Concrete tee
CONS - 2 concrete columns with steel beam
Description Type
Multiple-bay steel mill building: structural steel, siding MILL BLDG
The mill building model designs a frame that is specifically suited for a
particular purpose — multiple bays where overhead cranes carry
materials along the length of the building. The term “Bay” in this case
refers to a portion of the building width.
Description Type
Steel gallery structure for pipe, conveyors, walkways GALLERY
Gallery height:
Max: 15 FEET [4.5 M]; Default: *9.0* FEET [*2.75* M]
Distributed load:
Default: *100* PSF [*5.0* KN/M2]
Height grade section:
Grade section has this uniform, nominal height for entire length.
Default: *6.0* FEET [*2.0* M].
Description Type
GALLERY - continued
Ladder Type:
Default: *CAGED*
CAGED- Caged ladder
NONE- Ladder without cage
Steel stairs, with grate treads, handrail STAIR
Description Type
Columns, beams, bracing, brackets MISC STEEL
The steel member size is designated by its weight per foot of length.
Steel item types are columns, beams, bracing and brackets.
Connections are included; the system increases the cost by about 15%
to account for connections.
Steel type:
COLUM- Column
BEAM- Beam
BRACE- Bracing
BRAKT- Bracket
Fabricated, lined, stiffened plate items for chutes, boxes, etc. FABR PLATE
Material:
Default: *CS*
CS- Carbon steel
SS304- SS304
SS316- SS316
Plate per area item:
Total area of plate excluding stiffeners.
Lining thickness Type 1:
Lining type 1: thickness may not be specified for ceramic linings;
Default: *1.0* INCHES [*25* MM].
Lining per plate area Type 1:
Lining type 1; Default: *100*
Lining material Type 1:
Lining type 1. See “Abrasion Resistant Linings; Replaceable” in Chapter
28.
Lining thickness Type 2:
Lining type 2: thickness may not be specified for ceramic linings;
Default: *1.0* INCHES [*25* MM].
Lining per plate area Type 2:
Lining type 2; Default: *0.0*
Lining material Type 2:
Lining type 2. See “Abrasion Resistant Linings; Replaceable” in Chapter
28.
Lining thickness Type 3:
Lining type 3: thickness may not be specified for ceramic linings;
Default: *1.0* INCHES [*25* MM].
Lining per plate area Type 3: Lining type 3; Default: *0.0*
Lining material Type 3:
Lining type 3. See “Abrasion Resistant Linings; Replaceable” in Chapter
28.
Description Type
Siding and roofing for steel structures SIDING
Siding girts and roof purlins are designated based on column spacing.
Corrugated steel siding (18 gauge) is provided with the option of 1
INCH [25 MM] insulation in sandwich panel.
Siding area:
Siding and/or roofing area is required. Default: *0.0* SF [*0.0* M2]
Roofing area:
Siding and/or roofing area is required. Default: *0.0 SF [*0.0* M2]
Main column spacing: Default: *20* FEET [*6* M]
Siding type:
Default: *CORR*
CORR- Corrugated siding
INSUL- Insulated corrugated siding
Sanitary platform for equipment access SAN PLATFM
Description Type
SAN PLATFM - continued
Grating type:
FIBER- Fibergrate 1.5 X 1.5 IN [40 X 40 MM]
SLIP 2- 1/8 INCH [3 MM] SS304 slipnot plate
SLIP 3- 3/16 INCH [5 MM] SS304 slipnot plate
*SLIP4*- 1/4 INCH [6 MM] SS304 slipnot plate
Number of stairways: *1.00*
Number of ladders: *0*
Number of columns
Length of handrail and toeplate: FEET [M]
Grating Types
FG Fibergrate
S2 1/8 IN [3 MM] SS slipnot plate
S3 3/16 IN [5 MM] SS slipnot plate
S4 1/4 IN [6 MM] SS slipnot plate
CS 1 IN x 3/16 IN [25 MM x 5 MM] CS welded bar
CM 1 1/4 IN x 3/16 IN [32 MM x 5 MM] CS Welded Bar
CH 1 1/2 IN x 3/16 IN [38 MM x 5 MM] CS welded bar
CV 2.0 IN x 3/16 IN [50 MM x 5 MM] CS welded bar
C2 1/8 IN [3 MM] CS checker plate
C3 3/16 IN [5 MM] CS checker plate
C4 1/4 IN [6 MM] CS checker plate
AS 1 IN x 3/16 IN [25 MM x 5 MM] AL welded bar
AH 1.5 IN X 3/16 IN [38 MM X 5 MM] AL welded bar
AV 2.0 IN x 3/16 IN [50 MM x 5 MM] AL welded bar
Material:
Default: *GALV*
GALV- Galvanized rigid steel conduit
EMT- Electrical mechanical tubing
AL- Aluminum
PVC- PVC plastic conduit
PBON- PVC coated rigid steel (plasti-bond)
PVCA- PVC coated aluminum
FRE- Fiberglass
Conduit diameter:
Range: 0.5 - 6.0 INCHES [15 - 150 MM]
Number of elbows: Default: *0*
Number of fittings: Default: *0*
Number of conduit seals: Default: *0*
Instrument panel, electronic/pneumatic INST PANEL
Panel type:
ELC- Electronic panel
PNU- Pneumatic panel
E/P- Combined electronic/pneumatic
Tray width:
Range: 6 - 36 INCHES [150 - 910 MM];
Default:
*18* INCHES [*450* MM]
Electronic signal wire: wire, armored wire, wire in conduit INST WIRE
Material:
Default: *IM*
IM- Insul., standard wire
ARMOR- IM with interlock armor
RIGID- IM in rigid conduit (See Chapter 22, Electrical Plant Bulks,
CONDUIT, for a schematic of the conduit)
PPM- Pluggable Pre-Molded wire (fieldbus only)
Number of conductor sets per cable:
Optional twisted pair or triad in each wire set.
Range: 1 - 50.
Conductor set type:
Default: *PAIR*
PAIR- Pair
TRIAD- Triad
Instrument pneumatic multi-tube bundle runs PNU TUBING
Description Type
Thermocouple wire: wire, armored wire, wire in conduit THCPL WIRE
Material:
Default: *TM*
TM- Insul., solid wire
ARMOR- TM with interlock armor
RIGID- TM in rigid conduit
Number of conductor sets per cable:
Optional number of twisted pairs per cable.
Range: 1 - 36.
Conductor type:
Default: *JX*
JX- Iron constantan
KX- Chromel alumel
TX- Copper constantan
Instrument junction boxes: electronic, pneumatic, JUNC BOX
thermocouple
Description Type
JUNC BOX - continued
Description Type
OPER CENT - continued
Description Type
MULTI CONT - continued
High and low energy level PIUs look similar but have no controllers.
The High level PIUs are for analog inputs only (4-20mA) and provide
simple control; the Low level PIUs collect signals from thermocouple
and RTD loops.
Description Type
MULTI CONT - continued
Number of controllers:
One cabinet and power supply provided per two controllers.
Redundancy:
Redundancy provides 1 backup controller for up to eight primary
controllers.
Default:
*NONE*
RED- Redundancy required
NONE- No redundancy
Number of analog input cards:
Number of I/O cards for analog input (indicating).
Number of analog output cards:
Number of I/O cards for analog output (control).
Number of digital input cards:
Number of I/O cards for digital input (alarm).
Number of digital output cards:
Number of I/O cards for digital output (switch).
Number of battery backups:
Number of backup battery power supplies for multifunction
controllers. Default: *0*
Description Type
High energy level process interface units: Indicator, switch, alarm HL PIU
circuits
Material selection:
Default: *COAX*
COAX- Coax cable
FIBER- Fiber optic cable
Number of terminations:
Min: 1; Default: *2*
Enclosure type:
Default: *NONE*
NONE- None
COND- Conduit
1 For panel action, panel option and control valve option, refer to the
applicable section later in this chapter.
2 Instrument Location:
LC= local, on equipment or piping
LP= local panel
CC= control center (analog or digital).
3 Signal Type: e = electronic, p = pneumatic.
1 For panel action, panel option and control valve option, refer to the
applicable section later in this chapter.
2 Instrument Location:
LC= local, on equipment or piping
LP= local panel
CC= control center (analog or digital).
3 Signal Type: e = electronic, p = pneumatic.
1 For panel action, panel option and control valve option, refer to the
applicable section later in this chapter.
2 Instrument Location:
LC= local, on equipment or piping
LP= local panel
CC= control center (analog or digital).
3 Signal Type: e = electronic, p = pneumatic.
1 For panel action, panel option and control valve option, refer to the
applicable section later in this chapter.
2 Instrument Location:
LC= local, on equipment or piping
LP= local panel
CC= control center (analog or digital).
3 Signal Type: e = electronic, p = pneumatic.
1 For panel action, panel option and control valve option, refer to the
applicable section later in this chapter.
2 Instrument Location:
LC= local, on equipment or piping
LP= local panel
CC= control center (analog or digital).
3 Signal Type: e = electronic, p = pneumatic.
1 For panel action, panel option and control valve option, refer to the
applicable section later in this chapter. Instrument Location:
LC= local, on equipment or piping
LP= local panel
CC= control center (analog or digital).
2 Signal Type: e = electronic, p = pneumatic.
1 For panel action, panel option and control valve option, refer to the
applicable section later in this chapter.
2 Instrument Location:
LC= local, on equipment or piping
LP= local panel
CC= control center (analog or digital).
3 Signal Type: e = electronic, p = pneumatic.
1 For panel action, panel option and control valve option, refer to the
applicable section later in this chapter.
2 Instrument Location:
LC= local, on equipment or piping
LP= local panel
CC= control center (analog or digital).
3 Signal Type: e = electronic, p = pneumatic.
1 For panel action, panel option and control valve option, refer to the
applicable section later in this chapter.
2 Instrument Location:
LC= local, on equipment or piping
LP= local panel
CC= control center (analog or digital).
3 Signal Type: e = electronic, p = pneumatic.
1 For panel action, panel option and control valve option, refer to the
applicable section later in this chapter.
2 Instrument Location:
LC= local, on equipment or piping
LP= local panel
CC= control center (analog or digital).
3 Signal Type: e = electronic, p = pneumatic.
1 For panel action, panel option and control valve option, refer to the
applicable section later in this chapter.
2 Instrument Location:
LC= local, on equipment or piping
LP= local panel
CC= control center (analog or digital).
3 Signal Type: e = electronic, p = pneumatic.
1 For panel action, panel option and control valve option, refer to the
applicable section later in this chapter.
2 Instrument Location:
LC= local, on equipment or piping
LP= local panel
CC= control center (analog or digital).
3 Signal Type: e = electronic, p = pneumatic.
1 For panel action, panel option and control valve option, refer to the
applicable section later in this chapter.
2 Instrument Location:
LC= local, on equipment or piping
LP= local panel
CC= control center (analog or digital).
3 Signal Type: e = electronic, p = pneumatic.
Type Size
Globe 0.5 - 4 INCH [12 - 100 MM]
Ball 6 - 12 INCH [150 - 300 MM]
Butterfly > 12 INCH [>300 MM]
Fluid positioning control valves may be specified as line size or reduced size.
The default size reductions are as follows:
Line size Control valve
0.5 - 4INCH [12 - 100MM] Same as line.
6INCH [150MM] One size smaller than line.
8 - 12INCH [200 - 300MM] Two sizes smaller than line.
14 - 24INCH [350 - 600MM] Three sizes smaller than line.
> 24INCH [>600MM] Four sizes smaller than line.
Drop
Transmitter Type
Type Definition
S Standard
M Microprocessor (Smart)
Material:
ARMOR- Armored multi-core cable
W-C- Single wires in conduit, includes conduit
W-NC- Single wires in conduit (less conduit)
W-TR- Single wires in tray (less tray)
M-C- Multi-core in conduit, includes conduit
M-NC- Multi-core in conduit (less conduit)
M-TR- Multi-core cable in tray (less tray)
LARM - Lead covered armored cable
Length of cable run:
Default: US: multi-core cable in conduit, else multi-core cable in tray
w/o tray
Cable placement:
Default: Project/Area Design Basis
ABOVE - Above ground cable/wire
BELOW - Buried cable/wire with trenching
NOTRN - Buried cable/wire without trenching
Number of conductors:
Range: 1 - 37
Conduit material: Default: *GALV*
GALV- Galvanized rigid steel conduit
EMT- Electrical mechanical tubing
AL- Aluminum
PVC- PVC plastic conduit
PBON- PVC coated rigid steel (plasti-bond)
PVCA- PVC coated aluminum
FRE- Fiberglass
Cable Size:
*14*, 12, 10 AWG; *1.5*, 2.5, 4.0 MM2.
Rigid conduit, galvanized steel, couplings, fittings and seals CONDUIT
Material:
Default: *GALV*
GALV- Galvanized rigid steel conduit
EMT- Electrical mechanical tubing
AL- Aluminum
PVC- PVC plastic conduit
PBON- PVC coated rigid steel (plasti-bond)
PVCA- PVC coated aluminum
FRE- Fiberglass
Conduit diameter:
Range: 0.5 - 6.0 INCHES [15 - 150 MM]
Number of elbows: Default: *0*
Number of fittings: Default: *0*
Number of conduit seals: Default: *0*
Electrical cable tray ELEC TRAY
Material:
*GALV*, FBRGL, SS, AL
Tray Width:
Range: 6 - 36 INCHES [150 - 910 MM];
Default:
*18* INCHES [*450* MM]
Number of 90 degree bends:
*0*
Tray type:
*L*, T, C, B
Electrical tracing of existing equipment EQPT TRACE
Electrical tracing of equipment; item of equipment and its insulation
are assumed specified elsewhere in the project.
Maintenance temperature:
Process temperature to be maintained.
Default: 392 DEG F [200 DEG C] for M series cable and 220 DEG F
[105 DEG C] for self-regulating and 40M cable.
Max: 250 DEG F [120 DEG C] for self-regulating cable and 1049 DEG F
[565 DEG C] for MI cable over low ambient temperature.
Thermostat control:
Default: *E-AMB*
E-AMB -Electric tracing/ambient temperature control Single
thermostat, control of electrical tracer based upon low
ambient temperature specified for General Area Specifications.
E-PRO- Electric tracing/process temperature control Multiple
thermostated circuits, control of electrical tracer based upon low
ambient temperature specified for General Area Specifications.
Distance to panel:
Distance -pipe to local panel, feeder run to individual tracers
determined by system.
Number of thermostats:
Default: 1 for ambient control, based on number of watts for process
maintenance.
Ground grid GRND GRID
A system of buried cable and rods provide a grid work for grounding
equipment, buildings and structures.
Description Type
Area lighting: includes poles, lights and cable AREA LIGHT
Flood:
400 - 1000 W; Default: *400*
Other:
100 - 400 W; Default: *175*
Fixture type:
Default: Mercury vapor/explosion proof
FL1- Fluorescent - 1 bulb
FL2- Fluorescent - 2 bulbs
FL1E- Fluorescent - 1 bulb, explosion proof
FL2E- Fluorescent - 1 bulbs, explosion proofMVPE - Mercury vapor/
explosion proof
MVPV- Mercury vapor/vaportite
MVCE - Mercury vapor/ceiling/explosion proof
MVCV - Mercury vapor/ceiling vaportite
MVF- Mercury vapor/flood
SVPE-Sodium vapor/explosion proof
SVPV- Sodium vapor/vaportite
SVCE- Sodium vapor/ceiling/explosion proof
SVCV- Sodium vapor/ceiling/vaportite
SVF- Sodium vapor/flood
INPE- Incandescent/explosion proof
INPV- Incandescent/vaportite
INCE- Incandescent/ceiling/explosion proof
INCV- Incandescent/ceiling/vaportite
MHV- Mercury halide flood
Electrical cable length:
Cable run length from lighting panel.
Number of lights:
Default: *0*
Power per light:
Min (flood):
400 W; Max (fluorescent): 120 W;
Default: 175 W
Support type:
See illustrations on following page.
*PENDT*- Pendant support
BRAKT- Bracket support
STAND- Stand and support arm
POLE- Pole support (see height entry below)
Number of poles:
Default: *0*.
Pole height:
Default: *20* FEET [*6.0* M].
Number of general receptacles:
Low voltage (30-50 A). Default: *0*.
Number of weld receptacles:
300 A. Default: *0*.
Wiring system:
Default: *3 wire system*
2- 2 conductor system
3- 3 conductor system
4- 4 conductor system
Cable size:
Default: US: *12 AWG*, else: 2.5 MM2.
14- 14 AWG - US only
12- 12 AWG - US only
10- 10 AWG - US only
1.5- 1.5 MM2 - other bases
2.5- 2.5 MM2 - other bases
4- 4 MM2 - other bases
Cable placement:
Default: Project/Area Design Basis
ABOVE - Above ground cable/wire
BELOW - Buried cable/wire with trenching
NOTRN - Buried cable/wire without trenching
Electrical cable type:
ARMOR- Armored multi-core cable
W-C- Single wires in conduit, includes conduit
W-NC- Single wires in conduit (less conduit)
W-TR- Single wires in tray (less tray)
M-C- Multi-core in conduit, includes conduit
M-NC- Multi-core in conduit (less conduit)
M-TR- Multi-core cable in tray (less tray)
Anode capacity:
Based on five amps per anode.
Anode depth:
Depth should be based on the local soil conditions. The depth is 100
FEET [30 M] plus 7 FEET [2 M] per anode (5 amps per anode).
Well casing symbol:
Default: *NONE*
NONE- No well casing
CASED- Cased well
Individual galvanic anode GALV
ANODE
An individual galvanic anode for road crossings, etc.
Length per cable run: Default: *40* FEET [*12* M]
Group of anodes in shallow surface bed SURF
ANODE
A shallow surface anode bed consisting of anodes with underground
leads to an adjacent junction box.
Type of anode:
A- Drilled hole, native backfill
B- Drilled hole, coke breeze backfill
C- Trench, coke breeze backfill
D- Trench, native backfill
Number of anodes per bed: *10*
Spacing:
Anode spacing is the center-to-center distance.
Default: *8* FEET [*2.5* M]
Potential measurement test station POT TEST
Light type:
HEPS, HEPR, LEPS, LEPR, STDS, STDR
Number of light bulbs:
*1*, 2
Underground cable duct CABLE DUCT
Buried depth:
Default: *40* INCHES [*1000* MM]
Cable duct width:
Default: *72* INCHES [*1800* MM]
Cable duct type:
*TILE*, ENVEL, CONC, PRCST
Lighting panelboard and distribution board PANEL BRD
Equipment cabinets:
Default: 1 cabinet per 150 devices.
Raceway length
Default: 30% of the raceway length.
Raceway width:
Default:
° IP - 4 inches
° Metric- 100 mm
Raceway type:
° *L - Ladder tray
° T - Trough tray
° C - Trough tray with top cover
° B - Trough tray with top and bottom cover
° Default: Ladder tray
Cable length per device:
Distance from the cabinet to the field device.
Default: Area level Electrical specifications.
Cable placement:
T - Cable in tray
C- Cable in conduit
B - Buried cable
Default: *T*
Junction boxes:
Default: 1 each per 10 speakers/strobes combined.
Outdoor speakers:
Default: None
Indoor speakers:
Default: None
Outdoor strobes:
Default: None
Indoor strobes:
Default: None
Outdoor handsets:
Default: None
Indoor handsets:
Default: None
Acoustic hoods:
Default: Equal to the number of outside handsets.
Poles:
Default: 1 pole per 2 outdoor speakers and 1 strobes.
Equipment cabinets:
Default: 1 cabinet per system.
Raceway length
Default: 90% of the raceway length.
Raceway width:
Default:
° IP - 4 inches
° Metric- 100 mm
Raceway type:
° *L - Ladder tray
° T - Trough tray
° C - Trough tray with top cover
° B - Trough tray with top and bottom cover
° Default: Ladder tray
Cable length per device:
Distance from the cabinet to the field device.
Default: Area level Electrical specifications.
Cable placement:
T - Cable in tray
C- Cable in conduit
B - Buried cable
Default: *T*
Junction boxes:
Default: 0
Outdoor phones:
Default: 0
Indoor phones:
Default: 0.
Video conference:
Default: 0
Equipment cabinets:
Default: 1 cabinet per system.
Raceway length
Default: 90% of the total cable length.
Raceway width:
Default:
° IP - 4 inches
° Metric- 100 mm
Raceway type:
° *L - Ladder tray
° T - Trough tray
° C - Trough tray with top cover
° B - Trough tray with top and bottom cover
° Default: Ladder tray
Cable length per device:
Distance from the cabinet to the field device.
Default: Area level Electrical specifications.
Cable placement:
T - Cable in tray
C- Cable in conduit
B - Buried cable
Default: *T*
Plant radios:
Default: 0
Marine radios:
Default: 0
Aviation radios:
Default: 0
Antenna/towers:
Default: 1 if any of the radios is specified.
Equipment cabinets:
Default: 1 cabinet per system.
Raceway length
Default: 90% of the total cable length.
Raceway width:
Default:
° IP - 4 inches
° Metric- 100 mm
Raceway type:
° *L - Ladder tray
° T - Trough tray
° C - Trough tray with top cover
° B - Trough tray with top and bottom cover
° Default: Ladder tray
Cable length per device:
Distance from the cabinet to the field device.
Default: Area level Electrical specifications.
Cable placement:
T - Cable in tray
C- Cable in conduit
B - Buried cable
Default: *T*
Junction boxes:
Default: 1 per card reader/door operator.
Workstations:
Default: 0
Card readers:
Default: 0
Controllers:
Default: 0
Door/Turnstile Operators:
Default: 0
Equipment cabinets:
Default: 1 cabinet per project.
Raceway length
Default: 0.
Raceway width:
Default:
° IP - 4 inches
° Metric- 100 mm
Raceway type:
° *L - Ladder tray
° T - Trough tray
° C - Trough tray with top cover
° B - Trough tray with top and bottom cover
° Default: Ladder tray
Cable length per device:
Distance from the cabinet to the field device.
Default: Area level Electrical specifications.
Cable placement:
T - Cable in tray
C- Cable in conduit
B - Buried cable
Default: *B*
Junction boxes:
Default: 1 per pole
Workstations:
Default: 1 per 45 cameras
Detectors:
Default: 0
Cameras:
Default: 0
Monitors:
Default: 4 per work station
Poles:
Default: 1 per camera
Equipment cabinets:
Default: 1 cabinet per project.
Raceway length
Default: 90% of the total cable length..
Raceway width:
Default:
° IP - 4 inches
° Metric- 100 mm
Raceway type:
° *L - Ladder tray
° T - Trough tray
° C - Trough tray with top cover
° B - Trough tray with top and bottom cover
° Default: Ladder tray
Cable length per device:
Distance from the cabinet to the field device.
Default: Area level Electrical specifications.
Cable placement:
T - Cable in tray
C- Cable in conduit
B - Buried cable
Default: *T*
Weather Station:
Default: 1 weather station per system.
Description Type
Bus duct BUS DUCT
Continuous Current:
Max: 3,000 A
Length default elbows:
1 per 20 FEET [6 M]
Rated voltage:
*600*- 600 V at 60 HZ.
5000- 5000 V at 60 HZ.
15000- 15000 V at 60 HZ.
600-600 V at 50 HZ.
3300- 3300 V at 50 HZ.
11000- 11000 V at 50 HZ.
Number of elbows:
Default: 1 per 20 FEET [6 M]
Termination type:
*NONE*
NONE- No terminations
TRANS- Transformer termination only
SWGR- Switchgear termination only
BOTH- Switchgear and transformer termination
Electrical transformer: 1 or 2 tap TRANSFORM
Rated load:
Range: 10 - 100,000 KVA
Transformer type:
*DRY*, OIL
Oil circuit breakers OIL C BRKR
Rated voltage:
Range: 11 - 400 KV
Continuous Current:
Max: 5 KA [5000 A]
Disconnect switches DISCNCT
SW
Rated voltage:
Range: 4 - 230 KV
Overhead transmission line: cables, structures, guys, grounds POLE LINE
See “Schematic of Project Site Transmission Line Hook-Up”
Voltage range:
LV: 0.5 - 400 HP [0.33 - 300 KW]
MV: 200 - 1000 HP [150 - 3000 KW]
MCC type: *S*, I
The MCCs described are intended for inside use (i.e., are not for
outside use local to the motors). They are unaffected by the electrical
class/zone specifications covered later in this chapter. The “intelligent”
MCCs provide more sophisticated electronic control and communication
to a control center. The cost for upstream items are not included (e.g.,
supply bus duct/cable; switchgear [feeder breakers, metering,
substation disconnect switch, main breaker]; and substation
transformer).
Switchboard type:
VCB- Vacuum circuit breaker
VCS1- Vacuum circuit breaker 1 unit stack
VCS2- Vacuum circuit breaker 2 unit stack
VCS3- Vacuum circuit breaker 3 unit stack
Short circuit current:
*25*-40 KA
AC/DC Transformer AC DC TRAN
Rating:
30-300 ampere-hours
Package transformer with panel PKG TRANSF
Rated load:
50-800 KVA
Transformer primary voltage:
3000-13800 V
Number of phases:
1 or *3*
Emergency diesel generator EM PWR SET
Power output:
5 - 1500 KVA
Uninterrupted power supply UPS
Rated load:
2-300 KVA.
UPS type:
*STD*, MULT.
Power factor connection capacitor PF CORRECT
Capacity:
24-2500 KVAR.
Voltage:
LV (low voltage), MV (medium voltage).
There are two types of MCC available in the system (see diagram below) —
those with electric motors driven at low voltage (MCC-LV: COA 733) and those
with electric motors driven at mid-voltage (MCC-MV: COA 744). Both types of
MCCs include starters.
For example, assume that you specify a 20 HP [15 KW] rating- the reported
cost for the MCC-LV is the cost of the 3-space starter plus three-twelfths of the
whole cost of the cabinet. Specifying four such items would, in effect,
completely account for the cost of one 12-space MCC-LV containing four 3-
space starters.
Note: When you select the high voltage as 34.5kV (US, ME) / 33kV (UK, EU,
JP) in the general electrical specifications, then all the high voltage motors in
the project should be powered at the corresponding medium voltage, because
all the motors in the system are at the most rated for 15kV (US, ME) / 11kV
(UK, EU, JP) only.
Material:
*MAGN*- Magnesium oxychloride
CONC- Concrete
Fire resistance rating:
Range: 2 - 4
The thickness changes according to the Firepr. Rating-Hours:
For magnesium oxychlor fireproofing:
2 hours- 9/16 INCHES [14 MM]
3 hours- 7/8 INCHES [22 MM]
4 hours- 1 3/16 INCHES [30 MM]
For concrete fireproofing:
< 3 hours- 2 1/2 INCHES [64 MM]
3 hours- 3 INCHES [76 MM]
4 hours- 3 1/2 INCHES [88 MM]
Fireproofing for existing structural steel FIREP SSTL
Material:
*MAGN*- Magnesium oxychloride
CONC- Concrete
Fire resistance rating:
Range: 2 - 4
The thickness changes according to the Firepr. Rating-Hours:
For magnesium oxychlor fireproofing:
2 hours- 9/16 INCHES [14 MM]
3 hours- 7/8 INCHES [22 MM]
4 hours- 1 3/16 INCHES [30 MM]
For concrete fireproofing:
< 3 hours- 2 1/2 INCHES [64 MM]
3 hours- 3 INCHES [76 MM]
4 hours- 3 1/2 INCHES [88 MM]
General area insulation. INSUL AREA
Material:
*CASIL*- Calcium silicate
MWOOL- Mineral wool
FOAM- Foam glass
Temperature:
Temperature for FOAM only, provides cold (default) or hot insulation.
Jacket type:
AL- Aluminum jacket
SS- Stainless steel jacket
CS- Painted carbon steel jacket
Insulation for existing piping: hot, cold INSUL PIPE
Material:
*CASIL*- Calcium silicate
MWOOL- Mineral wool
FOAM- Foam glass
Temperature:
Temperature for FOAM only, provides cold (default) or hot
insulation.
Jacket type:
AL- Aluminum jacket
SS- Stainless steel jacket
CS- Painted carbon steel jacket
Packed bulk insulation INSUL BULK
Material:
*PERL*- Perlite bulk insulation
VERM- Vermiculite bulk insulation
RWOOL- Rockwool bulk insulation
Cable Tray fireproofing FIREP TRAY
Fireproofing Materials
Note that fireproofing is not applied to equipment (skirts/legs, support steel,
ladders) and various steel structures by default. The user must specify at least
the rating (thickness to use) in project level specifications and separately
specify the thickness of fireproofing on each component. The default material
is magnesium oxychloride.
Description Rating Thickness Fireproofing
(hours) INCHES MM Symbol
Magnesium 0 0 0 MAGN
oxychloride 2 14
9-
-----
16
3 4 22
1 ------
16
4 3 30
1 ------
16
Concrete 0 0 0 CONC
2 1 64
1 ---
2
3 3 76
4 1 89
1 ---
2
Pyrocrete 1 3--- 19 PYRO
4
2 1 25
3 1 32
1 ---
4
4 1 38
1 ---
2
Note: Notes: Medium insulation schedule is typical for average low ambient
temperatures from 20 degrees F to 40 degrees F. Insulation for hot service
would be applied to designated surfaces of 51 degrees F or hotter.
To use the table:
1 Locate pipe diameter in left column.
2 Read across line to locate the operating temperature (degrees F).
3 Read required insulation thickness at top of column. For intermediate
temperatures, use next larger insulation thickness.
4 For large diameter pipe, equipment, or other large flat surfaces, use
thicknesses in the last line in the table.
Note: The hot insulation schedule adjustment (L,M, or H) does not apply to
cold insulation. Insulation for cold service would be applied to designated
surfaces of 50 degrees F or colder.
For cold insulation, joints are caulked and a vapor barrier is applied.
To use the table:
1 Locate pipe diameter in left column.
2 Read across line to locate the operating temperature (degrees F).
3 Read required insulation thickness at top of column. For intermediate
temperatures, use next larger insulation thickness.
4 For large diameter pipe, equipment, or other large flat surfaces, use
thicknesses in the last line in the table.
Note: The hot insulation schedule adjustment (L,M, or H) does not apply to
cold insulation. Insulation for cold service would be applied to designated
surfaces of 50 degrees F or colder.
For cold insulation, joints are caulked and a vapor barrier is applied.
To use the table:
1 Locate pipe diameter in left column.
2 Read across line to locate the operating temperature (degrees F).
3 Read required insulation thickness at top of column. For intermediate
temperatures, use next larger insulation thickness.
4 For large diameter pipe, equipment, or other large flat surfaces, use
thicknesses in the last line in the table.
Note: The hot insulation schedule adjustment (L, M, or H) does not apply to
cold insulation. Insulation for cold service would be applied to designated
surfaces of 10 degrees C or colder.
For cold insulation, joints are caulked and a vapor barrier is applied.
To use the table:
1 Locate pipe diameter in left column.
2 Read across line to locate the operating temperature (degrees C).
3 Read required insulation thickness at top of column. For intermediate
temperatures, use next larger insulation thickness.
4 For large diameter pipe, equipment, or other large flat surfaces, use
thicknesses in the last line in the table.
Note: The hot insulation schedule adjustment (L, M, or H) does not apply to
cold insulation. Insulation for cold service would be applied to designated
surfaces of 10 degrees C or colder.
For cold insulation, joints are caulked and a vapor barrier is applied.
To use the table:
1 Locate pipe diameter in left column.
2 Read across line to locate the operating temperature (degrees C).
3 Read required insulation thickness at top of column. For intermediate
temperatures, use next larger insulation thickness.
4 For large diameter pipe, equipment, or other large flat surfaces, use
thicknesses in the last line in the table.
Diameter Units
Section
The picture above shows the top of the file and the first insulation thickness
table. Lines which contain comments start with a “#”. Lines which are read in
by the system during a project run begin with a “l”. YOu must be sure to avoid
shifting any of the vertical pipe sysboles “l” while altering the fields.
The following are the only fields that may be altered:
• Unit of Measurement option fields at the top of the file
The table lets you determine how much additional insulation is allotted for
valves and fittings. Any parameters you provide for valves will apply to all
valves in the project (all valves are considered equal when calculated
insulation requirements). Likewise, the fittings correlations will be applied to
all fittings in the project (all valves are considered equal when calculated
insulation requirements). Likewise, the fittings correlations will be applied to
all fittings in the project. You can account for insulation differently for varying
pipe diameters by defining three size categories (Small, Medium, and Large).
Each range is defined by the maximum diameters you place in the fields
provided. For example, in the above picture the Medium correlations would be
used to calculate the insulation required for any valve or fitting on a section of
pipe with diameter larger than 4 inches but smaller than (and including) 12
inches.
Table 5 is designed so you can make your insulation correlation simple or
complex. The parameters A, B and C are used in the following equation to
calculate the length of pipe which would have to be insulated to account for
one valve or one fitting.
Equivalent Pipe Length = A + B * (Pipe Diameter)c
Any of the three parameters may be set to zero to simplify the correlation. For
example, according to the picture of Table 5 above, each fitting on a section of
Demolition
Description Type
Demolish building w/disposal, no salvage DEMOLITION
Description Type
Strip and stockpile soil - no hauling STRIP SOIL
Galvanized steel mesh fencing and gates with posts on 5 FEET [1.5 M]
centers.
No bracing or concrete.
Heavy duty security fencing SECURITY
Heavy duty security fence, security grade, set in concrete and trussed
and braced.
Placing a 2 INCH [50 MM] deep layer of either wood chips or peat moss
as mulch.
Planting trees or shrubs PLANTING
Furnish, place, and water sod (1 INCH [25 MM) deep) on pregraded
area.
Polybor chlorate soil sterilization STERILIZE
Tar and chip. Placing sealant and binder on an existing surface and
covering with screened gravel. Includes surface cleaning and rolling
following treatment.
Parking Area PARKING
Enter Total Cost or Mat’l and MH. See code of accounts (Civil only).
Main, secondary and minor Roads ROAD
Pile Types:
POUR - Poured 12"[300MM] to 20"[500MM], capacity: 72 Tons [65
Tonne] Cast-in-place constant diameter concrete piles.
FRNK - Frank 16"[400MM] to 24"[600MM], capacity: 220 Tons[200
Tonne] Bored large size piles, enlarged base, reinforced with steel
cages.
AUGR - Auger-Cast 12"[300MM] to 24"[600MM], capacity 250
Tons[225 Tonne] Auger drilled and then grouted under pressure as
the auger is withdrawn. Rebar installed when grout is fluid.
Driven precast concrete piles PRECAST
Single line siding crossing including special track mat, timber, and
crossing signal installed on level grade.
Single track yard siding SIDING
Installation of a single track yard siding on level ground, including
rails, hardware, timber ties and ballast. New or relay rail and rail
weight option available.
Heavy duty siding for mining application SIDING HVY
Heavy duty single track for mining applications. Six INCH [150 MM]
steel WF ties set in 10 INCH [250 MM] concrete bed, 9 FEET [2.7 M]
wide. Includes fasteners, plates, rebar and 100 LB/YD [50 KG/M] new
rail.
Crossing signal with barrier, etc. SIGNAL
Adding a Building
A building can be added under Plant Bulks, Civil, or under Buildings. Defaults
are identical and material costs, man-hours and labor costs are calculated the
same way.
If you are using Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, the underlying data for these
costs can be defined in an external file under Administrator control. See Aspen
Capital Cost Estimator User’s Guide, Chapter 10, “Administrative Operations,”
for details.
Buildings are not designed items, but are developed as costs per surface area
(Unit Cost) items.
You can specify your building using one of three general approaches:
1 Select any Total cost adjust. value that uses some default value, then
accept the resulting unit costs.
2 Select the ‘—’ in Total cost adjust., then enter your unit costs for each of
the five general categories.
3 Start with method (1), above, then override selected categories (e.g., Total
super-structure cost) or elements of a category (e.g., Frame, etc.) with
your unit cost.
If you specify the unit cost for any element in a category, this suppresses all
other elements in that same category, but does not affect other categories. For
example, if you specify the unit cost for the Floor element in the Total super-
structure category, all other elements in that category are set to zero cost -- if
you want to generate a cost for the Stair element, then you must specify a unit
cost for that element.
If you specify a value for both a category and one or more elements in that
category, the costs are not additive- only the unit cost specified for the
category is used and the elements are ignored.
Costs are split between material and labor according to percentages in the
internal (system defaults) or in the external (Administrator specified) file.
The split for the internal table varies from a high of 62% to a low of 38% for
Field Descriptions:
Gross floor area: Default: calculated from length, width, height, number of
levels, and building type.
Building type: see Building Types earlier in this chapter.
Building height: Default: determined from number of levels and
building type.
Number of levels: Default: calculated from length, width, height, area, and
building type.
Explosion gauge pressure: For control buildings only, design pressure for
explosion resistance. Default: *0.0* PSIG; MAX: 30.0 PSIG.
Electrical load: W/SF
Total cost adjustment symbol: Invokes either the built-in system values for
a Medium item (blank or M), a down-adjustment (L), an up-adjustment (H or
V), or suppresses the default costs (—).
(blank)System Defaults
—No System Defaults, user data only
L - Low adjustment for system defaults (range varies from 45-98% of M)
M - Medium adjustment for system defaults (the default value= 100%)
H - High adjustment for system defaults (range varies from 106-216% of M)
V - Very high adjustment for system defaults (range varies from 159-324%
of M)
Foundation type:
*NORMAL*- Spread footings.
PIERS- 10 FEET [3M] deep piers to footings.
PILES- Floors on piles
Roof type:
*FLAT*- Flat roof.
TRUSS- Truss roof.
SAW- Sawtooth roof.
Labor adjustment required: When calculating the labor hours and costs to
report, the system can take a variety of parameters into account: wage rate in
external file or in project; time and currency difference between external file
and project; user man-hour indexing and productivity adjustments. Specify in
this field which of these to take into account. If you are using an external file,
it is best to select YES.
*YES*- Adjust labor cost by system rate, productivity; use external file
wage rates.
26-5
Default floor Heights/Levels
Building Type Type Symbol Height per Floor or Level
FEET M
Cafeteria CAFE 12.0 3.5
Enclosed Building CLOSED 20.0 6.0
Compressor Building COMPR 20.0 6.0
Control Room CONTRL 10.0 3.0
Existing Building EXIST 20.0 6.0
Garage GARAGE 15.0 4.5
Laboratory LAB 10.0 3.0
Office Building OFFICE 10.0 3.0
Sanitary Enclosed SANTRY 20.0 6.0
Building Shell* SHELL 20.0 6.0
Shop SHOP 20.0 6.0
Warehouse WARE 20.0 6.0
Quoted Equipment
Quoted equipment items can be used for unique, special, non-standard and
proprietary types of process equipment. Since quoted equipment items are
unknown to the system, an account code must be provided when entering
the quote.
If you enter a COA that is known to the system as one containing “rotating
equipment” (COAs 150-179 and 220-229), then the system calculates an
allowance for spares and adds it to COA 107. This does not happen if you are
using your own complete COA set in a project.
User Libraries
User libraries are meant to hold your important personalized cost data. There
are two kinds of libraries:
• Unit Cost Library - Holds information related to material and labor costs
(per unit quantity) for equipment, bulks or indirects.
• Equipment Model Library (EML) - Holds information related to the
process equipment. You can store cost vs. capacity data for special kinds of
process equipment.
You can add Piping and Instrumentation drawings to the EML in Aspen
Capital Cost Estimator. For instructions, see “Tutorial: Assigning Default
P&IDs to User Entered Equipment” on page 10-20 of the Aspen Capital
Cost Estimator User’s Guide.
If your library requirements are extensive, you should consider building
several libraries, placing like items in the same library. All items in a library
share the same currency basis and are converted as appropriate when added
to a project.
TP316L 16Cr - 12Ni - 2Mo 316LS 850 454 850 454 316L
TP321 18Cr - 10Ni - Ti 321S 1500 815 1000 537 SS321
TP347 18Cr - 10Ni - Cb 347S 1500 815 1000 537 SS347
A-249 Welded austenitic
steel boiler
superheater, heat
exchanger, and
condenser tubes:
TP304 18Cr - 8Ni 304W 1500 815 1000 537 SS304
TP304L 18Cr - 8Ni 304LW 1200 648 1200 648 SS304
TP316 16Cr - 12Ni - 2Mo 316W 1500 815 1000 537 SS316
TP316L 16Cr - 12Ni - 2Mo 316LW 850 454 815 426 316L
TP321 18Cr - 10Ni - Ti 321W 1500 815 1000 537 SS321
TP347 18Cr - 10Ni - Ti 347W 1500 815 1000 537 SS347
A-268
622-
515* 2.25Cr - 1Mo A387D 842 450 842 450
(22 CL 2) 2.25Cr - 1Mo A387K 896 480 896 480
316-S14* 16Cr - 12Ni - 2Mo 316LS 842 450 800 426 316L
321-S18* 18Cr - 10Ni - Ti 321S 842 450 842 450 SS321
347-S18* 18Cr - 10Ni - Cb 347S 842 450 842 450 SS347
A-249 Welded austenitic
steel boiler
superheater, heat
exchanger,
and condenser
tubes:
316-S22* 16Cr - 12Ni - 2Mo 316LW 842 450 800 426 316L
321-S22* 18Cr - 10Ni - Ti 321W 842 450 842 450 SS321
347-S17* 18Cr - 10Ni - Cb 347W 842 450 842 450 SS347
A-268
TP410 Seamless tubes 410S 752 400 752 400 SS410
13 Cr
TP410 Welded tubes 410W 752 400 752 400 SS410
13 Cr
A-789 Welded duplex
austenitic steel
(S31803) tubes: 2205W 600 315 650 343 S2205
22Cr - 5Ni - 3Mo
SUS316LTB* 16Cr - 12Ni - 2Mo 316LW 842 450 842 450 316L
SUS321TB* 18Cr - 10Ni - Ti 321W 1472 800 842 450 SS321
SUS347TB* 18Cr - 10Ni - Cb 347W 1472 800 842 450 SS347
A-268
TP 410 Seamless tubes 410S 752 400 752 400 SS410
13Cr
VdTUV Wbl.376 WB35* 17Mn Mo V64* A302A 977 525 900 482
VdTUV Wbl.377 WB36* 15Ni Cu Mo Nb5* A 302 or 1022 550 900 482
A302B
VdTUV Wbl.378* 12Mn Ni Mo55* A302C 1022 550 900 482
VdTUV Wbl384 WB34* 13Mn Ni Mo54* A302D 1022 550 900 482
VdTUV Wbl.305*
Ni Cr15 Fe 600 INCNL
Carpenter 20 20Cb C 20
Titanium 2 Ti
Hastelloy B B HASTB
Hastelloy C C-276 HASTC
Seamless cold-drawn
intermediate alloy
steel heat exchanger
and condenser tubes:
DIN 17175* 13Cr Mo44* A199C 1202 650 900 482 A387C
DIN 17175* 10Cr Mo910* A199D 1202 650 900 482 A387D
(T21) 3Cr - .9Mo A199E 1200 648 900 482 A387E
VdTUV007* 12Cr Mo195G A199F 1202 650 900 482 A387F
Seamless carbon-
molybdenum alloy
steel boiler and
superheater tubes:
Seamless copper
and copper alloy
tubes for use in
surface
condensers,
evaporators and
heat exchangers:
DIN 1787* SF Cu* CA122 392 200 150 66 A285C
DIN 1785* Cu Zn20 Al2* CA687 392 200 150 66 A285C
DIN 17664* Cu Ni10 Fe1 Mn* CA706 572 300 150 66 A285C
DIN 17664* Cu Ni30 Mn1 Fe* CA715 662 350 700 371 A285C
DIN 1785* Admiralty Brass CA443 437 225 350 176 A285C
(444) Cu Zn28 Sn1* CA444 450 232 350 176 A285C
(445) CA445 450 232 350 176 A285C
Seamless cold-
drawn nickel tubes
for general
corrosive service:
DIN 17752* LC Ni 99F34* NI200 600 315 600 315 NI200
(201) Ni-Low C NI201 1200 648 1000 537 NI201
DIN 17751* Monel
Ni Cu30 Fe F45 MONEL 887 475 752 400 MONEL
VdTUV Inconel
Wbl.305* Ni Cr15 Fe* INCNL 1202 650 1000 537 INCNL
or
I600
VdTUV Incoloy
Wbl.412 X10 Ni Cr Al Ti I800 1472 800 1000 537 I800
3220*
VdTUv Ni Cr21 Mo* I825 1000 537 700 371 I825
Wbl.432*
B-619 Hastelloy
(B) Ni - Mo HAST or 800 426 800 426 HASTB
HASTB
(C-276) Ni - Mo - Cr HASTC 1000 537 1000 537 HASTC
B-468 Carpenter 20
(20Cb) Cr - Ni - Fe - Mo - C 20 800 426 800 426 C 20
Cu - Cb
B-338 Titanium
(2) Ti T150A 662 350 600 315 T150A
Seamless cold-drawn
intermediate alloy
steel heat exchanger
and condenser tubes:
Seamless Ferritic
and austenitic alloy
steel boiler,
superheater, and
heat exchanger
tubes:
EN 18Cr - 8Ni 304S 1022 550 1022 550 SS304
10216-5
X5CrNi18
-10
1.4301
AT
EN 18Cr - 8Ni 304LS 1022 550 1022 550 304L
10216-5
X5CrNi
19-11
1.4306
AT
EN 16Cr - 12Ni - 2Mo 316S 1022 550 1022 550 SS316
10216-5
X5CrNiM
o17-12-2
1.4401
AT
EN 16Cr - 12Ni - 2Mo 316LS 1022 550 1022 550 316L
10216-5
X2CrNiM
o17-12-2
1.4404
AT
EN 18Cr - 10Ni - Ti 321S 1022 550 1022 550 SS321
10216-5
X6CrNiTi
18-10
1.4541
AT
EN 18Cr - 10Ni - Cb 347S 1022 550 1022 550 SS347
10216-5
X6CrNiNb
18-10
1.4550
AT
Welded austenitic
steel boiler
superheater, heat
exchanger, and
condenser tubes:
EN 18Cr - 8Ni 304W 1022 550 1022 550 SS304
10217-7
X5CrNi18
-10
1.4301
AT
EN 18Cr - 8Ni 304LW 1022 550 1022 550 304L
10217-7
X2CrNi19
-11
1.4306
AT
EN 16Cr - 12Ni - 2Mo 316W 1022 550 1022 550 SS316
10217-7
X5CrNiM
o17-12-2
1.4401
AT
EN 16Cr - 12Ni - 2Mo 316LW 1022 550 1022 550 316L
10217-7
X5CrNiM
o17-12-2
1.4404
AT
EN 18Cr - 10Ni - Ti 321W 1022 550 1022 550 SS321
10217-7
X6CrNiTi
18-10
1.4541
AT
Brick: Firebrick
Lining Material Description Inches MM System
Material
Symbol
Insulating firebrick 2.5 62 25IFB
4.5 112 45IFB
9.0 225 90IFB
60 percent alumina firebrick 2.5 62 25FB6
4.5 112 45FB6
9.0 225 90FB6
90 percent alumina firebrick 2.5 62 25FB9
4.5 112 45FB9
9.0 225 90FB9
Notes of Caution
All user-provided numeric values for dimensions, sizes, extents, intensities,
flows, etc., are considered by the system to conform to those units of measure
selected and/or defined by the user. It is the user’s responsibility to be
constantly aware of the units of measure so selected throughout the entire
exercise of preparing project data for the system. The user is cautioned that
variable redefinition from system base to a user unit of measure could have
unpredictable downstream effects, for example, in selection of plates, wire,
tubing, pipe, etc. Further, the user is cautioned that each base set of units, I-P
and METRIC, has its own special set of default values; the pair of default
values are not necessarily related to one another by usual conversion
relationships; each is established by itself as a reasonable value in the base
unit of measure. Once the user’s set of units of measure is established, default
values are evaluated as follows:
• Unit of Measure Conversion: are used to convert the base unit of measure
default value by the user’s numeric value to obtain the value of the revised
default value in the desired units of measure.
Example
• METRIC base set selected in Project Title Data, and
• Unit of measure data used to convert pressure in KPA (METRIC) to PSIG
using 0.14504 = 1/6.894757 as conversion for Type No. 18.
• Turbine steam pressure METRIC default is 2000 KPA, which, converted to
PSIG, is 290.047549 PSIG. The PSIG value is used in sizing the turbine if
the user does not enter the pressure value.
• Contrast this value with the I-P default value printed in the turbine table as
300 PSIG.
Another Example
The METRIC base user will have all length variables defined in terms of
millimeters, meters, etc. As a consequence, pipe sizes (diameters) and wall
thicknesses will be expected to be specified, sized, selected and reported in
MM. Should the METRIC base user desire pipe to be specified, sized, selected
and reported in MM. Should the METRIC base user desire pipe to be specified,
sized, selected and reported as INCH values, the user must enter the
designator INCH in the field labelled Pipe Size.
This note of caution is tendered for temperature and driver power a well as
pipe sizing.
Length
Area
Volume
Mass
Pressure
Velocity
Flow Rates
Electric
Power
Viscosity
Angular
Other
Volume Units
Unit of Measure Name for: CF (INCH-POUND) or M3 (METRIC)
Use to specify:
• Centrifuges - capacity
Electrical Units
Unit of Measure Name for: V (INCH-POUND) or V (METRIC)
Use to specify:
• Electrical plant bulks
Unit of Measure Name for: KV (INCH-POUND) or KV (METRIC)
Use to specify:
• Electrical plant bulks
Viscosity Units
Unit of Measure Name for: CPOISE (INCH-POUND) or MPA-S (METRIC)
Use to specify:
• Pumps
• Agitated vessels
Unit of Measure Name for: CSTOKE (INCH-POUND) or MM2/S (METRIC)
Use to specify:
• Pumps, gear
US Country Base
Craft US Craft Name Unloaded Aspen In-Plant Cost
Code Wage Rate Estimator Loaded Wage
($/MH) Rate ($/MH) 1
51 Laborer 17.00 37.10
52
53 *Millwright 30.50 66.60
54 Rigger 29.40 64.20
55
56 Light Vehicle Driver 19.00 41.50
57 Heavy Vehicle Driver 21.10 46.00
58
59 Oiler 28.20 61.50
60 Mechanic 28.80 62.80
61
62 Light Equipment Oper 28.20 61.50
63 Medium Equipment Oper 29.20 63.70
64 Heavy Equipment Oper 30.20 65.90
65
66 *Pipefitter 28.60 62.40
67 *Pipe Welder 31.50 68.70
68
69 Cement Finisher 25.00 54.60
70 Carpenter 24.30 53.00
71 Bricklayer 26.70 58.30
72 Ironworker - Rebar 28.20 61.50
73
74 Ironworker - Structural 26.90 58.70
75 Welder - Structural 26.90 58.70
76
77 Welder - Special 30.80 67.20
78 *Welder - Fabricator 28.20 61.50
79 *Boilermaker 27.90 60.90
80
81 *Instrument Fitter 31.30 68.30
82
83 *Electrician - Line 31.30 68.30
84 *Electrician - Wiring 29.20 63.70
85
1
Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator Loaded Wage Rate excludes equipment rental.
* Principal Crafts.
** Foreman’s rate is 110% of the highest paid craft in the crew in which the
foreman works.
Base Construction Index Value (1Q 2012) = 2030.
1
Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator Loaded Wage Rate excludes equipment rental.
* Principal Crafts.
** Foreman’s rate is 110% of the highest paid craft in the crew in which the
foreman works.
*** Wage Rate Basis: National Agreement for the Engineering Construction
Industry, 2011-2012 Update. Rates include measured incentive bonus
appropriate to large process industry sites. Rates for civil work reflect
"comparability" with rates for engineering trades on large process industry
sites.
Base Construction Index Value (1Q 2012) = 4970
Note: PS indicates Pounds Sterling
1 Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator Loaded Wage Rate excludes equipment rental.
* Principal Crafts.
** Foreman’s rate is 110% of the highest paid craft in the crew in which the
foreman works.
Base Construction Index Value (1Q 2012 = 1130).
Note: KY indicates thousand Yen.
1 Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator Loaded Wage Rate excludes equipment rental.
* Principal Crafts.
** Foreman’s rate is 110% of the highest paid craft in the crew in which the
foreman works.
Base Construction Index Value (1Q 2012 = 1840).
ME Country Base
Note: SAR = Saudi Arabian Riyals
Craft ME Craft Name Unloaded Aspen In-Plant Cost
Code Wage Rate Estimator Loaded Wage
(SAR/MH) Rate (SAR/MH) 1
51 Laborer 22.00 55.10
52
53 *Millwright 28.20 70.40
54 Rigger 28.20 70.40
55
56 Driver: Light 24.00 60.00
57 Driver: Heavy 24.00 60.00
58
59 Oiler 28.20 70.40
60 Mechanic 41.60 104.10
61
62 EquipOp: Light 22.00 55.10
63 EquipOp: Medium 25.40 63.40
64 EquipOp: Heavy 29.20 72.90
65
66 *Pipefitter 28.20 70.40
1
Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator Loaded Wage Rate excludes equipment rental.
* Principal Crafts.
** Foreman’s rate is 110% of the highest paid craft in the crew in which the
foreman works.
Base Construction Index Value (1Q 2012 = 2280).
UK Country Base
Phase % Eng'ng Manpower
Expense Rate (PS/ Payroll Cost Indirects
MH)* Business
Basic Engineering 4.30 40 90
Detail Engineering 3.60 40 90
Procurement 7.70 40 90
Engineering 0.00 40 90
Management
(PS/MH)**
Home Office 3.10 40 90
Construction Services
Field Office Supervision 0.00 40 90
Construction 0.00 40 90
Management
Start-up, 0.00 40 90
Commissioning
*These rates are the current (1Q 2012) System base values, which are escalated by the
Design Engineering Index specified by the user in the Indexing/Escalation data.
**These rates are the current (1Q 2012) System base values, which are escalated by
the Construction Management Index specified by the user in the Indexing/Escalation
data.
ME Country Base
Phase % Eng'ng Manpower
Expense Rate (SAR/ Payroll Cost Indirects
MH)* Business
Basic Engineering 24.50 25 75
Detail Engineering 19.00 25 75
Procurement 44.20 25 75
Engineering 0.00 25 75
Management
(SAR/MH)**
Home Office 17.80 25 75
Construction Services
Field Office Supervision 0.00 25 75
Construction 0.00 25 75
Management
Start-up, 0.00 25 75
Commissioning
*These rates are the current (1Q 2012) System base values, which are escalated by the
Design Engineering Index specified by the user in the Indexing/Escalation data.
**These rates are the current (1Q 2012) System base values, which are escalated by
the Construction Management Index specified by the user in the Indexing/Escalation
data.
Base Design Engineering Index = 1530 (US), 4750 (UK), 2060 (JP), 1850
(EU), 1620 (ME)
Base Construction Management Index = 1800 (US), 4860 (UK), 1940 (JP),
1720 (EU), 1870 (ME)
Note:
$ indicates U.S. Dollars
PS indicates Pounds Sterling
KY indicates thousand YEN
EUR indicates Euros
SAR indicates Saudi Arabian Riyals
Explanation of Expense Rate
The Expense rate is used to calculate the Basic Engineering Report's
"Overhead Items," which consist of the following:
• Reproduction
• Communications
• Travel
• Computation
The amount of the expense is user-adjusted, but how it is split into these
categories is not.
Both the Payroll Burdens/Fringes and Indirects are Percentages of the Total
Engineering Cost in the Basic Engineering Report.
The relationship among the wage rates, expense rate, and cost indirect are as
follows:
• Wage rates are the wages paid to a specific disciplines (see page 31-3).
• The Expense rate is used to calculate the Overhead items in the Basic
Engineering Report.
• Indirects are typically office expenses. Indirect office expenses include
rent, heat, electricity and other operating expenses not specifically covered
in other engineering accounts.
Construction Equipment
(Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, Aspen Process Economic Analyzer , Aspen In-
Plant Cost Estimator) Rental days and monthly rates may be adjusted for
construction equipment items.
Equip Size
No. Equipment Class Description Metric Units I-P Units
21 AUTOMOTIVE AMBULANCE
261 CONCRETE VIBRATOR GASOLINE 2.4 HP, 2 IN HEAD 1.8 KW, 50MM
HEAD
261 CONCRETE VIBRATOR, AIR 2.5 IN HEAD 65 MM HEAD
263 CONCRETE CURB BUILDR, 75 HP, DIESEL 55 KW, DIESEL
SLIPFORM
264 CONCRETE POWER TROWEL, 4 36 IN DIA 1 M DIA
BLADE
The Code of Accounts input data is composed of three types. The code of
account “Definitions” are used to define either a name for a new account
number or a new name for a standard ICARUS account. The code of account
“allocations” are used to reassign costs and manhours from one or more
standard system accounts into either another ICARUS account or a newly
defined user code of account. Costs and manhours may be assigned directly
into a current account or into a new account with a supplemental cost item.
The code of account “reporting” is used to further group a very detailed user-
developed code of accounts into a smaller set of accounts that can be
displayed in output reports. The user’s internal code of accounts must be used
on indexing and contract scope input forms, if the user code of accounts is
developed. However, for the ease of exchange of components between
multiple projects, the user may switch between the user-internal code of
accounts and ICARUS system code of account numbers by using the
appropriate switch between user/ICARUS code of accounts. However, the
user’s reporting code of accounts is never used in the input forms, and
displayed only the output reports. In the absence of reporting code of
accounts, output reports use the user (internal) code of accounts.
COA Cost
315 0
4178325 1000
5911234 110000
COA Cost
3 111000
Output Reports
The Code of Accounts Summary reflects the user-specified account numbers
and names. The Master Summary, Contract Summaries and Area Summaries
allocate the estimated costs according to the account type (piping, civil, and so
on). It is incumbent upon the user when defining an entirely different code of
accounts to specify account types that correspond with the chosen account
number groups. An inconsistency would occur, for example, if, within a series
of account numbers for piping (P), one of the accounts were assigned an
instrumentation account type (I). This account would be grouped numerically
with the piping accounts in the Code of Accounts Summary, but it would be
summarized with instrumentation in the other summaries. This inconsistency
could be avoided by allocating this account into a numbered account in the
Instrumentation group. Then the estimated costs and man-hours for this item
would appear both in a numbered instrumentation account and in the
instrumentation summary.
In the Bulk Detail and Bulk Summary Appendices of the system output report
the user-specified account numbers are reported, but the account names are
the system names and not the user-specified names. The system account
name forms an integral part of the detailed item description. It is necessary,
therefore, to retain the system account name in these appendices for clarity
and for Aspen Icarus to provide technical support.
Paint
900 PAINT
902 SUBCONTRACT PAINT
903 SPECIAL PLANT PAINT
904 SPECIAL EQUIP PAINT
909 PAINT DEMOLITION
910 PAINTING
911 PAINT - EQUIPMENT
912 PAINT - PIPING
913 PAINT - STRUCTURES
914 PAINT MODULE EQUIPMENT
915 PAINT MODULE PIPING
916 PAINT MODULE STRUCTURES
918 OTHER COATINGS
919 OTHER EQUIPMENT PAINT
920 SURFACE PREPARATION
921 SURFACE PREP - EQUIPMENT
922 SURFACE PREP - PIPING
923 SURFACE PREP - STEEL
COMPONENT (N)
INDIRECTS (P)
PROJDATA (D)
REMARKS (C)
CRWSCH (G)
NEWCOA (E)
DETAILS (A)
CSTCTRL (J)
CNTRCT (M)
EQRENT (H)
CUSSPC (K)
REPGRP (L)
DESIGN (B)
RTABLE (R)
CERATE (F)
Attribute
Name Type Width
ACCOUNT INT 11 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
ACTCOA INT - - - - - - 5 - 5 - - - - - -
ACTSEQ INT - - - - - - 3 - 3 - - - - - -
ACTSRT INT - - - - - - 4 - 4 - - - - - -
ACTTYP INT - - - - - - 2 - 2 - - - - - -
AMOUNT REAL - - - 5 - - - - - - - - - - -
APPTYPE INT - - - - - - - - - - - - 5 - -
AREA INT 12 2 2 - - - - - - - - - - - -
AREAWBS TEXT 2 - - - - - - - - - - 5 - - - -
ATYPE INT - - - - - - - - - - 1 - - - -
BTSEQ INT - 16 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
CATLNO TEXT 20 - - - - - - - - - 6 - - - - -
CCOA INT - - - - 1 - - - - - - - - - -
COADES TEXT 24 3 - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 -
CEAMT REAL - - - - - 4 - - - - - - - - -
CEDESC TEXT 60 - - - - - 5 - - - - - - - - -
CEFLAG TEXT 2 - - - - - 1 - - - - - - - - -
CENUM INT - - - - - 2 - - - - - - - - -
CESEQ INT 31 - - - - - 1 1 1 1 - - - - 1
CLASS INT 20 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
CNTRBY INT - - - - - - - - - - - 2 - - -
CNTRNM TEXT 24 - - - - - - - - - - - 3 - - -
CNTRNO INT - - - - - - - - - - - 1 - - -
CNTWKF INT - - - - - 3 - - - - - - - - -
COA INT 1 - - 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 -
CCOAACT TEXT 2 - - - - 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CCOADES TEXT 24 - - - - 2 - - - - - - - - - -
COAIND INT - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2
COAMOD INT 14 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
INDIRECTS (P)
PROJDATA (D)
REMARKS (C)
CRWSCH (G)
NEWCOA (E)
DETAILS (A)
CSTCTRL (J)
CNTRCT (M)
EQRENT (H)
CUSSPC (K)
REPGRP (L)
DESIGN (B)
RTABLE (R)
CERATE (F)
Attribute
Name Type Width
COMCOD TEXT 36 37 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
COMPWBS TEXT 3 35 - - - - - - - - - - 7 - - -
CONTRACT INT 13 - - - - - - - - - - - - 3 -
DAYPWK INT - - - - - - 7 - - - - - - - -
DESCR TEXT 76 - - 4 - - - - - - - - - - - -
DIAM REAL 24 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
DUPITEMS INT - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 - -
DUPQTY INT 33 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
EXTRA1 INT 21 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
EXTRA2 REAL 22 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
EXTRA3 TEXT 4 23 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
HOURRRAT FLOAT - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4
HRSPDA REAL - - - - - - 9 - - - - - - - -
ICACOA INT 32 - - - - - - - - - - - - 6 -
ICUNIT INT 36 11 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
INDDES TEXT 32 - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9 -
INDAMOUNT INT - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5 -
INDHOURS INT - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 -
ITEM TEXT 24 - - - 2 - - - - - - - - - - -
ITEMDES TEXT 28 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
ITEMCOD INT - 1 1 - - - - - - - - - - - -
INTREF INT 34 - - - - - - - - - - - 6 - -
IUMVAL REAL - 12 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
LCODE INT - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
LDESC TEXT 24 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
LCOST REAL 9 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
LCOSTRAT FLOAT - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5
LHOURS REAL 8 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
LINELOOP INT 25 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
LOCID TEXT 8 16 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
COMPONENT (N)
INDIRECTS (P)
PROJDATA (D)
REMARKS (C)
CRWSCH (G)
NEWCOA (E)
DETAILS (A)
CSTCTRL (J)
CNTRCT (M)
EQRENT (H)
CUSSPC (K)
REPGRP (L)
DESIGN (B)
RTABLE (R)
CERATE (F)
Attribute
Name Type Width
MATL TEXT 5 10 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MCODE INT - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MCOST REAL 7 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MCOSTRAT FLOAT - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3
MDESC TEXT - - - - - - - - - - - - -
NOITEM INT - - - - - - 10 2 6 - - - - - -
NPCT01 INT - - - - - - 11 3 7 - - - - - -
NPCT02 INT - - - - - - 12 4 - - - - - - -
NPCT03 INT - - - - - - 13 5 - - - - - - -
NPCT04 INT - - - - - - 14 6 - - - - - - -
NPCT05 INT - - - - - - 15 7 - - - - - - -
NPCT06 INT - - - - - - 16 8 - - - - - - -
NPCT07 INT - - - - - - 17 9 - - - - - - -
NPCT08 INT - - - - - - 18 10 - - - - - - -
NPCT09 INT - - - - - - 19 11 - - - - - - -
NPCT010 INT - - - - - - 20 12 - - - - - - -
NPCT011 INT - - - - - - 21 13 - - - - - - -
NPCT012 INT - - - - - - 22 14 - - - - - - -
NPCT013 INT - - - - - - - 15 - - - - - - -
NPCT014 INT - - - - - - - 16 - - - - - - -
NPCT015 INT - - - - - - - 17 - - - - - - -
ORIGIN TEXT 6 2 3 3 - - - - - - - - - - - -
PARAM TEXT 32 - 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
PCLASS TEXT 4 - - - - - - - - - 4 - - - - -
PCTOF INT - - - 4 - - - - - - - - - 8 -
PERCENT REAL - - - 3 - - - - - - - - - 7 -
PIPSPC TEXT 8 - - - - - - - - - 2 - - - - -
PIPTYP INT 15 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
PRCURC TEXT 38 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
PROPNAM TEXT 36 - 13 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
PROPNUM INT - 10 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
INDIRECTS (P)
PROJDATA (D)
REMARKS (C)
CRWSCH (G)
NEWCOA (E)
DETAILS (A)
CSTCTRL (J)
CNTRCT (M)
EQRENT (H)
CUSSPC (K)
REPGRP (L)
DESIGN (B)
RTABLE (R)
CERATE (F)
Attribute
Name Type Width
QUANT REAL 5 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
REFID INT 28 14 5 - - - - - - - - - 1 - -
REPGRP INT - - - - - - - - - - 2 - - - -
RESULT REAL - - - 6 - - - - - - - - - - -
RPGSEQ INT - - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - -
SCHAREA INT - - - - - - 6 - - - - - - - -
SCHED TEXT 4 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
SHIFTS INT - - - - - - 8 - - - - - - - -
SOURCE TEXT 2 17 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
SUBAREA INT 30 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
SUBTYPE INT 29 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
SUMCODE INT - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
TITLE TEXT 32 - - - - - - - - - - 4 - - - -
TYPSCT INT - - - - - - - - - 5 - - - - -
UNIT TEXT 8 - 7 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
UNITIN TEXT 8 - 9 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
UNITS TEXT 8 6 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
USERDES TEXT 25 26 - - - - - - - - - - - 2 - -
USERTAG TEXT 12 27 - - - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
VALUER REAL - 6 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
VALUET TEXT 12 - 5 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
VALUEU TEXT 12 - 8 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
WGT REAL 18 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
WUNIT TEXT 4 19 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
REMARKS Relation
No. Column Name Type of Data Description of Data Stored under
each Column
1 ITMCOD integer Item code. (Two digits.)
2 AREA integer Area reference number defined by user.
(Two digits, default is 01.)
3 ORIGIN text 6 Responsible item for the data in the
record (e.g., "HE 101").
4 DESCR text 76 Description of ITEM as specified by user
(for example, “PROPANE STORAGE
TANK").
5 REFID integer Integer value of 3-digit component
number
NEWCOA Relation
No. Column Name Type of Data Description of Data Stored under
each Column
1 CCOA integer User-changed code of account
2 CCOADES text 24 User-changed code of account
description (e.g.,”SPECIAL COMPANY
ITEMS").
3 CCOAACT text 2 COA category (EQ, P, C, ST, I, E, IN, PT)
EQRENT Relation
Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only
CRWSCH Relation
Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only
CSTCTRL Relation
REPGRP Relation
No. Column Name Type of Data Description of Data Stored under
each Column
1 ATYPE integer Report group designation (1 = report
group, 2 = sub-group)
2 REPGRP integer Report group number
3 RPGSEQ integer Report group sequence (sub-group)
4 TITLE text 32 Report group title
5 AREAWBS text 2 Area Work Breakdown Structure
identifier
6 SCHAREA integer Scheduling Area for this report group
CNTRCT Relation
Aspen Capital Cost Estimator only
COMPONENT Relation
Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only
INDIRECTS Relation
Aspen Capital Cost Estimator only
No. Column Name Type of Data Description of Data Stored under
each Column
1 COA integer Code of Account (COA) (See list on
following page).
2 COADES text 24 Title of cost element which is assigned
to account code (See list on following
page).
3 CONTRACT integer Contract ID
4 INDHOURS integer Indirect hours for this account
5 INDAMOUNT integer Indirect cost for this account
6 ICACOA integer Icarus code of account for item
7 PERCENT real Percent value entered by user or
calculated by system
8 PCTOF integer System-calculated code representing
the portion of the project estimate to be
percentaged (1 digit)
9 INDDES text 32 User indirect description or “SYSTEM
GENERATED”
R-TABLE Relation
No. Column Name Type of Data Description of Data Stored under
each Column
1 CESEQ integer Key- relates (links) to the DETAILS
relation (A table or AprojID)
2 COAIND integer Title of cost element which is assigned
to account code (See list on following
page)
3 MCOSTRAT float Ratio of MCOST output to MCOST
system
4 HOURRRAT float Ratio of HOURS output to HOURS
system
5 LCOSTRAT float Ratio of LCOST output to LCOST system
S-Table Relation
No. Column Name Type of Data Description of Data Stored under
each Column
1 CESEQ integer Sequence number for records in Details
relation
2 INTREF integer Internal reference identification
3 LINELOOP integer For piping – the line number (01-40)
For instrumentation – the loop number
(01-50)
4 LTYPE c To differentiate between branch and
main line
U-Table Relation
No. Column Name Type of Data Description of Data Stored under
each Column
1 ITMCOD integer Item code (Two digits)
2 AREA nteger Area ID, assigned integer value of unity.
3 ORIGIN text 10 3-characters: Item Type + Item Refer-
ence No. (HE 101).
4 PARAM text 35 Description of design element.
5 VALUET text 80 Value of design parameter, as text.
6 VALUER real Value of design parameter, decimal
value.
7 UNIT text 10 Unit of measure associated with numeric
design value
8 VALUEU text 15 Value of design parameters specified by
user as text. (For Aspen Capital Cost
Estimator and Aspen In-Plant Cost Esti-
mator only.)
9 UNITIN text 10 Unit of measure associated with VALUEU
10 PROPNUM integer Reserved for future use. It should be
more than 900000
11 ICUNIT integer Internal Unit of Measure unit.
12 VALUES real Same as VALUER
W-Table Relation
No. Column Name Type of Data Description of Data Stored under
each Column
1 Index integer Sequence Number
2 Item text 60 Item (Sales, Expenses, Operating Costs
etc.)
3 Units text 20 Units
4 Year1-Year20 real Contains cost spread over 20 years
X-Table Relation
No. Column Name Type of Data Description of Data Stored under
each Column
1 Field1 integer Sequence Number
2 Field2 text 30 Area Name
3 Field3 text 30 Component Name
4 Field4 text 30 Component Type
5 Field5 text 30 Total Direct Cost
Account Description
0 Other, indirects
1 Equipment, Code of Account (COA) 100 - 199
2 Equipment, Code of Account (COA) 200 - 299
3 Piping
4 Civil
5 Steel
6 Instrumentation
7 Electrical
8 Insulation
9 Paint
ACTCOA Scheduling code of account. For Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only.
ACTSEQ Activity ID at component level. For Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only.
ACTSRT Activity ID at area level. For Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only.
ACTTYP Activity level (area, project, proc.). For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Icarus
Project
Manager only.
AMOUNT Lump sum value specified by user for indirect costs.
Component Type Component Type
APPTYPE Equipment Equipment
0 Not applicable 58 TDS Tray drying systems
1 AC Air compressors 60 TW Towers
3 AD Air dryers 62 VP Vacuum pumps
4 AT Agitated tanks 63 VS Vibrating screens
6 BL Blenders 64 VT Vertical tanks
7C Condensers 65 WFE Wiped film evaporators
8 CTW Cooling towers 66 WTS Water treatment systems
9 CE Cranes 68 MOT Motors
10 CO Conveyors 69 RB Reboilers
11 CP Centrifugal pumps 70 FU Furnaces
12 CR Crushers 71 TUR Turbines
13 CRY Crystallizers 72 AG Agitators
14 CT Centrifuges 73 LIN Linings
15 DDT Double diameter towers 74 PAK Packings
16 D Dryers
Attribute Description
APPTYPE 17 DC Dust collectors Known Cost
18 DD Drum dryers 76 Cost known equipment
19 E Evaluators 77 Cost known bulks
20 EG Electrical generators
21 EJ Ejectors Plant Bulks and Buildings
22 EL Elevators 80 Buildings
24 F Filters 81 PIP Piping
26 FE Feeders 82 CIV Civil
27 FL Flakers 83 STL Steelwork
28 FLR Flares 84 INS Instrumentation
29 FN Fans 85 ELC Electrical general
32 GC Gas compressors 86 INL Insulation
34 GP Gear pumps 87 PNT Paint
36 HE Heat exchangers 88 ELC Electrical substation
37 HO Hoists
38 HT Horizontal tanks Site Development
39 HU Heating units 91 DEMOL Demolition
42 K Kneaders 92 DRAINS Drainage
43 M Mills 93 EARTH Earthwork general
44 MX Mixers 94 FENCE Fencing
45 P Pumps 95 LANDSP Landscaping
48 R Reactors 96 PAVING Paving
49 RD Rotary dryers 97 PILING Piling
50 RU Refrigeration units 98 RAILRD Railroads
52 S Scales 99 EARTH Earthwork excavation
53 ST Stock treatment
54 SE Separation equipment Library Items
55 STK Stacks 100 Library items
56 STB Steam boiler 101 Equipment model library
57 T Thickeners
AREA Area reference number defined by user. Default is 01. Reference
number 00 refers to project data in the C relation.
ATYPE Report group designation (1 = report group, 2 = sub group).
AREAWBS Area level Work Breakdown Structure -- 2 characters.
BTSEQ Unique sequence number to define the order of records in the DESIGN
table for design reports.
CATLNO Item designation. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen In-Plant
Cost Estimator only.
CATLNO Item designation. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen In-Plant
Cost Estimator only.
CCOA User-changed code of account.
Class Description
0 Other
01 Site Development
10 Process Equipment
20 Bulk Items
30 Area components, testing
31 Buildings
40 Area Site Development
50 Unit Substation
60 Main Substations
70 Control (CTL) Centers
80 OPS Centers
90 Project Items (rotating equipment, spare parts,
transmission lines, testing).
CNTRBY Contracted by (parent contractor). For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator only.
CNTRNM Contractor name. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator only.
CNTRNO Contractor number. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator only.
CNTWKF Contract or work force. For Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only.
COA System code of account or user’s account code as revised. For Aspen In-
Plant Cost Estimator, COA is 3-digits. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator,
COA is 4-digits.
COADES System code of account description or user's description as revised (text,
24 characters).
Attribute Description
COAIND Title of cost element which is assigned to account code.
COMCOD Commodity code to uniquely identify materials used in the Icarus
Evaluation Engine (IEE). The Commodity Code COMCOD is a 30
Character code. Each major bulk type has an individual a coding
sequence. Currently only piping has a coding sequence defined.
For Piping:
To decode use the following column breakdown:
Column: 1 2 3
123456789012345678901234567890
AMMMMMUDDDDPEECFFFFFGWRSSS####
Attribute Description
ICUNIT Icarus Internal Units of Measure identifier.
57 W 1.0000E+00 W
58 A 1.0000E+00 A
59 KV 1.0000E+00 KV
60 KW 1.0000E+00 KW
61 KA 1.0000E+00 KA
62 KVA 1.0000E+00 KVA
63 HP 7.4570E-01 HP Motor Power
64 MVA 1.0000E+00 MVA
65 OHM-IN 2.5400E+00 OHM-CM
66 DEG F 1.0000E+00 DEG C Temperature
67 DEG F 5.5556E-01 DEG C Temperature
Difference
68 FC 1.0764E+01 LUX Lighting
69 TONS-REF 3.5169E+00 KW Tons of Refrigeration
70 GPM/SF 6.7909E-01 L/S/M2
71 BTU/H/SF 3.1546E+00 W/M2
72 BTU/H 2.9307E-01 W
73 BTU/LB 2.3260E+00 KJ/KG
74 MMBTU/H 2.9307E-01 MEGAW
75 BTU/CF 3.7250E+01 KJ/M3
76 CPOISE 1.0000E+00 MPA-S
77 CSTOKE 1.0000E+00 MM2/S
78 BTU/LB/F 4.1868E+00 KJ/KG/K
79 DEGREE 1.0000E+00 DEGREE Slope
80 PERCENT 1.0000E+00 PERCENT
81 GAUGE 1.0000E+00 GAUGE Duct, HEX tubing
82 PAIR 1.0000E+00 PAIR Instrumentation
83 BWG 1.0000E+00 BWG HEX tubing
84 LOOP(S) 1.0000E+00 LOOP(S) Instrumentation
85 COATS 1.0000E+00 COATS Paint
86 wire size wire size Electrical
87 MCM 1.0000E+00 MCM Electrical
88 AWG 1.0000E+00 AWG Electrical
89 CUTS 1.0000E+00 CUTS Piping
90 SECTION 1.0000E+00 SECTION
91 CLASS 1.0000E+00 CLASS Electrical
92 SPACES 1.0000E+00 SPACES Electrical
93 CIRCUITS 1.0000E+00 CIRCUITS Electrical
94 CIRCUITS 1.0000E+00 CIRCUITS Compressors
95 STAGES 1.0000E+00 STAGES
Attribute Description
INDAMOUNT Indirect cost for this account.
INDDES Indirects description. Either user-supplied or “SYSTEM GENERATED”.
INDHOURS Indirect hours for this account.
INTREF Internal reference identification.
ITEM System-generated or user-defined description for this item
(text, 24 characters)
ITEMDES System-generated or user-defined description for this item
(text, 28 characters).
Attribute Description
ITMCOD Item code:
ITMCOD Description
DESIGN
0 Other
10 For equipment design data — brief
Attribute Description
IUMVAL System value in internal Units of Measure. Does not apply when
ICUNIT is 0 or 99 and may be incorrect for items containing costs.
LCOST Field manpower cost for this item.
LCOSTRAT Ratio of LCOST output to LCOST system.
LHOURS Field man-hours associated with this item.
LINELOOP Piping line number (01 - 40) or instrument loop number (01 - 50).
O if not applicable.
LCODE Not assigned. Used in cost tracking programs to identify a category of
labor costs.
LDESC Not assigned. Used in cost tracking programs to describe a category of
labor costs
Instrumentation
LOOP 1 UNIV
AIR SUP LOCAL
Civil
TYPE 15
Electrical
MOTOR PUSHB
FEEDER
MATL System material symbol characteristic of the material of construction
for this item (text, 5 characters; e.g., "SS304").
MCODE Not assigned. Used in cost tracking programs to identify a category of
material costs
MCOST Material cost for this item.
MCOSTRAT Ratio of MCOST output to MCOST system.
MDESC Not assigned. Used in cost tracking programs to describe a category of
material costs.
NOITEM Number of items in list.
NPCTnn List item for number nn. For Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only.
Attribute Description
SUBTYPE For Equipment — cost basis
0 System calculated
1 User specified
2 Remote shop paint
0 Other
2 Remote shop paint
80 Steam tracing
98 Tubing
99 Pipe
101 90 DEG elbow
102 Flange
103 Reducer (to next lower size)
104 Tee
105 Blind
106 Union (also Couplings)
107 Spectacle blind
108 Strainer
109 Threadolet
110 Expansion joint
111 Transition joint
112 WYE for HDPE only
113 Steam trap
120 Clamp
121 45 DEG elbow
122 Ferrule
Attribute Description
SUBTYPE - For Piping — type of valve or fitting - continued
continued
802 Insul. flange
899 Vent/drain
900 Gaskets
950 Bolts
951 Pre-fab pipe supports
952 Tubing elbow
953 Tubing reducer
954 Tubing tee
955 Tubing union
956 Tubing ball valve
Attribute Description
SUBTYPE - For Piping - Field Labor Subtype
continued
STRESS RELIEF 3
FIELD ERECTION 4
MISC FIELD FABRICATION 5
CUT PIPE 6
BEVEL PIPE 7
WELD PIPE 8
PIPE TESTING 9
ERECT VALVES 10
BOLT-UP CONNECTIONS 11
FIELD X-RAY 12
Bend Pipe 13
threadolets 14
weldolets 15
JUMPER CONNECTIONS 16
SWAGE AND WELD JACKET 17
Shop Handling Small Pipe 18
Cut & Thread Pipe 19
Attribute Description
SUBTYPE - For Ducting — type of fittings and/or Duct type
continued
701 Round Duct
702 Round duct and stiffeners
703 Elbows
704 Tees
706 Dampers
707 Access doors
708 Flexible connections
709 Duct hangers
711 Spiral duct
712 Spiral duct and stiffeners
713 Elbows
714 Tees
715 Reducers
716 Dampers
717 Access doors
718 Flexible connections
719 Duct Hangers
721 Square duct
722 Square duct and stiffeners
723 Elbows
724 Tees
725 Reducers
726 Dampers
727 Access doors
728 Flexible connections
729 Duct Hangers
Attribute Description
SUBTYPE - For Ducting - Field Labor Handle and Erect Duct
continued
Round Duct 31
Spiral Duct 32
Square Duct 33
Attribute Description
SUBTYPE - For Civil — type of foundation
Continued
• For Civil — Miscellaneous
30 Rectangular - Above grade and below grade concrete tanks, and tile
chests
31 Cylindrical - Above grade and below grade concrete tanks, and tile
chests
50 User defined excavation in Bulk Adjustment Civil entry
Subtype Piling
88 FRANKI
89 AUGUR
90 Rigging and dismantling pile driving/drilling equipment
• For Steel
2 Remote shop paint
11 Remote shop CONC Fireproof
12 Remote shop MAGN Fireproof
13 Remote shop Pyrocrete FPR
For Electrical
Attribute Description
SUBTYPE - For Electrical (continued)
Continued
• Type of termination
611 LV termination
612 MV termination
613 HV termination
614 CV termination
615 LT termination
• Communication and Alarm Systems
651 CCTV System Cabinets
652 Telephone System Cabinets
653 Area Network System Cabinets
654 Radio System Cabinets
655 Access Control System Cabinets
656 Intrusion Detection System Cabinets
657 Meteorological Monitoring System Cabinets
658 7C 16 AWG cable/12 pair 7C 1.25 mm2 cable
659 4 pair phone cable
660 12 pair 18 AWG cable/12 pair .8 mm2 cable
661 3C 14 AWG cable/3C 1.5 mm2 cable
662 24 fiber armor cable
663 24 fiber armor terminations
664 25 pr OSP CAT5 armor cable
665 25 pr OSP CAT5 armor terminations
• Cathode Protection
701 Bonding Station
702 Pipeline Cathodic Protection
703 Install Anode
704 Coke Breeze Backfill
705 Anode Bed Watering Pipe
706 Galvanic Anodes
707 Install Surface Casing
708 Anode Support Pipe
709 Termin Junction Box
710 Transformer/Rectifier
711 Solar Panels
712 Solar Panel Connection
713 Underground Cable
714 Potential Measure Test Station
• Tracing
800 Electrical tracing
801 Self-Regulating Heating Cable
811 Mineral Insulated Alloy
821 Tracing Panelboard
825 Heating Cable
831 Tracing Controller
Attribute Description
SUBTYPE - For Instrumentation — type of main loop component construction -
Continued
continued
110 PI Gauge
111 PI Gauge
112 PI Draft
120 PIT
121 PT W/ Seal
130 PIC Local
140 PS Switch
160 DPI Gauge
170 DPIT
171 DPT W/ Seal
190 DPS Switch
200 Testwell
210 TE/TC
211 TI Dial
230 TT/TC
231 TIT/FILL
232 TT/RTD
233 TT Wet Bulb
234 TT Surface
250 TIC Local
270 TS Switch
310 FI Gauge
311 FI ROT
312 FI DP Cell
313 FQI
314 FI Meterrun
330 FIT DP Cell
331 FIT W/O SEN
332 FIT Vortex
333 FIT Magnet.
334 FIT Mass FL
335 FIT Ultras
336 FIT Turbine
350 FIC Local
360 FS Switch
361 FQIS
390 Orifice Flange
391 Orifice Plate
410 LI Gauge
411 LI Gauge
412 LI Bubbler
430 LIT DP
Attribute Description
SUBTYPE - For Instrumentation — type of main loop component construction -
Continued
continued
670 XS VIB
680 PNT Variable
681 PNT ON/OFF
690 PNS
691 EL Position
700 HIC Local
701 HIC
710 HSW
720 BS Infrared
740 Solenoid
999 CV CNTRL VLV
0 Other
1 CASIL (Hot insulation)
2 MWOOL
3 FOAM (Hot insulation)
4 FOAM (Cold insulation)
5 CWOOL
6 PURIF (Cold insulation)
7 PURIF (Hot insulation)
8 CASIL (Cold insulation)
11 CONC Fireproof
12 MAGN Fireproof
13 Pyrocrete FPR
Attribute Description
SUBTYPE - For Piping: Pipeline
Continued
617 Ditch, Sand & Softsoil
618 Ditch, Rocky Soil
619 Ditch, Weathered Shale
620 Ditch, Weathered Rock
621 Ditch, Hard Rock
622 Rework after Blasting
623 Rock Ditch By Hand
624 Ditch Trimming
625 Haul, Place Sand
626 Haul Piles
627 String Piles
628 Drive Support Piles
629 Drive Thrust Anchor
630 Drive Deflection Anchor
631 Drilled Piles
632 Concrete Fill, Drilled Piles
633 Cut Off Piles
634 Anode Trench
635 Surface Bed Vertical Anode
636 Anode Surface Casing
637 Drill Cased Anode Well
638 Drill Uncased Anode Well
639 Cement Plug
643 Access Roads to R-O-W
644 Concrete Valve Boxes
651 Double Joint
652 FBE External Coat
653 Internal Coating
654 Coating Inspection
655 Line Up & Connect Pipe
656 Tie-in Connection
657 Line Up & Weld
658 Tie-in Welds
659 X-Ray Field Inspection
660 Epxoy Shrink Sleeves
661 Hydrotest
662 Aerial KM Markers
663 KM Markers
664 Warning Signs
665 Pipeline Vents
666 Pipeline Drains
667 Place Pipe in Support
668 Lower In, Backfill, Clean
669 Haul Ring Girder
670 String Ring Girder
Attribute Description
SUBTYPE - For Piping: Pipeline
Continued
671 Dress & Grind Pile Head
672 Weld Pipe Pile Cap Plate
673 Weld Tee
674 Weld Ring Girder
675 Place Pipe In Support
676 Install Insulation & Bolt Down
677 Guide Bars for Tee
678 Welding
679 Miscellaneous Drains
680 Relief Line
681 Steel Support Shoes
690 Steelwork Thrust Anchor
691 Steelwork Deflection Anchor
692 Solar Panel Steel
699 Pipeline Instruments
Attribute Description
SUMCODE Not assigned. Used in cost tracking programs to group costs into cost
centers.
TITLE Report group title.
TYPSCT Type of data (1 = schedule, 2 = class). For Aspen Capital Cost
Estimator and Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only.
UNIT Unit of measure associated with numeric design value.
UNITIN Unit of measure associated with user specified design value.
UNITS Units of measure associated with QUANT (ity) (text, 8 characters; for
example, “FEET”, “CY”, “M3”).
USERDES User specified description for component, installation material/man-
hour additions, installation pipe or installation instrumentation.
USERTAG Equipment component user tag or pipe specs if custom pipe specs are
used.
VALUER The value of the design parameter (PARAM) as a real number (useful in
calculations). For parameter (PARAM) "ITEM TYPE", VALUER contains
the number of items.
VALUET Value of design parameters, as text.
VALUEU Value of design parameter specified by user as text.
WGT Weight of this item.
WUNIT Unit of measure associated with item weight (WGT) attribute (text, 4
characters; for example, "LBS ", "KG ").
You can specify an allowance for temporary bracing used during shipping.
The default is 10% of the steel weight.
• * Bargeable Module - Bargeable Module - BRGM
Bargeable process module is designed as a braced frame structure.
Dimensions can be up to 200ft(60.8m) [Length] x 200ft(60.8m)[Width] x
100ft(30.4m) [Height]. You can add up to four modules within an area and
up to two modules can be stacked similar to Truckable. Use structure tag
BRGM-1 to BRGM-4 for specifying the module to which the equipment is
loaded. If no structure tag is specified, equipment weight is distributed
among the modules. The transportation cost varies significantly from one
project to another, so you should enter the transportation cost from
module shop to site.
You can specify:
° the shipping season (Default: Summer)
° the shipping route
° transverse, longitudinal and vertical acceleration values
° an allowance for temporary bracing used during shipping. The default is
5% of the steel weight
These specifications work in conjunction with each other:
When a BRGM module type is selected, the selected season, route, and module
height (the tallest module of the four governs) enable calculation of the
shipping acceleration fields. Thus, based on these selections, acceleration
values are automatically calculated.
Note: The shipping accelerations determined by the system are good for
initial estimates when no information or data is available. To fine tune the
estimate using more accurate acceleration coefficients, it is recommended that
Area Specifications
For each defined area, the user may enter specifications that will affect designs
and quantities of bulks in an area. While most of the area specifications are
design specifications that will override design specifications entered at the
project level, the most significant area specifications are those that will affect
lengths of pipe, electrical cable, and instrument signal wiring or tubing. These
length specifications include:
• Area Dimensions
Defined in Area Type Definition, Area Dimensions are used as a default to
develop lengths for all of the following system developed items:
- Piping.
- Electrical cable/wiring.
- Instrument signal wiring /tubing.
Note: Area dimensions do not have any effect on user-added bulks, such as
yard pipe, cable runs, signal wire runs, and so on.
The user can enter area length (L), width (W), and height (H). Only area types
OPEN or EX-OPEN will recognize and use the height dimension.
One example of how the system uses Area Dimension is the determination of
pipe lengths. If an area dimension of 30 X 30 is entered, the system will take
½ (L+W) of the area to determine the default final cut-off lengths of pipe, so in
the above example, ½(L+W)= ½ (30+30) = ½ (60) = 30. The default final
cut-off length of pipe in this area would be 30’. Any line of pipe that had an
original length of less than 30’ would be unaffected by this 30’ x 30’
area dimension.
Area Dimensions are used in a similar way to determine cable and signal
wiring lengths in an area unless the user overrides this calculation with
specific entries.
The area dimensions are also used to size and/or quantify area pads, modules,
open steel structures, grounding, area lighting, concrete pads, etc.
• Pipe Envelope
Defined in Area Pipe Specifications, Pipe Envelope takes precedence over
Area Dimensions in calculating pipe lengths in an area. Just as Area
Dimensions did in the above example, Pipe Envelope defines the final cut-
off length of pipe for all system developed piping in an area. The user
Report Groups
All defined areas are assigned to defined Report Groups in the Area Tree
diagram. Report groups are a way to group areas together for reporting in
various Report Group summary reports. For example, if you had a process
area where some components were on-grade and some were in-steel, you
could define two separate areas: an ON-GRADE area and an OPEN-STEEL area.
These two areas are separate to ensure that the appropriate bulks are
developed, but can be assigned to the same REPORT GROUP so costs and
man-hours can be summarized together in REPORT GROUP summary reports.
Project Schedule
A project schedule is developed based on the estimate scope of work for a
project estimate. This schedule includes dates and durations for design
engineering, procurement, delivery of material and equipment, site
development and construction. The construction schedule is integrated with
the cost estimate to provide the basis for estimation of schedule-dependent
costs such as equipment rental requirements, field supervision and
construction management.
The schedule information may be reported in three different ways:
1 The total construction duration will be shown on the Project Data Sheet,
and, if applicable, the construction durations for each contract will also be
shown on the Contract Data Sheet.
2 If the Schedule report option is specified, the system generates two
histogram reports, the Project Cash Flow Summary and Project Manpower
Schedule (which displays the manpower resources required for each week
of the construction schedule). Manpower should also be provided for any
contracts refined.
3 The Project Schedule Data may be used to develop barchart reports in
addition to the histograms for greater schedule detail.
The Project Schedule Data, with an entry for the date to start engineering, is
required to generate the barchart reports. These standard barcharts
are produced:
• General Schedule - Provides a balanced view of all phases of the project
schedule.
Equipment Fabricate/Ship
Items
In the absence of user input, the system will use the fabricate/ship times (in
weeks) shown in Table PS-2. If a percentage adjustment is specified for
deliveries, these defaults will all be adjusted accordingly. An entry for a
particular class will be used exactly as entered. A fabricate/ship time entry for
a particular piece of equipment will also be used as entered; all other
equipment of the same class will be assigned the system default value as
adjusted, or the value of the class if specified.
Equip. Equipment Class 1 2 3
Class No. Receive Receive Fabricate
Quotes Vendor Data and Ship
(weeks) (weeks) (weeks)
01 Process Vessels 3 4 14
02 Towers 4 4 26
03 Storage Vessels 3 4 33
04 Pumps 3 0 18
05 Compressors 6 8 24
Note: For field erected equipment, the schedule will be sequenced with the
field erection period included in the fabricate and ship deliver time.
1 No user adjustments available
2 User may specify a % adjustment with Project Schedule Data.
3 A % adjustment or weeks may be specified with Project Schedule Data.
The user intending to substantially reduce the default fabricate/ship times is
cautioned to specify a value for all classes or use a percentage adjustment to
deliveries, to avoid overlooking a longer delivery time for a minor piece of
equipment.
The user may highlight up to five classes of equipment and up to five specific
items of equipment which appears on all reports except the Contracts
Schedule. Up to five user-defined bars may be added, which appear on the
Engineering and Construction Schedules.
Since a single page report can contain only 24 summary bars, a combination of
system summary bars and user additions that exceeds 24 is printed on a
second page.
The horizontal time scale is adjusted automatically by the system to show
either six years, three years or one and a half years on one page-width
as required.
Process Control
The Process Control Data may be used to specify the desired configuration and
type of control scheme:
Overview
Two types of process control systems are discussed here:
• Analog
• Distributed digital control.
The user may select either type, or combinations of each type, to represent
the desired control scheme.
The process control scheme may be defined by two types of data. Control
Center data defines a group of analog or digital devices of similar types,
assigned by the user via a Control Center Reference Number, to provide
control system functions to one or more Areas for Sub-units.
Operator Center data defines a distributed digital control Operator Center; that
is, a staffed center consisting of video display and computer-controlled
indicating, recording, controlling, processing, and transmitting devices.
Operator Centers are used in conjunction with Control Centers only for digital
control schemes.
Groups of analog devices are defined only by analog types of Control Centers.
If Process Control Data is not defined by the user, the system develops one
digital Control Center and one Operator Center for the project to be estimated.
Note: The costs of Operator and Control Centers will be reported in project
estimates only, against the Instrumentation account for the last Area in the
project. Accordingly, control room specifications and other instrumentation-
related items to be reported with project process control items should be
included as part of the last Area.
Introduction
The system is designed to develop a list of quantities of materials, material
costs, and field manpower needed to install items relating to the
instrumentation and control of process equipment.
The user’s equipment list, as organized into Areas, is used to develop
individual items of instrumentation in the following major categories.
• Sensors and transmitters
• Panels and panel mounted devices - analog; front/back of panel, ESD
(emergency shut-down), annunciators, switches, etc.
• Supply and signal tubing, wiring, bundles
• Supports, racks, enclosures, junction boxes
• High voltage instrumentation (switches, switch wire, solenoids)
• Computer-controlled instruments: controllers, process interface units (high
and low entry level signals), operator stations, co-axial data cable,
redundancy, transducers, barriers, etc.
Equipment-Instrumentation Volumetric
Model
Each item of equipment selected by the user is assigned a model for
instrumentation. Specific Volumetric Model drawings in the Piping and
Instrumentation Drawings illustrate piping (by line number) and
instrumentation (by loop number).
Volumetric Models for instrumentation of process equipment are assigned
based upon equipment item and type, function to be performed, and special
user requirement identified by applicable type or installation bulks.
For example, a tower would be instrumented as a distillation tower (default
application type) unless it was redefined to function as an absorber, thereby
receiving piping and instrumentation for use as an absorber.
A tank, horizontal or vertical, will be instrumented for normal process
conditions. However, the user may designate knock-out or storage application
requirements thereby revising the nature of piping and instrumentation to be
provided to the vessel.
An installation bulk feature permits the user to create an entire
instrumentation scheme for any item of equipment, or for the user to modify
the system’s instrumentation Volumetric Model on a loop by loop basis -
adding a new loop, deleting a system defined loop, or appending loops to a
loop thereby providing for extremely flexible instrumentation schemes.
For each loop, you can specify a sensor, two control valves and their costs with
currency.
There is a field for Hookup option at the Project, Area and bulk level to
specify the hookup option to be used. The default is Primary hookup option.
For creating custom assemblies and choosing your own hookup parts, use
Customer External Files.
Area Considerations
The concept of an Area and Sub-unit are discussed in the Area section. The
Area or Sub-unit may be viewed, for present purposes, as an area or section of
the project, and includes all equipment and bulk items so contained.
For instrumentation, an Area or Sub-unit grouping of equipment items would
be characterized by a unique set of the following:
• Designated Control Center
• Design level - standard or full. (See Piping and Instrumentation Drawings.)
• Type of instrumentation - pneumatic or electronic
• Type of transmission, thermocouple extension cabling, and nature
of support
• Average length of transmission line from equipment item to Control Center
• Cable tray dimensions
• Electrical classification to establish cabling and barrier requirements.
It is important that these area criteria affect the installed cost of each
equipment item requiring instrumentation; the design level and type of
instrumentation are most important influences on instrument selection,
quantities and costs. The remaining area criteria heavily influence the lengths
and type of signal wire cable and tubing and are not insignificant.
Instrument materials, quantities, costs and field man-hours to install and test
will be developed by the system and assigned and reported against the area.
These include field junction boxes and wire, cable and tubing runs, conduit,
cable trays serving the area and communicating with the designated
Control Center.
Control Centers
The system surveys the various items of equipment within an Area for Control
Center instrumentation requirements. More than one Area may be delegated
to a Control Center; several Control Centers may be designated by the user. If
of the digital type, such Control Centers would normally be unstaffed electronic
centers that may be grouped together for operator control using the Operator
Center concept described in the next section.
Two classes of Control Centers are defined by the following characteristics:
1 Analog Control Centers -
Example
In the sketch below, a proposed project is to be provided with a combined
analog/digital control system for five areas, that is, Area 100, 200, 300, 400,
500. One section of Area 100 and all of Area 500 is to be provided with a
conventional analog control system. Further, suppose that Area 100 and 400
Because Area 100 requires both digital and analog control, it is convenient to
split it into two Areas, one a Sub-unit of the other, and thereby enable the
description of one portion as digitally controlled and the other as analog
controlled.
Reference numbers need be assigned to the Unit Areas and centers. Suppose:
MAIN-100: Area No. = 01
SUB-UNIT 100: Area No. = 01
AREA-200: Area No. = 02
AREA-300: Area No. = 03
AREA-400: Area No. = 04
AREA-500: Area No. = 05
Note: The Control Center Number is 10 for the Main Section and 11 for the
Sub-unit.
Then for the remaining units:
Note: AREA-200 and AREA-300 share Control Center Number 20; SUB-UNIT-
100 and AREA-500 share analog Control Center Number 11.
Unit substation
Specifies the Reference Number of the UNIT substation serving
power to this Control Center. The Reference Number consists of
two parts, as defined by the user with Power Distribution Data.
Cable type
Denotes the type of power cable to be used for this Control
Center.
Cable placement
Indicates the desired method of cable placement for this Control
Center.
Distance to MCC
Specifies the distance to the motor control center serving power
to this Control Center
Usage Instructions
Power Distribution Information
The Power Distribution Data provides the means of designating each
transmission LINE, MAIN, and UNIT substation and the cable between them.
The transmission line provides power to a “family” of MAIN and UNIT
substations.
If the MAIN substation provides service to one or more UNIT substations, each
may be described in detail using the input parameters in the Power
Distribution Data.
A unit substation may be designated to supply power to one or more areas,
and/or to supply power at reduced voltage to another UNIT substation. In the
latter case, the higher voltage UNIT substation is termed a principle UNIT
substation, providing power to one or more subordinate unit substations. The
relationship between principle and subordinates is indicated by defining a
group “ID” and individual member “No.”, thus forming the unit substation
reference number.
The Substation Reference Number is important for accumulating power usage.
This reference number points to those Unit Areas to be served by the
referenced unit substation.
All equipment in an Area, except motors driven at the distribution voltage,
must be served by the referenced UNIT substation. Should a motor require
power at the distribution voltage, than a separate power line would
automatically be “drawn” from the MAIN substation serving that unit. Should a
motor require power at some voltage not supplied by the referenced UNIT
substation, then the system will make that voltage available by:
1 Creating a new UNIT substation that draws power from the MAIN
substation serving the referenced substation, if it is of single tap type, or
2 Drawing power form another tap from the referenced substation, if it is of
the multi-tap type.
Substation Buildings
Substation buildings are not automatically generated and must be specified
separately using the Building Data.
Figure PD-3: Illustrative Example of Multiple Main and Unit Substations with
Radial and Spot Network Systems
Unreferenced Area Requiring Power
One UNIT substation is generated to serve those Areas for which a substation
reference number was not specified.
Absence of Power Distribution Data
If no Power Distribution Data is specified, the system generates one UNIT
substation and one MAIN substation to serve the entire facility. The
Reporting of Results
Project estimate reports will be prepared as follows:
1 Component: Electrical materials local to a component would be reported in
the detailed listing of field materials and manpower for the component; for
example, power and signal cable, local and remote start/stop switches,
indicator lights, electrical heat tracing, lights, masts, and grounding.
2 Area: MCC (Motor Control Centers cabinetry and starters), MCC equipped
space (empty cabinetry), area lighting, lighting and heat tracing
transformers and associated panels, switchgear and cabling, ground grid,
cable trays testing.
3 Project: UNIT and MAIN substation costs of transformers, switchgear,
cabling, transformer concrete pads, grounding, transmission LINE,
structures, testing, etc.; costs are reported against the last Unit Area in the
project data.
Project Definition
Project Title Data is used to convey user descriptions and specifications for the
following major items:
• Project title and document data.
• Country base location - establishes basis for design procedures, currency,
and evaluation of costs and man-hours.
Country Base
Table T-1 illustrates the differences in style upon selection of the “country
base.” The differences are summarized in this table according to the hierarchy
of the system; the tabulation does not imply relative importance of each item.
Designation of the country base location is mandatory, as the country base
defines the style of engineering, materials selection and costs, and
construction manpower and costs. Specifically, the country base
location defines:
• Base monetary unit (which may be redefined)
• Base set of units of measure (which may be redefined)
• Base indices for system costs of material, construction, design engineering,
and construction management, important for purposes of escalating
an estimate
• Base construction manpower pool: crafts, productivity, wage rates, crew
mix, work week, and shift work (which may be adjusted to suit the actual
manpower pool)
• Base of engineering: disciplines, wage rates, and expenses (which may be
adjusted to reflect the rates, productivities, etc. for the proposed scope
of engineering)
• Base of design codes and installation standards and practices, for example,
vessel design, electrical power distribution (which may be selected or
adjusted).
Currency Base
The user-designated country base location implies a base monetary unit, for
example, Dollars for US, Pounds Sterling for UK, Thousand Yen for JP, Euros
for EU, and Saudi Arabian Riyals for Saudi Arabia. You can define a currency
unit for the estimate and provide a conversion for the estimate currency
relative to the base monetary unit. Once the currency base is defined by the
user, all user-entered costs, such as freight rates, ready-mix cost, wage rates,
lump sum costs, and equipment or bulk costs, are expected to be in the user-
defined currency units. The system uses the user-defined currency and
Workforce
Two of the most significant variables that account for construction cost
differences from one location to another are the productivity of field manpower
and the wage rates that prevail for each geographic area.
The system recognizes four country base locations — US, UK, JP, EU, and ME.
Upon selecting a country base location, the user obtains a base set of crafts,
wage rates, crew mixes, production rates, and so on, for field manpower
consistent with the selected country base location.
The Workforce Data can be used to change the system base wage rates,
workweek, and productivities. This input can, therefore, be an effective tool in
helping the user examine the effects of local field manpower on prospective
plant sites. In addition, modifications may be made to the system craft and
crew mixes.
Multiple Workforces
In a prime contractor estimate, the system is limited to one set of wage rates,
workweek and productivities (that is, one workforce) per estimate. In a
contracts case, however, the user may define up to nine different construction
workforces (CWF) in one project. This is accomplished by developing multiple
sets of wage rates and productivities with each set identified by a workforce
reference number. This reference number is used in the Contract Definition
Data to indicate which workforce is assigned to each contractor.
Wage Rates/Productivity
There are two types of wage rate and productivity data:
• General data applicable to all crafts in the workforce
• Specific data by craft.
The general data may be used to globally set the wage rates and productivities
of all crafts, either as a percentage of some reference base or as a fixed rate.
The reference base may be either the system base rates or the rates of a
previously defined workforce. These globally assigned rates may then be
modified for individual crafts by entering specific rate data for those crafts.
Example 1:
Craft Names
The name of any system base craft may be replaced by entering the craft code
and the desired name. The system base craft codes and craft names are listed
elsewhere in the Icarus Reference. In addition, a new craft may be created by
specifying a name for one of the blank craft codes. If, however, a new craft is
created, it must be assigned a wage rate and productivity and it must be
assigned some man-hours from another craft. Only one set of craft names may
be defined per estimate (that is, craft names may not be changed from one
workforce to another). It is not, however, necessary for all crafts to be used by
all workforces.
Reports
Wage rates and productivity values, as adjusted, develop man-hours and
manpower costs, craft by craft. Craft man-hours and costs are reported
against tasks performed in various system reports and summarized for the
project in the Field Manpower Summary.
Productivity Concepts
This section is devoted to a discussion of:
PV2:
Size of Project, as measured by total direct and subcontract field man-
hours.
Base - Medium-size, 100,000 man-hours of field manpower.
Evaluation of deviation for other project sizes - change in productivity
vs man-hours shown in Figure W-1.
PV3:
Mode of Manpower; closed or open shop.
US Base - Closed shop.
UK Base - Site or national agreement.
JP Base - Closed shop.
ME Base - Site agreement.
Evaluation of deviation - determined by construction site location and local
conditions, effect of site/national manpower agreements for the particular
project.
PV4:
Length of Work Week:
Base - 40-hour work week.
Evaluation of deviation - automatically evaluated by system based upon
user work week input on general Workforce Data, specifically through
relationships shown in Figure W-2. The system value may be offset by
creating a value of PV4 sufficient to adjust the system value to the user’s
desired value.
PV5:
All Other Effects, such as general economy, work to be performed, kind
of manpower, quality of supervision, job conditions, weather, and so on.
Base - Reasonably average conditions, all other productivity variables
at their base value. Evaluations of deviations - Table W-1 and the
following associated discussion for this productivity variable.
Table W- 1: Productivity Element Table (PV5)
The overall productivity per craft or for all crafts is developed from the product
of the individual deviations and final conversion to a percentage figure:
Overall Productivity = PV1 x PV2 x PV3 x PV4 x PV5
In the reference charts and tables mentioned, productivity variables are each
identified as a percentage deviation from the system base of 100% for
that variable.
In developing the overall productivity, each deviation should be reduced to a
fraction by division by 100, and the final resulting figure appropriately rounded
to a significant value and then converted to a percentage for entry in the data.
Phase Adjustments
The user may specify both the total man-hours and cost for an entire phase,
however, if one is specified, the other is also required. When these totals have
been specified for a phase, any subsidiary data for that phase will not be used
by the system.
A percentage adjustment to an entire phase should be considered as an
adjustment to the scope of the estimate, rather than a productivity
adjustment. The change will be reflected in the quantity of work performed, for
example, the drawing count and other tasks listed in Table EN-1, with a
corresponding change in man-hours.
An adjustment by phase is convenient way to allow for project complexity, (see
Table EN-2), but an adjustment by discipline, which does not affect the
drawing count, may be preferable.
The user may set the appropriate profile for payroll burdens, indirects, and
expenses. If contracts are specified, this information could also be provided as
part of the Contract Description.
Only one Engineering by Phase set of data is used per phase and EWF
combination. If global (that is, phase = *) Engineering by Phase Data are
used, however, additional Engineering by Phase data may be subsequently
added to adjust individual phases separately.
Discipline Adjustments
Adjustments by discipline will not affect the number of drawings in the
estimate and should appropriately be considered as productivity or
complexity adjustments.
The user may combine phase and discipline percentage adjustments, thereby
changing both the number of drawings and the man-hours. In this case, the
overall effect is a compounding of the adjustments, since new productivity is
calculated based on the new scope of work.
• Equipment Lists
• Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams
• Control System Vendor Selection
• Interconnecting Piping Diagrams
• Utility Process Flow Diagrams
• Utility Balance
• Utility Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams
Piping
• Piping Arrangements
• Piping Isometrics
• Pipe Support
• Steam Tracing Drawings
• Piping Text Schedules
- Continued on next page -
Instrumentation
• Instrumentation Location Drawings
• Cable Schedules
• Instrumentation Schematics & Connection Diagrams
• Instrument Loop Diagrams
• Control Room/Console Design
Electrical
• One-Line Diagrams
• Electrical Schematics
• Substation Layout Drawings
• Power Distribution
• Lighting
• Tracing
Civil
• Equipment Foundation Drawings
• Steelwork Foundation Drawings
• Area Paving Drawings
• Misc. Concrete, Supports, Etc.
• Underground Piping Drawings
• Structural Steel Plans and Elevations
• Ladder and Platform Details
• Grating Drawings
ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT - Client liaison and design coordination for projects with
multiple design contractors.
INDIRECTS - Includes rent, heat, electricity, and other operating expenses not
specifically covered in other accounts in each engineering category.
Contracts Engineering
Detailed reports are included with the reports for each contract, where
applicable, when the Engineering report option is selected.
The Engineering Summary for each contract is part of the Contract Data Sheet.
Construction Management will not be developed by the system unless assigned
to a specific contractor (see Contract Scope - Engineering Data). The system-
calculated man-hours would then be based on the scope of work for all
construction contracts to be managed.
Table EN-2: Plant Complexity - Guidelines for Adjusting Basic and Detail
Engineering Man-hours
Suggested Percent
Adjustment to Engineering
Man-hours
Basic Detail Typical Facility Type
48 60 Storage Facilities
Gas/Oil Separation Facilities
60 70 Mining Facilities
Ore Processing Facilities
84 90 Basic Chemical Manufacturing
Ambient Temperature and Pressure Processes
100 100 Typical Petrochemical/Refinery Facilities
Municipal Sewage Treatment Facilities
Industrial Wastewater Treatment Facilities
120 125 Organic Chemical Manufacturing
Vacuum Processes
Cryogenic Processes
High Pressure/High Temperature Processes
140 150 Coal Gasification/Liquification Facilities
Specialized Polymer Production Facilities
160 175 Pharmaceutical Facilities
Speciality Food Processing Facilities
200 200 Coal Gasification/Liquification Pilot Facilities
High Temperature/High Pressure Pilot Facilities
Contracts: Description/Scope
The contracts feature provides the user with the means of:
• Describing the desired owner-contractor relationships and scopes of effort
to prevail during the course of the proposed project.
• Obtaining detailed estimates of the cost-to-construct for the project, the
owner and each contractor in turn, with each estimate reflecting the tiered
nature of contracts, scope of effort, and individual contractors’ costs of
“doing business”.
In this section, the term “owner” is used to identify the “one” or “Number 01”
contract at the top of the tier of contracts. The “owner”, whether operating
company or contractor, is the focal point for payment of all contract costs
relative to the project. An operating company preparing an estimate of the
cost-to-construct might designate itself as the owner for purposes of
evaluating bid package proposals and the total cost of the project. Or, a
contractor might designate itself the owner when preparing a client bid.
Organizations providing services directly to another organization are termed
contractors, or, if indirectly through another contractor, are termed
subcontractors.
Contract Description
The contract description must be provided for each contract and is assembled
in the Contract Description Data. The contract description includes:
• Characteristic name or title, for reporting purposes
• Reference number of contract, to identify the contract and chain of
responsibility
• To whom responsible, via contract reference number
• Contract overheads to be applied (G&A, fee, contingency) for -
- engineering
- materials
- construction
• Charge for handling subcontracts
• Field indirects, in lieu of the Indirect Data, see Construction Overhead -
Prime Contractor Basis Data Equipment rental
• Definition of the engineering workforce (EWF) to be used for each
engineering contract. Adjustments to wages, man-hours and overheads for
the desired EWF are made using Engineering Data.
• Definition of the construction workforce (CWF) to be used for each
contract. Adjustments to wages, productivity and crafts for the desired
CWF are made in the Workforce Data.
The second set of contract information is entered in the Contract Scope Data.
Contract Scope Data describes the scope of each contract for:
• has of engineering, which may be allocated to areas (Unit Areas):
- basic engineering
- detail engineering and procurement
- engineering management (optional)
- construction management (optional)
- start up.
• Materials and/or construction (installation) within defined areas (Unit
Areas) and covering or excluding items or tasks in the following categories
as defined by the code of accounts:
- equipment
Contracts - Concepts
By the very nature of contracts and this contracts feature, costs of
engineering, materials, and construction are assigned to that contact bearing
the scope responsibility. Contract Scope Data forms a contract set (CONSET)
and is used to assign scope responsibilities. The function of the CONSET is to
define a framework of contract responsibilities for engineering, materials, and
construction. This framework may be detailed down to the phase level for
engineering, and to the code of account (COA) level for materials and
construction. The CONSET number which identifies this framework may then
be indicated in the following project areas to designate responsibility:
• Unit areas
• Power Distribution items
• Process Control Centers or Operator Centers
• Site Development items (project-level only).
Multiple CONSETS would be required only where different frameworks of
responsibility exist; for instance, varying by area or groups of areas.
The responsibilities of a contract for materials purchasing and construction are
defined first for each major account, that is, equipment, piping, etc., then by
COA exception. Materials contract responsibilities are for payment for
materials, but not procurement. The responsible purchasing contractor is
defined for each major account. Construction contract responsibilities include
field manpower, equipment rental, field supervision, and home office
construction services. The responsible construction contractor is identified for
each major account.
Contract exceptions are defined for materials and construction by identifying
the contract (contract number) responsibility by the code of account (COA).
Owner-contract-subcontract responsibilities are identified by the system based
upon the user’s assignment of contract numbers. The owner is always
assigned contract reference number “01”. Contractors directly responsible to
the owner would be assigned contract numbers such as “02”, “03”, etc. To
identify the chain of responsibility, a “contracted-by” reference number is
required. Thus “02” is responsible to “01”. Should a subcontractor to “02” be
desired and identified as contractor number “13”, the chain would be: “13” is
responsible to “02”. These reference numbers are assigned as part of the
contract description.
na = not applicable
(1) = Subcontract costs are allocated to each contractor based on the contract
hierarchy established.
Overheads, fee, and contingency are added to the direct costs to develop the
contract total for each category.
Contract costs are then charged to the responsible contract higher in the chain
as a subcontract with attendant handling charge.
Contract Engineering and Procurement
Each phase of contract engineering:
• Basic
• Detail (with procurement)
• Engineering management
• Construction Management
• Start-up
is considered assignable to an individual contract. Work efforts within a phase
may be split among several contracts. A contract may cover one or more
phases for the entire project. Contracts must be assigned for basic, detail, and
Construction Contracts
A construction contract consists of the following classes of expenditure:
• Construction:
- direct field manpower
- field supervision
- G&A, fee, contingency.
Contract Overheads
The overheads:
• General and administrative costs (G&A)
• Fee
• Contingency
are part of the user’s contract description or are evaluated through system
default procedures. These overheads are applied and reported against costs in
the following categories:
• Design (engineering and procurement, including home office construction
services)
• Materials
• Construction.
General and administrative costs are evaluated as a percentage of direct and
indirect costs.
Contract fee percentages are calculated by the system as a function of the
total cost of the scope of effort: directs, indirects, and G&A. Figure CDS-1 and
the example below illustrate the method used by the system to develop a fee.
The fee is determined by the phase (engineering, materials, construction) and
extent (total cost) of each phase. The total cost of directs, indirects, and G&A
is reduced by the Escalation Index to a graph base. The fee percentage
obtained from Figure CDS-1 using this reduced cost is applied to the phase
total cost.
AACE
American Association of Cost Engineers.
ABC
Tracking costs on an activity-by-activity basis. Tracking costs this way
provides the ability to identify tasks which are on track and are beginning to
run
over budget.
Accelerated depreciation
Depreciation methods that allow the company to depreciate and write-off the
cost of assets at a rate faster than the write-off under the straight line
method.
Account
A major account series, e.g., piping 300-399.
Acid-test ratio
See Quick ratio.
Action button
An action that may be performed represented by a button on a menu.
Activity
An individual task needed for the completion of a project. It is the smallest
discrete block of time and the resources are typically handled by project
management software. It is a single task which needs to be done in a project.
Multiple activities are related to each other by identifying their immediate
predecessors. Solitary activities, which have no predecessors or successors,
are allowed.
Actual dates
Actual dates are entered as the project progresses. These are the dates that
activities really started and finished as opposed to planned or estimated dates.
Addendum
A change or graphic instrument issued before the date bids are opened. An
addendum may interpret and/or modify the bidding documents by making
additions, deletions, clarifications or corrections.
AFC
Approved for construction.
AFD
Approved for design.
AFE
Authorized for expenditures.
Allocate
To book the costs under one COA to another COA.
Allowances
Additional resources included in estimates to cover the cost of known but
undefined requirements for any individual activity, work item or account.
Alternate
A request from the owner for the cost of adding or deleting an item or work
element from the basic bid. The cost of adding an item is usually known as
additive alternate, while the cost of deleting an item is known as
deductive alternate.
Amortization
See Loan amortization and Full loan amortization.
API
American Petroleum Institute.
Apply
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, includes the entered information in the
project specifications.
ASME
American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
Asset structure
The particular mix of possessions a corporation holds. These are divided into
those to be held for a short time (current assets) and those to be held for a
long time (fixed assets). In a dynamic corporation this mix is continuously
changing. It is the job of the financial manager to keep this mix at the most
desirable combination.
Balance sheet
A record of the company’s assets, liabilities and equity as of a certain date.
Balloon
Symbol for field instrument in a P&ID.
Balloon payment
A very large payment due at the maturity of a loan arrangement, which has
not fully amortized the loan.
Baseline schedule
A fixed project schedule. It is the standard by which project performance is
measured. The current schedule is copied into the baseline schedule which
remains frozen until it is reset. Resetting the baseline is done when the scope
of the project has been changed significantly. At that point, the original or
current baseline becomes invalid and should not be compared with the
current schedule.
Basic engineering
Engineering required to bring the Phase I design to the AFD level. Basic
engineering is the initial stage of projects where process flow diagrams (Puffs)
are created to arrange process operations, functionality and the necessary
equipment list. This is accomplished by taking the results of the process
analysis (from a simulator) of a general design to define process conditions,
requirements, functionality and equipment for the specified process. The basic
process design is then created. At this stage, design conditions are defined
based on process conditions and operations and models of actual equipment
are mapped out.
Bid documents
The advertisement for bids, instructions to bidders, information available to
bidders, bid form with all attachments and proposed contract documents
(including all addenda issued before the receipt of bids).
Bond
A corporate promissory note issued to an investor.
Bond indenture
The contract in a debt issue that outlines all the covenants.
Bond refunding
The procedure of recalling an existing bond issue and replacing it with another.
This is usually done to take advantage of changes in market interest rates.
Book value
For a company, the book value is total net worth.
Break-even analysis
A planning procedure that analyzes the relationships between costs, revenues
and volume and uses these relationships to project profits at various levels
of sales.
Break-even budget
The amount of the budget at which the company has exhausted all internally
generated equity and must begin to use externally generated equity.
Break-even point
That point in the level of production or sales at which total revenues equal
total costs.
BS5500
British Standards.
Clear
Erases entries currently selected or displayed in active window.
Click
To press and release the left mouse button.
CM
Construction manager/management.
COD
A credit term that means “Cash on Delivery” and specifies that goods must be
paid for in full upon delivery.
Coincident indicator
An economic indicator that changes concurrently with changes in the
general economy.
Collateral
An asset used as security to guarantee payment of the principal and interest
on a loan.
Collection costs
Clerical and administrative costs involved with granting credit and managing
accounts receivable.
Commercial paper
Short-term promissory notes issued only by very financially secure
corporations. It is generally safe and very liquid. It has very short maturities
and very high denominations. It has yields higher than treasury bills. It usually
can be either placed directly or through commercial paper dealers.
Common equity
That portion of the balance sheet accounts composed of common stock, capital
in excess of par and retained earnings. Also called net worth and
stockholders’ equity.
Compensating balance
A credit arrangement restriction that requires a borrower to keep a specified
percentage of the outstanding balance of a certain loan in a checking account
with the bank.
Components
The pieces of the process plant (or mill) that when linked together complete a
process. ICARUS components are categorized into process equipment, plant
bulks, site development, buildings, quoted equipment, unit cost libraries and
equipment model libraries.
Composition
A voluntary financial agreement whereby creditors accept partial payment on
debts owed them as full payment.
Conglomerate merger
A merger between two companies whose businesses are not directly related.
Consumable
The cost of small tools, fixings, consumable material other than
welding supplies.
Contingency
An amount added to the estimate to allow for changes that will likely be
required. This may be derived either through statistical analysis of past-project
costs or by applying experience gained on similar projects. Contingency
usually does not include changes in scope or unforeseeable major events such
as strikes or natural disasters.
Contract documents
The contract forms, general and special conditions, drawings, specifications
and addenda describing the project scope and contract terms.
Control process
A procedure to determine whether or not actual performance is in keeping with
planned or budgeted performance.
Conversion premium
The difference between a convertible bond’s issue price and its conversion
value at issue time.
Convertible security
A convertible bond or preferred stock that allows the holder to convert the
security into a specified number of shares of common during a specified
time period.
Cost
The amount a contract item is known or estimated to cost the contractor.
Cost index
A number that relates the cost of an item at a specific time to the
corresponding cost at some arbitrarily specified time in the past. A cost index
is useful in taking known past costs for an item and relating them to
the present.
Cost modeling
Taking basic process data (such as capacity of tanks, flow rates of pumps and
areas of heat exchange) and applying them to industry standard design
procedures and codes (ASME, API, TEMA, NEMA, BS5500, JIS and DIN). Cost
modeling also includes developing a mechanical design and simulating the
fabrication and manufacturing of equipment to determine a total equipment
cost and man-hours for installation.
Cost of capital
Cost incurred by utilizing various forms of financing for capital projects. It is
the minimum return required from a project in order for that project to be
acceptable into the capital budget.
Covenants
See Bond covenants.
Create
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, creates a new project for entering
specifications.
Credit discount
A credit term that specifies the percentage discount which may be taken if the
invoice is paid within a specified number of days.
Credit period
A credit term that specifies the number of days a client can take to pay an
invoice without being considered delinquent.
Credit policy
Policy for management decisions on credit standards, limits and specific terms.
Critical activity
A critical activity has zero or negative float. This activity has no allowance for
work slippage. It must be finished on time or the entire project will fall behind
schedule. (Non-critical activities have float or slack time and are not in the
critical path. Super-critical activities have negative float.)
Critical path
There may be several paths within one project. The critical path is the path
(sequence) of activities which represent the longest total time required to
complete the project. A delay in any activity in the critical path causes a delay
in the completion of the project. There may be more than one critical path
depending on durations and work flow logic.
CS
Carbon steel, specifically A285C plate, A106, pipe
< 2”, A 53 pipe > = 2”, A299 castings.
Current yield
The return a bond is presently producing, which is equal to the annual interest
rate divided by its current market value.
Database
A collection of data that can be used to produce additional information.
Debenture
A bond that is backed only by the earning power of the company and no
specific assets. Debenture holders are general creditors of the company.
Decision engineering
An engineering of decisions. Decision engineering allows you to develop a
series of process strategies based on information developed from ICARUS’
systems. The best strategy is then identified from the series of strategies.
Considering the best strategy, a decision can then be made which then
becomes your tactic on which to act.
Decision point
A point on a decision tree over which management has control.
Decision tree
A graphic method of risk analysis that shows the magnitude of expected net
cash flows, their associated probabilities, and the interrelationships between
the various outcomes.
Delete
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, removes the specified item from the project.
Demand-diversity factor
The ratio of the actual power demand of an electrical system to the sum of the
nameplate ratings of each piece of equipment within that electrical system.
This ratio will always be less than unity for three reasons. First, motors are
manufactured in standard sizes so the actual power used will always be less
than the nameplate rating of the motor. Second, electrical equipment is
normally brought with some excess capacity; and third, not all equipment
operates at the same time.
Demobilization
See Mobilization/Demobilization.
Design basis
A set of specifications defining the country base, units of measure and
currency used in a project.
Detailed engineering
Defining specific equipment needs, areas, capacities, plot plans, utility
systems and tracks based on process engineering specifications and designs
defined during the Basic engineering phase. Pads and Oasis are created during
the detailed engineering phase. In addition, equipment is defined in relation to
the process flow during this phase.
Dialog box
A window that either requests or provides information.
DIN
Dutch-Industrie-Normen.
Direct costs
Costs that can be directly attributed to a particular item of work or activity.
Discount period
A credit term that specifies the number of days during which the credit
discount can be taken.
Discount rate
The interest rate used to discount a future amount of money back to the
present. It is equal to the opportunity cost rate.
Display
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, shows the selected P&ID.
Distributable
A cost item that is spread over other cost items rather than managed as a
separate account.
Distribution of assets
Both the payment of dividends by the corporation to its stockholders and the
distribution of the liquidation proceeds to the creditors and the stockholders.
Dividend policy
The established course of action management maintains in terms of that
portion of retained earnings paid out in dividends.
Dividend yield
A measure of the dividend return to investors for their investment in the
company. It is calculated by dividing dividends per share by the price of a
share of common stock.
Dividends
That portion of retained earnings which is paid to the stockholders.
Duration
Length of time needed to complete an activity. The time length can be
determined by user input or resource usage. Activities with no duration are
called milestones which act as markers. Estimating durations for future
activities is difficult. It is recommended that the largest duration possible be
used to account for possible delays.
Early finish
The earliest calculated date on which an activity can end. It is based on the
activity’s Early start which depends on the finish of predecessor activities and
the activity’s duration.
Earned surplus
Also called retained earnings — the accumulated annual earnings of
a corporation.
Economic forecast
Projection of those factors that indicate the general condition of the
national economy.
Economic indicator
The factor within the national economy that can be used to identify a particular
trend in the general economy.
Efficiency
The ability of a corporation to most effectively use its assets to produce sales
in a particular sales period.
Efficiency ratios
Ratios drawn with items concerning the company’s asset base and sales. They
are useful in evaluating the ability of management to generate sales using
the assets.
Elapsed time
Total number of calendar days needed to complete an activity. This provides a
realistic view of an activity’s length.
Equity
See Common equity.
Equity ratios
Ratios generated using items of interest to stockholders that give the
stockholder an indication of how desirable the company is for investment.
Escalation
Provision for an increase in the cost of equipment, material, labor, etc., over
the costs specified in the contract, due to continuing price-level change
over time.
EWF
Engineering workforce.
Exercise price
The price for which one share of common stock can be purchased through the
exercise of warrants.
Exit
Leaves the program.
Expected return
The mathematically anticipated return of a project, obtained by multiplying
each possible outcome by the associated probability of that outcome and
summing all the resulting values.
Exponential smoothing
A quantitative sales forecasting method in which past sales data and past sales
forecasts are used to forecast sales.
Extension
A voluntary financial agreement whereby the repayment period for debt
is extended.
Factored estimating
Making estimates based on multiple factors. Equipment items are on-site as
are completed costs, equipment schedules and plotting schedules from earlier
projects. These numbers are then adjusted with multipliers from current
equipment and man-hour costs. Factored estimating is a method of generating
the cost of related items without designs. ICARUS’ systems are not based on
factored estimating.
Fast tracking
Overlapping of project activities normally executed in a consecutive manner.
Field costs
Indirect costs of engineering and construction associated with the project’s
field site rather than with the home office.
Field services
An indirect cost including medical, first aid, transport, welder tests and
welding supplies.
Financial forecasting
Projection of future revenues and costs.
Financial lease
A lease that cannot be canceled until the lessee has paid an entire fixed
amount of money over a specified period in order that the lessor gets back all
Financial leverage
The operationalization of financial risk that can be measured to show the
influence of differing forms of financing on net income as operating
income changes.
Financial ratios
Ratios drawn between items from the balance sheet and income statements
that provide indications of a company’s strengths and weaknesses.
Financial risk
The risk inherent in using a particular form of funding for the asset base of
a corporation.
Financial statements
The financial records of a corporation some of which are used as internal
controls and some of which are published for various external parties.
Financial structure
The particular combination of common equity, preferred stock and short- and
long-term liabilities maintained by a company.
Finish float
The amount of excess time an activity has at its finish before a successor
activity must start. This is the difference between the start date of the
predecessor and the finish date of the current activity, using the early or late
schedule. (Early and late dates are not mixed.) This may be referred to as
slack time. All floats are calculated when a project has its schedule computed.
Finish-to-finish lag
The minimum amount of time that must pass between the finish of one activity
and the finish of its successor(s). If the predecessor’s finish is delayed, the
successor activity may have to be slowed or halted to allow the specified time
period to pass. All lags are calculated when a project has its schedule
computed. Finish-to-finish lags are often used with start-to-start lags.
Finish-to-start lag
The minimum amount of time that must pass between the finish of one activity
and the start of its successor(s). The default finish-to-start lag is zero. If the
predecessor’s finish is delayed, the successor activity’s start will have to be
delayed. All lags are calculated when a project has its schedule computed. In
most cases, finish-to-start lags are not used with other lag types.
Fixed costs
Costs that do not vary over the production or sales range.
Flg.
Flanged.
Float
The amount of time that an activity can slip past its duration without delaying
the rest of the project. The calculation depends on the float type (start float,
finish float, positive float and negative float.) All float is calculated when a
project has its schedule computed.
Floating lien
A loan arrangement used when accounts receivable and inventories are used
as collateral. With this there is a general loan against the accounts on the
goods without any records being kept on specific ones.
Free float
The excess time available before the start of the following activity, assuming
that both activities start on their early start date. Free float can be thought of
as the amount of time an activity can expand without affecting the following
activity. If the current activity takes longer to complete than its projected
duration and free float combined, the following activity will be unable to begin
by its earliest start date.
Funded debt
Debt with a maturity of more than 1 year. It includes bonds, debentures, term
loans and mortgages.
Funds forecast
The projection of any additional financing that may be necessary to achieve
and support projected sales.
G&A
General and administrative costs. Includes head office (corporate) expenses,
such as rental, heating and air conditioning (HVAC), maintenance, and
allocated costs (e.g., accounting).
GC
General contractor.
General conditions
A specific portion of the contract documents. They state the responsibilities
and relationships of all parties to the contract, as well as any conditions
applicable to the contract.
GMP
Guaranteed maximum price.
Go Back
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, retraces your steps one level.
Grassroots
Constructing an entirely new facility from pre-basic, through basic, through
detailed engineering through construction on an undeveloped site.
Hammocks
A hammock groups activities, milestones, or other hammocks for reporting.
Most project management software calculates the duration of a hammock from
the early and late dates of the activities to which they are linked.
Hedging approach
In the hedging approach to working capital financing, the portion of current
assets that fluctuates is financed with current liabilities, and the portion that is
in effect fixed is financed through permanent financing.
Help
In Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, accesses the online help system.
Histogram
A graphic display of resource usage over a period of time. It allows the
detection of overused or under-used resources. The resource usage is
displayed in bars.
Host
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator (on a UNIX workstation), the computer that
is in charge of the operation of a group of computers linked in a network.
HP
Horsepower.
HVAC
Heating, ventilating and air conditioning.
Icon
A graphical representation of an application or document.
Import
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, copies specified information from an existing
project into the current project.
Income bonds
A debt instrument that requires interest payments only when the corporation
has positive earnings. It is often used for reorganizations.
Income statement
A record of a company’s recorded earnings and expenses for a given
time period.
Indenture
See Bond indenture.
Indirect costs
All costs that do not become a final part of the installation. Indirect costs are
temporary construction costs and contractor overheads, burdens, fees, project
freight, design engineering, project management, taxes, insurance, cleanup
and contingency.
Industry forecast
Projection of revenue and cost trends for a particular industry.
Inflation
An economic situation in which the costs of goods and services increase and
the relative worth of a given amount of money decreases.
Info
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, lists information about the current backup or
retrieval.
Input-output model
A causal sales forecasting method in which interindustry transactions are used
to set up a purchaser-seller matrix, which in turn is used to establish
sales trends.
Installation bulks
Items that are directly associated with the component being defined and that
are used to complete the installation of the item. Refer to the user’s guide for
details on the twelve types of installation bulks summarized below:
1 Material/man-hour% adjustment - specifies percentage adjustments to
system developed material costs and man-hours.
2 Material/man-hour additions - adds lump sum material costs and/or man-
hours to a specified code of account.
3 Piping - General Specs - defines the rules for developing all of the
component’s installation piping, which carry liquids, gasses and/or solids
between successive equipment items in the process stream.
4 Piping - Detail Items - specifies individual runs of piping and associated
fittings, tracing, paint and insulation.
5 Duct - for applicable components, specifies individual runs of ducting and
associated fittings and insulation. Up to five duct lines may be specified for
each component.
6 Civil - specifies additional bulk excavation and up to three different
foundation types/sizes. Includes the excavation, erection of formwork,
installation of reinforcing steel and pouring of concrete for foundations to
support equipment.
7 Steel - specifies ladders, stairs, platforms, and up to three different steel
items (e.g., structural elements such as the pipe rack and open
steel structures).
8 Instrumentation - specifies individual instrumentation loops (or parts of
loops) with associated sensors, transmitters and signal cabling. Up to 50
loops may be defined for each component.
9 Electrical - specifies local equipment wiring and up to three different types
of loads. Electrical equipment and cable carries power from a main plant
Intrinsic value
The underlying “true” value of a company as determined by its management of
assets and liabilities and by the risks taken on, and the returns given its
shareholders. It is also in part determined by the individual investor’s attitudes
toward risk and return. For an actively traded stock, given sufficient
information availability, the intrinsic value is equal to the market value.
Issued stock
The common stock of a corporation that has actually been sold to an investor.
Item
In Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, a capsule-shaped element of a tree diagram
representing project specifications.
Item run
The process of having Aspen Capital Cost Estimator prepare a design and
estimate at the component level for all or selected components in a project.
JIS
Japanese Industrial Standard.
KV
Kilovolts
KW
Kilowatts
Labor burden
Taxes and insurance costs based on labor payroll that the employer is legally
required to pay on behalf of or for the benefits of laborers. (In the U.S., these
include federal old age benefits, federal unemployment insurance tax, state
unemployment tax and workers’ compensation.)
Labor cost
The base salary, plus all fringe benefit costs and labor burdens associated with
labor, that can be definitely assigned to one item of work, product, area or
account.
Lag
The time delay between the start or finish of an activity and the start or finish
of its successor(s).
Lagging indicator
An economic indicator the changes in which follow the changes in the general
economy during a known period of time.
Late finish
The latest dates by which an activity can finish to avoid causing delays in
a project.
Late start
The latest dates by which an activity can start to avoid causing delays in
a project.
Leading indicator
An economic indicator the changes in which precede concomitant changes in
the general economy in a known amount of time.
Lease capitalization
The evaluation of a lease arrangement that uses the present value of future
lease payments as the value for lease obligations to be shown as liabilities and
an equal value to be shown as net leased assets on the balance sheet of the
lessee. This is done by capitalizing the lease payments at an appropriate lease
capitalization rate. If this rate is applied to the lease payments after the first
payment is made, it results in a net capitalized value. If it is done before the
first payment is made, a gross capitalized value results.
Leverage
The amount of debt financing used by a corporation. A general measure is the
ratio of total debts to total assets.
Leverage ratios
The ratios generated using items dealing with the company’s indebtedness,
which monitor the company’s ability to meet its financial obligations.
Library
A set of user-defined specifications that may be added into a project when
requested.
Lien
A legally recognized pledge against specific physical property.
Line of credit
An arrangement between a bank and a client company that allows the client to
borrow up to a maximum amount of cash at its own discretion within a set
amount of time. Designed to get the company through periods of short-term
seasonal needs, a line of credit also allows the company the flexibility of
determining the timing and size of amounts outstanding at any one time. The
account generally must be paid up each year.
Link
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, a connection between an item in one tree
diagram with an item in another tree diagram.
Liquidity
The nearness of a certain asset to cash, the ease with which it can be
converted into cash and the amount of cash realized at conversion.
Liquidity ratios
The ratios using current assets and current liabilities that measure a
company’s ability to pay its short-term liabilities.
LJ
Lap joint.
Loan amortization
The procedure of paying off a loan by making a series of equal payments
at regular intervals. These payments include both interest and
principal repayment.
Lock-box system
A method of improving funds collections, based upon having funds mailed to
post office boxes. These funds are then collected several times a day by
representatives of the company’s local banks and deposited into the banks.
The company’s market is divided into regions and the post offices and banks
are chosen for each region.
Log
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, lists prior backups for selecting files to
retrieve.
Main substation
A substation which feeds power at the distribution voltage to either a unit
substation or directly to a motor driven at the distribution voltage.
Making a market
The act of maintaining an inventory of unlisted stocks and selling them as
orders for them are received.
Mark text
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, to select text by dragging the mouse pointer
over the selected text while holding down the left mouse button.
Mark-up
As variously used in construction estimating, such percentage applications as
general overhead, profit, and other indirect costs. When mark-up is applied to
the bottom of a bid sheet for a particular item, system or other construction
price, any or all of the above items (or more) may be included, depending on
local practice.
Market value
The value established in the market place by supply and demand and
market transactions.
MCC
Motor control center.
Mechanical engineering
Primarily concerned with the function, use, design and fabrication of
equipment. The designing, testing, building and operating of machinery are
also of importance. Mechanical engineering focuses on two areas: machinery
and thermodynamics (heat and energy management based on laws of
conversion of matter and energy).
Micro-scheduling
The scheduling of activities with durations less than one day (in hours or
fractional days.)
Milestones
An activity with zero duration (usually marking the end of a period.)
Mobilization/Demobilization
An indirect cost including transportation cost of equipment, offices, etc. to and
from the construction site.
Mortgage bond
A bond that is backed by the pledge of specific assets of the company. If the
company is liquidated, proceeds from the liquidation of these assets are used
to satisfy these bondholders’ claims. They are considered the most secure type
of bond although they do not guarantee perfect safety. They can be either
senior or junior mortgage bonds, the senior having priority over all other
creditors of the company, the junior coming next.
Mouse
A device connected to the computer, that when moved, moves the cursor on
the monitor screen. In addition, the buttons on the mouse enable the user to
select text and objects.
MPS
Master project schedule.
Multi-project analysis
Used to analyze the impact and interaction of activities and resources whose
progress affects the progress of a group of projects or for projects with shared
resources or both. Multi-project analysis can also be used for composite
reporting on projects having no dependencies or resources in common.
Negative float
Indicates activities must start before their predecessors finish in order to meet
a target finish date. All float is calculated when a project has its schedule
computed. Negative float occurs when the difference between the late dates
and the early dates (start or finish) or any activity are negative. In this
situation, the late dates are earlier then the early dates. This can happen when
constraints (activity target dates or a project target finish date) are added to
a project.
NEMA
National Electrical Manufacturing Association.
Net worth
Total stockholders’ equity or total assets minus total liabilities.
Network
A group of computers connected together.
Network analysis
The process of identifying early and late start and finish dates for
project activities.
Network diagram
A graphic representation of activity sequence and relationships. Activity boxes
are connected together with one-way arrow to indicate precedence. The first
activity is placed on the left side of the diagram with the last activity on the
right side. Activity boxes are usually placed at different levels (not in a single
row) to accommodate activities that are done simultaneously.
Offsets
Items located external to the facility battery limits, including cooling towers
and boilers.
OH
Overhead.
Operating lease
Also called service lease — a lease that allows the lessee to terminate the
lease at his convenience. The payments under an operating lease usually
include service and maintenance charges.
Operating leverage
A measure of the effect of changes in sales level on changes in earnings before
interest and taxes. The magnitude of the effect is determined by the portion of
sales revenue that has to be used to cover fixed costs.
Opportunity cost
The cost incurred by foregoing the opportunity to take advantage of the next
best alternative.
Option menu
Within a dialog box or entry form, a listing of all allowable entries/options.
Organizational goal
The aim or end product that the corporation as a whole works to achieve. All of
the decisions made within the corporation should be made in terms of
this aim.
Organized exchange
An organized capital market complete with physical facilities, governing boards
and membership regulations and requirements.
Origin
The identity of a direct cost component (such as a pump), consisting of a 3-
character symbol and a number from 100 to 999 (e.g., CP 100 for Centrifugal
Pump numbered 100). This identity is also used to label all installation bulks
attached to the pump.
OSHA
U.S. Occupational Safety and Heath Administration.
OT
Overtime.
Overhead
A cost or expense inherent in performing an operation, i.e., engineering,
construction, operating, or manufacturing, that cannot be charged to or
identified with a part of the work, product, or asset and which, therefore, must
either be allocated on some arbitrary basis believed to be equitable, or
handled as a business expense independent of the volume of production.
P&ID
Piping and instrumentation diagram. Basics of detailed engineering. P&IDs are
detailed drawings of a specific process to be built. P&IDs do not list specific
items, such as inessential valves, fittings and elbows.
PAC's
Payroll added costs: Social Security, workers' compensation, insurance,
federal and state taxes.
Paid-in capital
See Paid-in surplus.
Paid-in surplus
Also called paid-in capital, excess over par, and capital in excess of par — the
difference between the par value of a share of stock and the amount the
company realized on the initial issue of that share.
Parallel activities
Two or more activities that can be done at the same time. This allows a project
to be completed faster than if the activities were arranged serially in a
straight line.
Path
A series of connected activities. Refer to Critical path for information on critical
and non-critical paths.
PC
Any personal computer (such as an IBM PC or compatible) using MS-DOS, OS/
2, Windows, Windows for Workgroups, Windows 95, Windows NT Workstation,
or Windows NT Server operating systems.
Perpetual bond
A bond with no maturity date.
Perpetual warrants
Warrants with no expiration date.
PFD
Process flow diagram. Process configuration with heat and material balances.
Phase 0
Preliminary process design.
Phase II
Detailed engineering design, procurement and project control.
Plant bulk
An item (piping, civil, steel, instrumentation, electrical, insulation and/or
paint) which is needed to properly install a project component or operate
a facility
Plant start-up
Includes man-hours spent by the contractor’s discipline representatives
(specialists, foremen, superintendents, etc.), after mechanical completion of
the project, to perform the following tasks:
1 Support the testing and calibration of field instruments, electrical
measuring devices, etc.
2 Assist the owner with starting the plant and address any technical issues.
3 Consult with the owner on adjustments during the commissioning process.
Items not included in this contractor cost are such things as conferring with
the DCS vendor, developing control software, temporary utilities (e.g., more
steam required for start-up than thereafter), initial catalyst charges, changes
to the project scope or exchanging items, and any of the owner’s calibration or
commissioning staff.
PLC
Programmed logic controller.
Plot plan
A geographic (sky-view) plan for a future site. This is sometimes
called “dimensioning.”
PM/PE
Project manager/engineer.
PO
Purchase order.
Portfolio effect
The reduction in portfolio risk realized by diversification into negatively
correlated projects.
Positive float
The amount of time that an activity’s start can be delayed without affecting
the project completion date. An activity with positive float is not on the critical
path and is called a non-critical activity.
Power factor
The ratio of KW/KVA for an electrical system.
Precautionary motive
A motive for holding cash reserves that stems from management’s desire to be
able to handle any extraordinary and unexpected cash outflows.
Precedence notation
A means of describing project work flow. It is sometimes called activity-on-
node notation. Each activity is assigned a unique identifier. Work flow direction
is indicated by showing each of the activity’s predecessors and their lag
relationships. Graphically, precedence networks are represented by using
descriptive boxes and connecting arrows to denote the flow of work.
Predecessor
An activity that must be completed (or partially completed) before a specified
activity can begin. The combination of all predecessors and successors
relationships among the project activities forms a network. This network can
be analyzed to determine the critical path and other project
scheduling implications.
Preferred stock
A type of equity that has certain priorities over common stock. It is generally
characterized by fixed dividend payments, which are payable before
common stock
dividends and claims on the liquidation value of the company that are
subordinate to all creditor claims but prior to common stockholder claims.
Preprocessor
A set of one or more ICUE commands stored in a file which can be opened,
edited, saved and run. Preprocessors are helpful when you access the estimate
results database and run the same ICUE commands.
Present value
The mechanism whereby future costs and benefits can be made comparable to
present costs and benefits.
Primary KV
Voltage in KV of the incoming power to a substation.
Primary market
That segment of the capital market which deals with new issues of securities
and the movement of funds from investors to issuing companies.
Prime rate
The lowest interest rate applicable to business loans.
Privilege level
For Windows NT, one of three settings (User, Administrator, or Guest)
assigned to each user account. The privilege level a user account has
determines the actions that the user can perform on the network.
Process engineering
Performing and determining process needs prior to Basic engineering and
Detailed engineering. Process engineering, usually performed by chemical
engineers, includes defining process streams using the data from
process simulators.
Process equipment
Equipment for handling liquids, gasses and solids.
Process fluid
A gas or liquid raw material, intermediate project or chemical (e.g., a solvent)
used in the manufacture of the product.
Product extension
A horizontal merger by which the product line of the merger companies
is extended.
Profit margin
A profitability ratio. A measure of how well management has controlled costs
while successfully marketing the company’s products = net profits/net sales. It
shows how many cents of profit are realized out of each sales dollar.
Profitability
The ability of a corporation to show a surplus of income over expenses in a
particular sales period. This is usually measured in dollars of total profit to
sales for the period.
Profitability ratios
Ratios that measure how effective management has been in generating a
return utilizing the assets of the company.
Project
A collection of general specifications and component design specifications
which describe a facility for an ICARUS system to designate/estimate.
Project database
The design and cost information stored in multiple SQL files for a
specific project.
Project estimate
The process of designing and costing the direct cost components and the
indirect costs in the project scope and creating database files.
Project manager
In owner/operator plants, someone who is responsible for design decisions and
reviewing processes, their viability and sometimes their completion. In
contractor companies, someone who is responsible for detailed design
decisions (integrating PFD, P&ID and ISO specifications) to complete a
project’s construction.
Promissory note
An IOU that establishes tangible proof of debt.
Proxy
An arrangement that allows common stockholders of a corporation to assign
their voting rights over to someone else for one particular
stockholders’ meeting.
QA/QC
Quality assurance and control.
Queue
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, lists active print jobs.
Quick ratio
The liquidity ratio. Ratio of total current assets less inventories to total current
liabilities = (CA - Inv)/CL. Also called the acid-test ratio.
Quit
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, terminates an activity.
Recession
A situation in which the economy of a given area worsens.
Refit
Changing an existing facility by adding something left out, overhauling worn
out components or adding or subtracting from the current capacities of
existing components.
Registered bond
A bond that belongs to a specific investor whose name is recorded with the
company. This bondholder receives interest payments automatically.
Regression analysis
A causal sales forecasting method in which sales are defined as a function of a
number of independent variables. Changes in these independent variables are
then used to determine a model that will forecast future sales levels.
Regression analysis can also be used to forecast the need for funding.
Reorganization
Under bankruptcy proceedings, this is the formal restructuring of the debtor
company’s financial structure. It involves discharging the debt, making
managerial and operational changes and acquiring new working capital.
Rescheduling
Recalculating the start and finish dates of all uncompleted activities based on
progress as of a specified date.
Residual assets
Any assets that remain after assets have been liquidated to pay off creditors.
Resource
Anything that is assigned to an activity or needed to complete an activity. This
may include equipment, people, buildings, etc.
Resource leveling
Provides the capability to adjust project schedules to minimize the peaks in
daily resource usages. This is usually done when resources are over-allocated.
Activities are moved within their available float to produce a new schedule.
Resources and projects may have leveling priorities. Some activities may not
have any rescheduling flexibility due to lack of float. Either resource-
constrained or schedule-constrained leveling may be selected.
Retrofit
See Refit.
Revamp
See Refit.
Rights offering
The method whereby stockholders who have the preemptive right are offered
the opportunity to maintain their proportionate share when new stock is
being issued.
Risk averter
A person who possesses very little utility for high risk undertakings.
Risk neutral
The state of having utility only for the expected return of a project.
Risk-seeker
A person who has very high utility for high risk projects.
ROG
A credit term that means “receipt of goods” and indicates that the credit period
does not begin until the day the goods are received.
Run
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, produces the selected estimate type.
Safety stock
A quantity of inventory above the amount determined by using an EOQ model,
which will handle unanticipated demand. These levels are dependent upon lead
time to delivery, the probability distribution of demand and customer
service policies.
Sale of assets
A business combination whereby one company purchases the assets of
another. The buying company may also assume some or all of the liabilities of
the other company.
Salvage value
The expected value of an asset at the end of its usable life for the company.
The difference between an asset’s cost and its salvage value is the amount to
be depreciated over the asset’s usable life.
SC
Subcontract/subcontractor.
Scan
The process of checking the project scope for feasibility of design.
Scheduling
The process of determining when project activities will take place depending
on defined durations and precedent activities. Schedule constraints specify
when an activity should start or end based on duration, predecessors, external
predecessor relationships, resource availability or target dates.
Seasonal dating
A credit arrangement that extends the credit period for certain seasonal goods
into their selling season.
Secondary markets
That segment of the capital markets that deals with existing securities and the
transactions that occur between investors.
Security
A means of ensuring that shared files can be accessed only by
authorized users.
Select
For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, to highlight an item by clicking it with the
mouse or using key combinations. Selecting does not initiate an action.
Selling group
A group of brokerage houses and dealers who sell the new securities
to investors.
Sequence
The order in which activities occur with respect to one another. This
establishes the priority and dependencies between activities. Successor and
predecessor relationships are developed in a network format. This allows those
involved in the project to visualize the work flow.
Site development
Includes those actions that must be taken to convert a prospective facility site
into a reasonably flat plant area, free of major obstructions, and with
provisions for water drainage, fencing, paving and rail spurs.
Slippage
The amount of slack or float time used by the current activity due to a delayed
start. If an activity without float is delayed, the entire project will slip.
Source of funds
The inflows of funds from operations, decreases in assets and increases in
liabilities and net worth accounts.
Special reports
Customized reports created by the ICUE Reporter.
SQL
Structured query language, a database sub language for querying, updating,
and managing relational databases. The basic structure of the relational model
is a table, consisting of rows and columns. Data definition includes declaring
the name of each table to be included in a database, the name and data types
of all columns of each table, constraints on the values in and among columns,
and the granting of table manipulation privileges to prospective users. Tables
can be accessed by inserting new rows, deleting or updating existing rows, or
selecting rows that satisfy a given search condition for output.
SS
Stainless steel.
Standard basis
A previously defined project which is copied to provide the starting point for a
new project.
Start float
The amount of excess time an activity has between its early start and late
start dates.
Start-to-start lag
The minimum amount of time that must pass between the start of one activity
and the start of its successor(s).
Starting activity
A starting activity has no predecessors. It does not have to wait for any other
activity to start.
Statutory consolidation
A merger in which both merging companies cease to exist as separate
companies and a brand new company is formed. Shares of the old companies
are exchanged for shares of the new. The new company assumes all the assets
or liabilities of the old companies.
Statutory merger
A merger in which one of the partners is completely taken over and ceases to
exist as a separate business. There is a tax-free exchange of shares. All of the
assets and liabilities of the acquired company are assumed by the
surviving company.
Stock dividend
The payment of dividends in stock. This increases the number of shares
outstanding, leaves unchanged the par value of the stock and capitalizes part
of the retained earnings.
Stock right
A subscription option that exists with each share of existing stock during a
rights offering. It has a value during the rights offering but is worthless
thereafter. The existing stockholder can choose to exercise the right, sell it or
allow it to expire.
Stock split
A stock dividend that results in an increase of 25 percent or more in the
number of shares of stock outstanding. The par value of the stock is adjusted
to account for this increase in number. Retained earnings do not change.
Stockholders’ equity
See Total stockholders’ equity.
Sub-critical activity
A sub-critical activity has a float threshold value assigned to it by the project
manager. When the activity reaches its float threshold, it is identified as being
critical. Since this type of criticality is artificial, it normally does not impact the
project’s end date.
Subproject
A distinct group of activities that comprise their own project which in turn is a
part of a larger project. Subprojects can be summarized into a single activity
to hide the detail.
Subscription price
The price at which a new share of common stock can be purchased at issue.
Successor
An activity whose start or finish depends on the start or finish of a
predecessor activity.
Super-critical activity
An activity that is behind schedule is considered to be super-critical. It has
been delayed to a point where its float is calculated to be a negative value. The
negative float is representative of the number of units an activity is
behind schedule.
SW
Socket weld.
T-T
Tangent to tangent. Straight-side dimension of vessels, columns and reactors.
Take-off
Detailed quantity count of work components: cubic yards, tons, feet, etc.
Technical insolvency
A financial state in which a company cannot pay its due and payable
financial obligations.
TEFC
Totally enclosed fan cooled. Term applied to electrical motors.
TEMA
Tubular Exchanger Manufacturing Association.
TEWAC
Totally Enclosed Water Cooled.
Temporary construction
An indirect cost including temporary shelter and sanitary facilities, utilities,
temporary power, roadways, rigging and fencing.
Tender offer
An offer made by one company directly to the stockholders of another to
purchase the shares of the second company. This is a method used in a
takeover of a company. It is usually done without the consent of the
management of the second company.
TEWAC
Totally enclosed water cooled.
Text string
A set of one or more characters, including letters, numbers, symbols and
blank spaces.
Total float
The excess time available for an activity to be expanded or delayed without
affecting the rest of the project — assuming it begins at its earliest time.
Trade acceptance
A formal acknowledgment of debt that is initiated by the seller of the goods
and accepted by the buyer in order to permit shipment of the desired goods.
Trade credit
Also called accounts payable. A short-term financing source realized by
assuming a liability by buying goods on credit. Three types of trade credit
arrangements are open accounts, notes payable and trade acceptances.
Transaction loans
A short-term, 30 - 90 days, credit arrangement that allows a bank client to
borrow money for some special purpose.
Tree diagram
Branched graphical representation of specifications for contractors, contractor
scopes, power distribution, process control and areas.
Trend projection
A quantitative sales forecasting method in which sales trends are estimated
through the analysis of data that have been systematically gathered for some
period of time.
Trust receipt
A short-term financing instrument used in inventory pledging in which the
borrower acknowledges it holds merchandise in trust for the lender. It is used
when the goods are more easily held by the borrower and when they can be
identified by serial number.
Trustee
The overseer of a bond issue who protects the interests of the bondholders. It
is usually a bank or some other responsible financial institution.
Underwriting syndicate
A temporary alliance of investment brokers who jointly underwrite a particular
new issue.
Unit substation
A substation which feed power at a voltage less than the distribution voltage
(a) electrical equipment such as motors and lights within the process facility or
(b) another unit substation for further transformation to a lower utilization
voltage. Thus for (b), the subordinate unit substation would draw power from
the serving principle unit substation.
Uses of funds
The outflow of funds used for increases in assets and decreases in liabilities
and net worth accounts.
Value
The perceived utility or satisfaction inherent in a product or service.
Value engineering
A practice function that is targeted at the design itself. The objective of value
engineering is to develop or design a facility or item that will yield the least life
cycle costs or provide the greatest value while satisfying all performance and
other criteria established for it.
Variable costs
The costs that change directly with changes in production or sales levels.
Vendor representatives
An indirect cost including travel, sustenances and average rates for vendor
field representatives, e.g., a compressor specialist.
Vertical merger
A merger that involves two companies in the same business at different
manufacturing and distribution levels.
Wage rate
The wage paid to a specific discipline.
Windows NT workstation
The portable, secure 32-bit preemptive multitasking member of Microsoft
Windows operating system family.
Work flow
The relationship of the activities in a project from start to finish. Work flow
takes into consideration all types of activity relationships.
Work load
The amount of work units assigned to a resource over a period of time.
Work unit
Standard unit established to value all work components in a rational and
consistent manner. (The measurement of resources.) For example, people as
a resource can be measured by the number of hours they work.
Working capital
Current assets such as cash, marketable securities, accounts receivable and
inventories. Working capital has a life of less than 1 year.
Yield to maturity
That discount rate which makes the present value of future inflows from a
bond equal to its present market value.
Zero float
Zero float is a condition where there is no excess time between activities. An
activity with zero float is considered a critical activity. If the duration of any
critical activity is increased (the activity slips), the project finish date will slip.
Zero-base budgeting
A planning procedure that assumes that the relevant base for all planning is
zero dollars.
Index (G6) 1
SINGLE 2-S 4 ATM SUSPEN
AIR COOLER Centrifuges (CT) 2
Heat Exchangers (HE) 3 Atmospheric
AIR DRYER solid/liquid storage
Dryers (AD) 8 Vertical Tanks (VT) 36
Air Dryers (AD) 15 Atmospheric tray batch dryer
AIR DRYER 8 Dryers (D) 9
Air fan ATM-SYSTEM
AIR COOLER (HE) 3 Tray Drying Systems (TDS) 14
Allocate 2 ATTRITION
Allowances 2 Mills (M) 7
ALMNA 72 Attrition mill
Alternate 2 Mills (M) 7
Alumina AUTOGENOUS
packing materials 72 Mills (M) 8
Aluminum Autogenous mill
non-ferrous plate materials Mills (M) 8
ASME 8 Automotive
DIN 44 construction equipment 2
JIS 32 Average collection period 3
Amortization 2 Average rate of return (ARR) 3
Analog, process control 14 Axial
ANCHOR Gas Compressors (GC) 5
Agitators (AG) 3 AXIAL FLOW
Anion exchangers Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 11
DEMINERAL 8
SOFTENING 8 B
Anodes BACKFILL
electrical plant bulks 11 earthwork - site development 7
ANSI 3 Baghouse
Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 2 cloth bay 6
ANSI PLAST Balance sheet 4
Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 4 Ball
API 3 Fisher control valve information 23
API 610 BALL MILL
Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 5 Mills (M) 8
API 610-IL Ball mill
Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 7 Mills (M) 8
Apply 3 Balloon 4
Apply & Close 3 Balloon payment 4
APRON BAR
Conveyors (CO) 7 Screens (VS) 32
Area Barcharts
insulation/fireproofing 2 project schedule 9
Area lighting BAROMETRIC
electrical plant bulks 8 Condensers (C) 2
AREA-LIGHT Base indices
electrical plant bulks 8, 9 country base
Areas US 2
pipe envelope 7 BASE-PREP
process control 20 site development 12
types 3 Basic engineering 4
unreferenced requiring power 35 disciplines and wage rates
ASME 3 JP 6, 8
ASPHALT UK 4
site development 12 US 2, 10
Asphalt equipment BASINS
construction equipment 14 drainage - site development 4
Asphaltic resin lining 69 Basins, catch
2 Index (G6)
drainage - site development 4 BOT-UNLOAD
Batch Centrifuges (CT) 3
Centrifuges (CT) 2 BOX
Batch dryer Furnaces, Process Heaters (FU) 39, 40
Dryers (D) 9 Boxes
Tray Dring Systems (TDS) 14 steel plant bulks 16
Batch tray dryer Boxes, junction
Tray Drying Systems (TDS) 14 instrumentation plant bulks 4
BATCH VAC Bracing
Crystallizers (CRY) 2 steel plant bulks 16
Batch vacuum Brackets
Crystallizers (CRY) 2 steel plant bulks 16
BATCH-AUTO BRADFORD
Centrifuges (CT) 2 Crushers (CR) 6
BATCH-BOTM Brass
Centrifuges (CT) 3 non-ferrous plate materials
BATCH-TOP JIS 32
Centrifuges (CT) 3 non-ferrous tube materials
BEAM SCALE DIN 50
Scales (S) 19 JIS 38
Beams BREAKER
steel plant bulks 16 electrical plant bulks 20
BELGR-TANK Break-even analysis 5
civil plant bulks 3 Break-even budget 5
BELT Break-even point 5
Feeders (FE) 14 Bridge crane
Scales (S) 19 Cranes (CE) 13
Belt feeder BRIDGE-CRN
Feeders (FE) 14 Cranes (CE) 13
BENCH BRUSH
Scales (S) 19 earthwork - site development 6
Benefit-cost ratio (BCR) 4 BS design code
Berl saddle ferrous tube materials
packing 4 high alloy steel 25
Berl saddles 72 low alloy steel 24
Bid documents 4 BS5500 5
Bin activator Bubble cap trays 3
Feeders (FE) 14 Bucket elevator
BIN-ACTVTR Conveyors (CO) 10
Feeders (FE) 14 Buildings
BLASTING demolish 3
earthwork - site development 7 mill, steel plant bulks 12
BLENDER BUMPER
Blenders (BL) 25 railroads - site development 17
Blenders (BL) 8 Bundle runs - pneumatic
BLENDER 25 instrumentation plant bulks 3
KETTLE 25 Burdens
RIBBON 32, 33, 34 construction overhead 61
ROTARY 25 Buried Depth 4
ROTARYBOWL 26 Buried pipe
BOILER piping plant bulks 3, 20
Steam Boilers (STB) 4 BUS DUCT 19
Bond covenants 5 Butterfly
Bond indenture 5 Fisher control valve information 23
Bond refunding 5 Butyl rubber
Book value 5 lined steel pipe 59
Book value per share 5 Butyl rubber lining 69
BORINGS
earthwork - site development 6
Index (G6) 3
C Dust Collectors (C) 6
CABLE DUCT 12 CENTRIF
Cable tray Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 12
electrical plant bulks 4 Fans, Blowers (FN) 12
instrumentation plant bulks 3 Gas Compressors (GC) 5
Cable, data-highway CENTRIF-IG
instrumentation plant bulks 9 Gas Compressors (GC) 6
Caged ladders 15 CENTRIF-M
steel plant bulks 6 Air Compressors (AC) 2
CAISSON Centrifugal
piling - site development 15 Fans, Blowers (FN) 12
Calcium chloride filters
packing materials 72 Centrifuges (CT) 2
Calcium silicate Centrifugal precipitator
insulation materials 4 Dust Collectors (DC) 6
CANNED Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 11
Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 11 ANSI 2
CANNED RTR ANSI PLAST 4, 17
Gear Pumps (GP) 19 API 610 5
Carbon API 610-IL 7
packing materials 72 AXIAL FLOW 11
Carbon steel CANNED 11
lining materials 69 CENTRIF 12
packing materials 73 FLUME PUMP 17
Carpenter 20 GEN-SERV 13
ASME non-ferrous IN LINE 13
tube materials 14 MAG DRIVE 15
BS non-ferrous PULP STOCK 14
plate materials 21 SAN-PUMP 15
DIN non-ferrous TURBINE 14
plate materials 45 Centrifuges (CT) 17
tube materials 50 ATM SYSPEN 2
JIS non-ferrous BATCH-AUTO 2
plate materials 33 BATCH-BOTM 3
tube materials 38 BATCH-TOP 3
CARTRIDGE BOT-UNLOAD 3
Filters (F) 11 DISK 4
Cartridge filter INVERTING 5
Filters (F) 11 RECIP-CONV 4
Cascade rings 73 SCREEN-BWL 5
Cast steel SCROLL-CON 4
casting materials 71 SOLID BOWL 4
Castable refractories, linings 5 TOP UNLOAD 3
Catalyst TUBULAR 5
bed reactor, packed 8, 21 VIBRATORY 5
Catch basin CENT-TURBO
drainage - site development 4 Fans, Blowers (FN) 10
Catering Ceramic
construction overhead 62 packing materials 72
Cation exchangers CERATE Relation 10
DEMINERAL 8 Chain drivers
Cement variable speed motor reducer 5
lined steel pipe 59 CHAIN-LINK
CENT-BKT-L fencing - site development 10
Conveyors (CO) 9, 10, 11, 12 Chemical lead lining 69
CENT-COMPR CHEST-CYL
Refrigeration Units (RU) 6 Vertical Tanks (VT) 40
CENTRF-PRE CHEST-MTL
Vertical Tanks (VT) 42
4 Index (G6)
CHEST-REC washers 10
Vertical Tanks (VT) 38 Commercial paper 6
Chests, tile Commissioning
Vertical Tanks (VT) 38 disciplines and wage rates
Chutes JP 7, 9
steel plant bulks 16 UK 5
Circuit breakers US 3, 11
electrical plant bulks 20 expenses and indirects 12, 13, 14, 15
Civil Common equity 6
code of accounts 12 COMPACT
concrete foundations 3 earthwork - site development 7
concrete tanks 2 Compaction
structures 3 construction equipment 5
Cladding material Comparative analysis 7
ASME design code 10 Compensating balance 7
BS design code 22 COMPONENT Relation 1, 12
DIN design code 46 Components 7
JIS design code 34 Composition 7
Classified-suspension crystallizer COMPRESGAS
Crystallizers (CRY) 3 Filters (F) 16
Clear brush Compressed gas filter
earthwork - site development 6 Filters (F) 16
CLEAR-GRUB Compressor
earthwork - site development 6 construction equipment 8
Clearing Concentrators
earthwork - site development 6 THICKENER
Click 5 Thickeners (T) 29
Close 6 CONC-PAVNG
CLOSED-BLT site development 12
Conveyors (CO) 4 CONCRETE
Closed-end mortgage bond 6 civil plant bulks 3
CLOTH BAY Concrete
Dust Collectors (DC) 6 construction equipment 9
Cloth bay baghouse pipe, piping plant bulks 20
Dust Collectors (DC) 6 tanks, civil plant bulks 3
CM 6 Concrete drainage
CNTRCT Relation 1, 12 civil 5
COAT WRAP COND-CELL
piping plant bulks 34 Agitated Tanks (AT) 20
Coatings Condensers (C) 12
Packing, Linings (PAK, LIN) 9 BAROMETRIC 2
COD 6 CONDENSING
Code of account 6 Turbines (TUR) 9
Code of accounts Conditioning cell
contingencies 7, 28 Agitated Tanks (AT) 20
creating 3, 4 CONDUIT
equipment and setting 9 electrical plant bulks 2, 3
modifying 2 CONE
output reports 5 Crushers (CR) 2
summary reports 5 Cone bottom
Coincident indicator 6 Vertical Tanks (VT) 34
Coke CONE BTM
paking materials 72 Vertical Tanks (VT) 34
Collateral 6 Cone roof tank (storage)
Collection costs 6 Vertical Tanks (VT) 29
Columns Conglomerate merger 7
packed 8, 21 Conical rotary vacuum dryer
steel plant bulks 2, 16 Rotary Dryers (RD) 13
tray towers 12, 24 Coning 4
Index (G6) 5
CONSET (contract set number) 21, 23, 26 Conveyors (CO) 10, 11, 12
Construction Contingencies
contracts 66 code of accounts 7, 28
direct field manpower 67 Contingency 7
field office 56 Continuous spray drying system
field supervision 69 Dryers (D) 10
home office 56 Contract documents 7
home office construction services 69 Contracts
management 52, 56 concepts 64
Construction eqiupment construciton - home office construction
introduction 2 services 69
Construction equipment construction 66
asphalt equipment 14 construction - direct field manpower 67
automotive 2 construction - field erected vessels 67
compaction 5 construction - field indirects 68
compressor 8 cost benefits 65
concrete 9 description 63
crane 6 engineering 57, 65
crane attachment 7 materials 66
drilling 4 overheads 69
earthmoving 3 prime contractor defaults 62
electric equipm/tool 13 procurement 65
hoist 14 Control 8
miscellaneous equipment 12 Control centers 14, 15, 16
piping equipment 10 analog 16
pneumatic port. tool 13 default 17
pump 13 defining 23, 24
site/office equipment 14 digital 17
trailer 5 electrical plant bulks 20
truck 2 PLC 26
welding equipment 9, 10 redundant control 24
Construction management requirements 17
disciplines and wage rates spares 24
JP 8 types 23
US 2, 10 Control process 8
Construction overhead Control valve size
accomodations 62 piping 6
burdens 61 Controllers, multifunction
catering 62 instrumentation plant bulks 6
construction overhead & fees 61 Conversion premium 8
construction rental equipment 62 Convertible security 8
consumables 61 Conveyor belt scale
field services 62 Scales (S) 19
fringe benefits 61 Conveyor transfer tower
miscellaneous 61 steel plant bulks 15
scaffolding 62 Conveyors (CO) 16
small tools 61 APRON 7
vendor representatives 62 CENT-BKT-L 9, 10, 11, 12
Construction overhead & fees CLOSED-BLT 4
construction overhead 61 CONT-BKT-L 10, 11, 12
Construction overhead and fees 7 OPEN BELT 2
Construction rental equipment PNEUMATIC 7
construction overhead 62 ROLLER 8
Consumables 7 S BELTCONV 10
construction overhead 61 S VERTICAL 11
Consumer survey method for forecasting 7 S VIBRATORY 11
CONTAINMNT sanitary
civil plant bulks 5 horizontal 10
CONT-BKT-L vertical 11
6 Index (G6)
vibratory 11 Credit period only 9
SCREW 8 Credit policy 9
VIBRATING 8 Crew mixes
COOLING workforce 42
Cooling Towers (CTW) 2 Critical activity 9
Cooling Towers (CTW) 19 Critical path 9
COOLING 2 CROSS BORE
COOLING-WP 3 Heat Exchangers (HE) 24
factory assembled 3 Cross gutter
PACKAGED 3 site development 12
COOLING-WP Crossflow trays 3
Cooling Towers (CTW) 3 bubble cap 3
Copper sieve 3
ASME non-ferrous valve 3
tube materials 14 CROSS-GUTT
BS non-ferrous site development 12
tube materials 26 CROSSING
DIN non-ferrous railroads - site development 17
tube materials 50 Crossing signal
JIS non-ferrous railroads - site development 17
tube materials 38 Crude Oil Desalter 11, 12, 13
Copy & change 8 Crushed limestone
Cost 8 packing materials 72
Cost index 8 Crushed stone
Cost modeling 8 packing materials 72
Cost of capital 8 Crushers (CR) 14
Cost reporting BRADFORD 6
currency and escalation 39 CONE 2
COST…f1COST® ICARUS’ mainframe-based es- ECCENTRIC 3
timating and scheduling system for evaluating GYRATORY 3
major process plants and mills. COST® was HAMMER-MED 6
first marketed by ICARUS in 1969. 12 JAW 4
Counter flow trays 3 PULVERIZER 6
COUNT-ROT reversible hammermill 6
Agitators (AG) 5 REV-HAMR 5
Country base ring granulator 7
base indices ROLL RING 7
EU 2 ROTARY 4
JP 2 rotary breaker 6
UK 2 SAWTOOTH 5
US 2 S-IMPACT 6
project definition 37 single roll 4
Covenants 9 size reduction 5
Crafts S-ROLL-HVY 5
names 43 S-ROLL-LT 4, 5
productivity 50 S-ROLL-MED 5
wage rates 42 swing jaw 4
Crane SWING-HAMR 6
construction equipment 6 CRWSCH Relation 1, 11
Crane attachment CRYOGENIC
construction equipment 7 Vertical Tanks (VT) 31
Cranes (CE) 16 Cryogenic storage tank
BRIDGE-CRN 13 Vertical Tanks (VT) 31
HOIST 13 Crystallizers (CRY) 15
hoist trolley 13 BATCH VAC 2
travelling bridge crane 13 batch vacuum 2
Create 9 classified-suspension 3
Credit discount 9 growth 3
Credit period 9 MECHANICAL 2
Index (G6) 7
mechanical scraped-surface crystallizer 2 Demineralizing system
OSLO 3 Water Treatment Systems (WTS) 8
scraped surface 2 Demobilization 11
CS 9 DEMOL
CSTCRL Relation 11 demolition - site development 3
CSTCTRL Relation 1 DEMOLITION
CURB demolition - site development 3
site development 12 DERRICK
Curb and gutter Flares (FLR) 3, 4
site development 13 Design basis 11
Currency base DESIGN Relation 1, 9
conversion 37 Desorption towers 3
project definition 37 Desulferization reactors
Current ratio 10 packed 8, 21
Current yield 10 Detail engineering 54
CUSSPC Relation 12 disciplines and wage rates
CUT-FILL UK 4
earthwork - site development 7 US 2, 10
CYCLONE Detailed engineering 11
Dust Collectors (DC) 9 DETAILS Relation 1, 7
CYLINDER DEWATERING
Heating Units (HU) 5 drainage - site development 4
Vertical Tanks (VT) 14 Dewatering wells
Cylindrical chests drainage - site development 5
Vertical Tanks (VT) 40 DH (Direct hire) 12
Dialog box 12
D DIAPHRAGM
Database 10 Piston, Other Positive Displacement Pumps
Data-highway cable (P) 22
instrumentation plant bulks 9 Digital, process control 14
DC HE TW DIKE
Single Diameter Towers (TW) 27 earthwork - site development 6
Debenture 10 DIKE-MEMBR
Decision engineering 10 civil plant bulks 5, 7
Decision tree 10 DIRECT
DEEP-ANODE Rotary Dryers (RD) 13
electrical plant bulks 11 Direct contact heat exchanger tower 27
Deferred call provision 10 Direct costs 12
Definitive Direct feld fanpower
-5 to +15 percent estimate 10 construction 67
DEFLAKE-CN Direct field cost (DFC) 12
Stock Treatment (ST) 10 Direct steam heat module
DEFLAKE-DK sanitary 29
Stock Treatment (ST) 9 Discharge elevator
Deflakers Conveyors (CO) 9
Stock Treatment (ST) DISCNCT SW 19
concentric conical type 9 Discount period 12
plate type 9 Discount rate 12
Degree of financial leverage 11 DISK
Degree of operating leverage 11 Centrifuges (CT) 4
Delete 11 Disk filter
Delivery times Filters (F) 12
process equiment procurement 10 Display 12
Delphi method for forecasting 11 DISPOSAL
Demand-diversity factor 11 demolition - site development 3
DEMINERAL Distillation towers 2
Water Treatment Systems (WTS) 8 Distributable 12
Demineralizers Distribution of assets 12
packed towers 8, 21 Ditching
8 Index (G6)
earthwork - site development 9 CENTRF-PRE 6
Dividend declaration date 12 CLOTH BAY 6
Dividend payment date 12 CYCLONE 9
Dividend payout ratio 13 ELC-H-VOLT 10
Dividend policy 13 ELC-L-VOLT 10
Dividend yield 13 MULT-CYCLO 10
Dividends 13 PULSE SHKR 8
Dollars WASHERS 10
currency base 37
DOUBLE ATM E
Drum Dryers (DD) 11 Early finish 13
Double Diameter Towers (DDT) 12 Early start 14
PACKED 8 Earned surplus 14
TRAYED 12 Earnings per share 14
Double-arm Earth (dirt)
Kneaders (K) 28 packing materials 72
Mixers (MX) 30 Earthmoving
Dowtherm unit construction equipment 3
Heating Units (HU) 5 EARTHWORK
Drain field earthwork - site development 6
drainage - site development 4 Ebonite
DRAINAGE lined steel pipe 59
drainage - site development 5 ECCENTRIC
Drainage Crushers (CR) 3
civil 5 Economic forecast 14
DRAINS Economic indicator 14
drainage - site development 4 Economic order quantity 14
Drilling Efficiency 14
construction equipment 4 Efficiency ratios 14
DRUM Ejectors (E) 12
Flakers (FL) 7 Ejectors (EJ)
Drum Dryers (DD) 15 2 STAGE 4
DOUBLE ATM 11 4 STAGE 5
S-COOKCOOL 11 4-STAGE B 5
SINGLE ATM 11 5-STAGE B 6
single atmospheric 11 SINGLE STG 3
SINGLE VAC 11 TWO STAGE 3
vacuum rotary 11 EL6 4
Drum filter Elapsed time 14
Filters (F) 13 ELC-H-VOLT
Dryers (D) 15 Dust Collectors (DC) 10
agitated pan batch 9 ELC-L-VOLT
atmospheric tray-type batch 9 Dust Collectors (DC) 10
continuous spray system 10 ELEC-TRAY
PAN 9 electrical plant bulks 4
SPRAY 10 Electrical
VAC-TRAY 9 cable tray 4
vacuum tray-type batch 9 circuit breakers 20
DUCT RD code of accounts 15
piping plant bulks 21 construction equipment 13
DUCT SQ galvanic anode 11
piping plant bulks 22, 23 ground grid 7
Ductwork group of anodes in shallow surface bed 11
piping 21 motor control center 20
DUPLEX potential measurement test station 11
Piston, Other Positive Displacement Pumps rigid conduit 2, 3
(P) 21 solar panel 12
Duration 13 tracing (existing equipment) 4
Dust Collectors (DC) 18 tracing (existing piping run) 5
Index (G6) 9
transformer/rectifier 11 US 3, 11
uninterupted power supply 21 EOM 15
Electrical Generators (EG) 20 E-P-C (Engineering, procurement and
PORTABLE 7 construction) 15
TURBO-GEN 7 Epoxy resin lining 69
Electrical Motors (MOT) 9 EQPT-TRACE
ENCLOSED 3 electrical plant bulks 4
explosion proof 4 EQRENT Relation 1, 11
EXP-PROOF 4 Equipment and setting
OPEN 2 code of accounts 8, 9
SYNCHRON 3 Equipment fabricate/ship times 10
Synchronous motors 3 Equipment model library 2
TEFC 3 Equipment SUBTYPE 41
TEWAC 4 Equity 15
VARY-SPEED 5 Equivalent dividend return 15
Electronic signal wire EROSION
instrumentation plant bulks 3 landscaping - site development 11
Elevated access platforms Erosion control
steel plant bulks 13 landscaping - site development 11
Elevators, Lifts (EL) 16 Escalation 15
FREIGHT 13 Escalation, cost reporting 39
PASSENGER 13 EU country base
Ellipsoidal towers 5 base indices 2
Elliptical towers 5 Euros 37
EMER LIGHT 12 Evaporators (E) 15
Emergency diesel generator agitated falling film 4
electrical plant bulks 21 FALL-FILM 4
Emergency eyewash and shower units 40 FORCED CIR 4
Emergency light forced circulation 4
electrical plant bulks 12 LONG TUBE 4
EM-PWR-SET long tube rising film 4
electrical plant bulks 21 long tube vertical 5
ENCLOSED LONG-VERT 5
Electrical Motors (MOT) 3 standard horizontal tube 6
Engineering STAND-HOR 6
adjustments to costs 58 STAND-VERT 5
construction management 56 EWF 15
contracts 57 EWF (engineering work force) 53
contracts assignment 52 Excavation
detail 54 earthwork - site development 7
discipline adjustments 53 machine 9
field office construction supervision 56 manual 7
home office construction services 56 Exchange resin
indirects 56 demineralizer 8
miscellanious expenses 56 packed towers 8, 21
organization 58 Packing (PAK) 7
payroll burdens 57 Exercise price 15
phase adjustments 53 Exit 15
prime contractor 52 Expected return 15
procurement 55 EXPL-DEMOL
reports 54, 57 demolition - site development 3
SPAN* 60 Explosion-proof motors
start-up 56 Electrical Motors (MOT) 4
support personnel 56 Exponential smoothing 15
workforce 53 Export 16
Engineering management 52 EXP-PROOF
disciplines and wage rates Electrical Motors (MOT) 4
JP 9 Extension 16
UK 5 Extraction towers 3
10 Index (G6)
EXTRUDER Field services 16
Mixers (MX) 29 construction overhead 62
Eyewash Filter
WSHWR 40 presses
PLATE+FRAM 12
F Screens (VS) 32
Fabric filters Filter Upstream 23
Dust Collectors (DC) 6 Filters
Fabricated plate items Sediment Removal 19
steel plant bulks 16 Filters (F) 18
FABR-PLATE CARTRIDGE 11
steel plant bulks 16 COMPRSGAS 16
Factored estimating 16 LEAF-DRY 11
FALL-FILM LEAF-WET 11
Evaporators (E) 4 PLATE+FRAM 12
Fans, Blowers (FN) 9 RECL-REEL 17
CENTRIF 12 ROTY-DISK 12
CENT-TURBO 10 ROTY-DRUM 13
general purpose blower 13 SAN-PIPE 18
heavy duty, low noise blower 10 SAN-PRESS 19
PROPELLER 13 SAN-STRAIN 22
ROT-BLOWER 13 SCROLL 14
VANEAXIAL 14 SEWAGE 14
Fast tracking 16 SPARKLER 15
Feeders (FE) 17 TUBULAR 15
BELT 14 WHITEWATER 15
BIN-ACTVTR 14 Fin fan coolers
ROTARY 14 AIR COOLER (HE) 3
SACK-DUMP 16 FIN TUBE
SAN-BELT 17 Heat Exchangers (HE) 23
SAN-FLOOR 21 Financial forecasting 16
SAN-SCREW 16 Financial lease 16
VIBRATING 15 Financial leverage 17
WT-LOSS 15 Financial ratios 17
FENCE-WOOD Financial risk 17
fencing - site development 10 Financial statements 17
FENCING Financial structure 17
fencing - site development 10 Finish float 17
Fiber optic cables Finishing activity 18
instrumentation plant bulks 9 Finish-to-finish lag 17
Field costs 16 Finish-to-start lag 17
Field erected vessels Finned double-pipe heat exchanger 23
agitated open tanks Fireclay
Agitated Tanks (AT) 12 lining materials 67
construction 67 Fireproofing
floating roof tanks 28 insulation plant bulks 2
gas holders 33 FIREP-SSTL
lifter roof tanks 29 insulation plant bulks 2, 3
open top tanks 29 FITSPC.DAT file 13
storage tanks 28 Fitting specs file 13
tray towers 12, 24 Fixed costs 18
Field Manpower Summary report FIXED PROP
workforce 43 Agitators (AG) 3
Field office Mixers (MX) 29
disciplines and wage rates Fixed tube
JP 6, 8 Heat Exchangers (HE) 4
UK 4 FIXED-T-S
US 2, 10 Heat Exchangers (HE) 4, 5, 6, 7
Field office construction supervision 56 Flakers (FL) 14
Index (G6) 11
DRUM 7 Fringe benefits
Flares (FLR) construction overhead 61
DERRICK 4 Fringe benefits (FB) 18
diameter of flare tip 2 Froude number
emmisivity of flame 3 Agitated Tanks (AT) 21
GUYED 5 Full loan amortization 18
height of flare stack 2 FULL-FRAME
HORIZONTAL 8 Scales (S) 19
introduction 2 Funded debt 18
SELF-SUPP 7 Funded debt to net working capital 19
STORAGE 10 Funds forecast 19
THRM-OX LC 9 Furnaces, Process Heaters (FU) 10
vapor control 10 BOX 39
Flat roof tank (storage) BOX - continued. 40
Vertical Tank (VT) 28 HEATER 40
Flg. 18 PYROLYSIS 40
FLO PANEL PYROLYSIS - continued. 41
piping plant bulks 41 REFORMER 41
FLOAT-CELL VERTICAL 41
Agitated Tanks (AT) 20
FLOAT-HEAD G
Heat Exchangers (HE) 8, 9, 10 G & A 19
Floating lien 18 GALLERY
Floating roof tank (storage) steel plant bulks 14
Vertical Tanks (VT) 28 Galvanic anode
Flue gas scrubbing systems electrical plant bulks 11
packed towers 8, 21 Gantt (bar) chart 19
Fluid heat tracing GAS
existing equipment 24 Turbines (TUR) 10
existing pipe runs 25 Gas
Fluidized bed reactors standard equations for piping
demineralizers (WTS) 8 diameters 44
SPHERE 24 Gas absorbers
SPHEROID 26 demineralizer 8
WASHERS (DC) 10 packed columns 8, 21
FLUME PUMP Gas Compressors (GC) 9
Centrifigal Pumps (CP) 17 axial 5
Foam glass CENTIFG-IG 6
insulation materials 4 CENTRIF 5
Foam spray systems inline 5
FOAM 38 RECIP-GAS 9
FORCED CIR RECIP-MOTR 8
Evaporators (E) 4 GAS HOLDER
Forced circulation Vertical Tanks (VT) 33
Evaporators (E) 4 Gas turbine 9
Foundation subdrain GATES
drainage - site development 4 fencing - site development 10
Foundations GB 150 Design Code - Plate Materials 2
civil plant bulks 3 GB 150 Design Code - Plate Materials Carbon
Frame filters (F) 12 Steels 2
Free float 18 GB 150 Design Code - Tube Materials 2
Free standing wall GB 150 Plate Materials - Carbon Steels 2
fencing - site development 10 GB 150 Plate Materials - High Alloy Steels 2
FREIGHT GB 150 Plate Materials - Low Alloy Steels 2
Elevators, Lifts (EL) 13 GB 150 Tube Materials - Carbon Steels 2
Freight GB 150 Tube Materials - High Alloy Steels 2
code of accounts 6, 27 GB 150 Tube Materials - Low Alloy Steels 2
Freight elevator GC 19
Elevators, Lifts (EL) 13 GEAR
12 Index (G6)
Gear Pumps (GP) 19 Hand hoists
GEAR DRIVE Hoists (HO) 18
Agitators (AG) 2 HAND NT
Gear Pumps (GP) 11 Hoists (HO) 19
CANNED RTR 19 HAND PT
GEAR 19 Hoists (HO) 18
MECH-SEAL 20 HAND-EXCV
General conditions 19 earthwork - site development 7
General electrical Hangers
electrical plant bulks 5 piping plant bulks 3
General service pumps 2 Hastelloy
GEN-SERV non-ferrous plate materials
Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 13 ASME 9
Globe DIN 44
Fisher control valve information 23 JIS 33
GMP 19 non-ferrous tube materials
Go Back 19 ASME 14
Grading, site development DIN 50
landscaping 11 HAULING
roads - slabs - paving 12 earthwork - site development 7
Grassroots 19 HD STOCK
GRATE Piston, Other Positive Displacement Pumps
steel plant bulks 15 (P) 24
Grating HDPE PIPE 41
GRATE, steel plant bulks 15 Head design, towers/columns 1, 6
Gravel Heat Exchanger (HE)
packing materials 72 MULTI-P+F 27
GRND-GRID Heat Exchangers (HE) 9
electrical plant bulks 7 AIR COOLER 3, 27
Ground grid CORRUGATED 26, 27
electrical plant bulks 7 CROSS BORE 24
Grout FIN TUBE 23
CONCRETE - civil plant bulks 3 FIXED-T-S 4
Growth crystallizer FIXED-T-S - continued 5, 6, 7
Crystallizers (CRY) 3 FLOAT-HEAD 8
Grubbing FLOAT-HEAD - continued 9, 10
earthwork - site development 6 HEATER-ELC 22
GUNITE HEATER-STM 22
earthwork - site development 6 HOT WATER 27
Gunite JACKETED 22, 23
lining materials 68 MULTI-P+F 27
Gunite slope protection ONE SCREW 24
earthwork - site development 6 PLAT+FRAM 26
Gunning mixes, linings 1, 5 PRE-ENGR 20
Gutter (and curb) PRE-ENGR - continued. 21
site development 13 SHELL+TUBE 24
GUYED SPIRAL PLT 25
Flares (FLR) 3, 5 SUC-HEATER 25
GYRATORY TEMA-EXCH 14
Crushers (CR) 3 TWO SCREW 24
U-TUBE 11, 37, 38
H U-TUBE - continued 12, 13
HAMMER-MED WASTE HEAT 25
Crushers (CR) 6 Heat tracing
Hammocks 20 piping plant bulks 24
Hand excavation HEATER
earthwork - site development 7 Furnaces, Process Heaters (FU) 40
HAND GT HEATER-ELC
Hoists (HO) 18 Heat Exchangers (HE) 22
Index (G6) 13
HEATER-STM HORIZ-DRUM 2
Heat Exchangers (HE) 22 JACKETED 7
Heating Units (HU) 20 MULTI WALL 5
CYLINDER 5 SAN-TANK 9
dowtherm unit 5 Hortonspheriod
Hedging approach 20 spheroid vertical tanks 26
Help 20 Host 20
Helper, crew mix 43 HOT TAP
Hemispherical towers 5 piping plant bulks 34
Hemispheriod HOT WATER
speheroid vertical tanks 26 Heat Exchangers (HE) 27
High alloy steel HP 20
ferrous tube materials HUMMER
BS 25 Screens (VS) 31
High density polyethylene pipe 41 HVAC 20
High density stock pump Hydrogenation reactors
Piston, Other Positive Displacement Pumps packed columns 8, 21
(P) 24 Hydrotreaters
High energy level process interface units CYLINDER 14
instrumentation plant bulks 9
High pressure gas/liquid storage I
Vertical Tanks (VT) 24 ICARUS Process Evaluator (IPE) 21
HIGH SHEAR ICARUS Project Manager (IPM) 21
Agitators (AG) 5 Icon 21
HIGH SPEED Immersion heaters
Mixers (MX) 32 HEATER-ELC (HE) 22
Histogram 20 Import 21
Historical average cost of capital 20 IN LINE
Historical cost estimating 20 Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 13
History module 6 Incoloy
HL-PIU tube materials
instrumentation plant bulks 9 ASME 14
HOIST BS 26
Cranes (CE) 13 DIN 50
Hoists (HO) 18 Income statement 21
Hoist Inconel
construction equipment 14 clad plate materials
Hoist trolley ASME 10
Cranes (CE) 13 JIS 34
Hoists (HO) 17 tube materials
1 SPEED 18 ASME 14
5 SPEED 18, 22 BS 26
HAND GT 18 DIN 50
HAND NT 19 JIS 38
HAND PT 18 Incremental average cost of capital 21
HOIST 18 Indenture 21
Home office INDIRECT
disciplines and wage rates Rotary Dryers (RD) 13
JP 6, 8 Indirect costs 21
UK 4 INDIRECT Relation 13
Home office construction services 56 INDIRECTS 1
Honeywell TDC 2000/3000 process control Indirects 56
system 6 construction 68
HORIZ-DRUM INDIRECTS Relation 1
Horizontal Tanks (HT) 2 Industrial gate
HORIZONTAL fencing - site development 10
Flares (FLR) 8 Industry forecast 21
Horizontal plate filters 12 Industry ratios 22
Horizontal Tanks (HT) 13 Inflation 22
14 Index (G6)
Info 22 J
Inline JACKETED
Gas Compressors (GC) 5 Heat Exchangers (HE) 22, 23
Input-output model 22 Horizontal Tanks (HT) 7
Installation bulks 22 Vertical Tanks (VT) 21
INST-PANEL Jacketed rotary vacuum dryer
instrumentation plant bulks 2 Rotary Dryers (RD) 14
Instrumentation Jackhammer
cable tray 3 earthwork - site development 8
fiber optic cables 9 JAC-VACUUM
Honeywell TDC 2000/3000 process control Rotary Dryers (RD) 13
system 6 JAW
Honeywell TDC3000 5 Crushers (CR) 4
junction boxes 4 J-HAMMER
multifunction controllers 6 earthwork - site development 8
operator center 6 JIS 24
panel 2 JIS design code
pneumatic multi-tube bundle runs 3 ferrous plate materials
signal wire 3 low alloy steel 29
SUBTYPE 41, 45, 46 JP country base
thermocouple wire 4 units of measure 40
INST-TRAY JUNC-BOX
instrumentation plant bulks 3 instrumentation plant bulks 5
INST-WIRE Junction boxes
instrumentation plant bulks 3 instrumentation plant bulks 4
INSUL-AREA Jury of executive opinion method for
insulation plant bulks 2 forecasting 24
Insulation
code of accounts 16 K
existing piping 3 KETTLE
existing surface area 2 Blenders (BL) 25
fireproofing 2 Reboilers (RB) 30, 31, 32, 34
piping (existing) 3 Kettle reboiler
structural steel (existing) 2 Reboilers (RB) 30
SUBTYPE 50 Kneaders (K) 8
Intalox saddles STATIONARY 28
packing materials 72 TILTING 28
Intermediate term loan 23 VAC-TILTING 28
Internal rate of return (IRR) 23 KV 24
Intrinsic value 23 KVA 25
Inventory holding costs 23 KW 25
Inventory reorder costs 23 Kynar
Inventory shortage costs 23 lined steel pipe 59
INVERTING Kynar sheet lining 69
Centrifuges (CT) 5
Ion exchangers L
demineralizer 8 Labor burden 25
I-P (inch-pound) Labor cost 25
units of measure 40 LADDER
Iron steel plant bulks 15
casting materials 70 Ladders 15
ISO 24 caged 6, 15
Issued stock 24 Lag 25
Item 24 Lagging indicator 25
Item run 24 LANDSCAPE
Item symbols landscaping - site development 11
process equipment 6 Late start 25
LAUNDER RD
Index (G6) 15
piping plant bulks 34 Liquidation value 27
LAUNDER SQ Liquidity 27
piping plant bulks 34 Liquidity ratios 27
Launders Live bottom
piping 34 Vertical Tanks (VT) 36
LD STOCK LIVE BTM
Screens (VS) 32 Vertical Tanks (VT) 36, 37
Lead LL-PIU
linings 6 instrumentation plant bulks 9
Leading indicator 25 LNG Tank 44
LEAF-DRY Loaded labor rate 27
Fitlers (F) 11 Loan amortization 27
LEAF-WET Local control network (LCN) 18
Filters (F) 11 Lock-box system 27
Lease 26 Log 27
Lease capitalization 26 LONG TUBE
Lease capitalization rate 26 Evaporators (E) 4
Level Long tube rising film
sensor loop descriptions 14 Evaporators (E) 4
Leverage 26 Long tube vertical
Leverage ratios 26 Evaporators (E) 5
Libraries LONG-VERT
equipment model 2 Evaporators (E) 5
unit cost 2 Low alloy steel
Library 26 plate materials
Lien 26 JIS 29
LIFT tube materials
Vertical Tanks (VT) 28 BS 24
Lifter roof tank (storage) Low consistency stock pump
Vertical Tanks (VT) 29 Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 14
Lighting Low energy level process interface units
(area) electrical plant bulks 8 instrumentation plant bulks 9
Limestone Lump sum quotation
packing materials 72 site development
Line of credit 26 demolition 3
Line siding crossing drainage 5
railroads - site development 17 earthwork 6
Lining materials landscaping 11
fireclay 67 railroads 17
gunite 68
Linings M
acid brick 5, 8 Machine excavation
brick 1, 6, 9 earthwork - site development 9
castable refractories 5, 9 MACH-PULP
firebrick 9 Agitated Tanks (AT) 17
fluorocarbon 1, 5 MAG DRIVE
glass 9, 69 Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 15
gunning mixes 1, 5, 8 Main substation 27
introduction 7 power distribution 31
Lead 1, 6 Maintenance lease 28
lead 6 Making a market 28
organic 9 Manholes
refractory brick 6 drainage - site development 4
resin 6 towers 5
rubber 6 Marginal average cost of capital 28
zinc 6 Marginal cost of capital 28
Link 26 Mark text 28
Liquid Market extension merger 28
standard equations for pipe diameters 44 Market value 28
16 Index (G6)
Mark-up 28 construciton equipment 12
Materials of construction Miscellaneous expenses 56
towers 6 Miscellaneous indirect costs 29
Maturity value of a bond 28 MISC-STEEL
MCC 28 steel plant bulks 16
electrical plant bulks 20 MIXER
ME Country Base 10 Agitated Tanks (AT) 8, 9
MECHANICAL Mixers (MX) 8
Crystallizers (CRY) 2 EXTRUDER 29
Refigeration Units (RU) 6 FIXED PROP 29
Vacuum Pumps (VP) 7 HIGH SPEED 32
Mechanical MULLER EXT 29
seal agitators, MECH-SEAL (AG) 3 PAN 29
Mechanical booster 7 PISTON HOM 34
Mechanical engineering 29 PORT-PROP 29
Mechanical oil-sealed vacuum pump 7 SHEAR HOM 35
mechanical scraped-surface crystallizer SIGMA 30
Crystallizers (CRY) 2 SPIRAL RIB 30
MECH-BOOST STATIC 30
Vacuum Pumps (VP) 7 TWO-ROLL 32
MECH-SEAL Mobilization/Demobilization 29
Agitators (AG) 3 Molecular sieve
Gear Pumps (GP) 20 packing materials 73
Mercalli Number Monel
seismic data 15 tube materials
METAL TRAP ASME 14
Filters (F) 17 DIN 50
Metalic chests JIS 38
Vertical Tanks (VT) 42, 43 Monolithic 8
METRIC Mortgage bond 29
units of measure 40 Motion
Micro-scheduling 29 axial, radial, vibration
MIKRO-PULV sensor loop descriptions 17, 18, 19, 20
Mills (M) 8 Motor control center
Milestones 29 electrical plant bulks 20
Mill building Mouse 29
steel plant bulks 12 Moving averages 30
MILL-BLDG MPS 30
steel plant bulks 12 MULCH
Mills (M) 14 landscaping - site development 11
ATTRITION 7 MULLER EXT
attrition mill 7 Mixers (MX) 29
AUTOGENOUS 8 MULT-CYCLO
autogenous mill 8 Dust Collectors (DC) 10
BALL MILL 8 MULTI WALL
ball mill 8 Horizontal Tanks (HT) 5
MIKRO-PULV 8 Vertical Tanks (VT) 18
rod charger 8 Multifunction controllers
ROD MILL 8 instrumentation plant bulks 6
rod mill 8 MULTI-P+F
ROD-CHARGR 8 Heat Exchanger (HE) 27
ROLLER 8 Multiple Diameter Trayed or Packed 15
roller mill 8 Multiple workforces 40
Mineral wool Multi-project analysis 30
insulation materials 4
Minimum market value 29 N
Miscellaneous Near-atmospheric liquid storage
construction overhead 61 Vertical Tanks (VT) 28
Miscellaneous equipment Negative float 30
Index (G6) 17
Negatively correlated projects 30 Open top tank (storage)
NEMA 30 Vertical Tanks (VT) 29
Neoprene rubber Open-end mortgage bond 32
lined steel pipe 59 Operating lease 32
Neoprene sheet lining 69 Operating leverage 32
Net cash flows 30 Operational unit area 32
Net present value (NPV) 30 Operator center
Net working capital (NWC) 31 instrumentation plant bulks 6
Net working capital turnover 31 Operator centers 14, 15, 18
Net worth 31 defining 21, 22
Net worth turnover 31 major cost items 18
Network 31 OPN-STL-ST
Network analysis 31 steel plant bulks 2
Network diagram 31 Opportunity cost 32
NEWCOA Relation 1, 10 Option menu 32
Nickel Order of magnitude
casting materials 71 -30 to +50 percent estimate 32
plate materials Organizational goal 32
BS 21 Organized exchange 32
JIS 33 Origin 33
tube materials OSHA 33
ASME 14 OSLO
BS 26 Crystallizers (CRY) 3
DIN 50 OT 33
JIS 38 OTHER
NON-COND Packing, Linings (PAK, LIN) 9
Turbines (TUR) 9 Overhead 33
Non-condensing turbine 9
Non-reversible hammermill P
Crushers (CR) 6 P&ID 33
Norman-type mixer PAC's 33
Mixers (MX) 32 PACKAGED
Nozzles Cooling Towers (CTW) 3
towers 5 PACKED
Number of walkways Double Diameter Towers (DDT) 8
AIR COOLER 3 Single Diameter Towers (TW) 21
PACKING
O Packing, Linings (PAK, LIN) 7
OFF-MACH Packing
Agitated Tanks (AT) 17, 18 activated aluminas 4
Offsites 31 activated carbon 4
OH 31 berl saddle 4
OIL C BRKR 19 Packing, Linings (PAK, LIN) 11
OIL-WATER ACID BRICK 8
Separation Equipment (SE) 28 activated aluminas 4
ONE DECK activated carbon 4
Screens (VS) 31 Berl saddle 4
ONE SCREW Intalox saddle 3
Heat Exchangers (HE) 24 OTHER 9
OPEN PACKING 7
Electrical Motors (MOT) 2 Pall ring 3
OPEN BELT Raschig rings 3
Conveyors (CO) 2 ring type packing 2
Open excavations Saddle type 2
drainage - site development 4 Packings
Open structure tower internals 4
steel plant bulks 2 Paid-in capital 33
OPEN TOP Paid-in surplus 33
Agitated Tanks (AT) 11 Paint
18 Index (G6)
code of accounts 16 PIPE-TRACE
grades 2 electrical plant bulks 5
Pall rings 72 Piping
introduction 3 above-grade 3, 6
packing materials 4 buried 3
PAN buried concrete 20
Dryers (D) 9 coat and wrap 34
Mixers (MX) 29 construction equipment 10
Panel control valve size 6
instrumentation plant bulks 2 drainage - site development 4
solar, electrical plant bulks 12 DUCT RD 21
PANEL BRD 12 DUCT SQ 22, 23
Par value 34 ductwork 21
Parallel activities 34 fluid heat tracing 25
PASSENGER hot tap 34
Elevators, Lifts (EL) 13 launders 34
Path 34 paint 2
PAVING PIPE TRACE 25
site development 14 Pipeline 50, 51, 52
Payback method (PM) 34 process ductwork 21
Payroll burdens 57 tracing existing piping run 5
PC 34 transfer lines 3
Percent-of-sales method for forecasting 34 UTIL PIPE 19, 20
Permits utility headers 19
code of accounts 6, 28 well head 36
Perpetual bond 34 YARD PIPE 3
Perpetual warrants 34 yard pipe runs 3
PF-CORRECT Piston, Other Positive Displacement Pumps
Power factor connection capacitor 21 (P) 11
PFD 34 DIAPHRAGM 22
Phase 0 34 DUPLEX 21
Phase I 35 HD STOCK 24
Phase II 35 ROTARY 23
Piles, site development SIMPLEX 21
piling 15 SLURRY 22
PILING TRIPLEX 21
piling - site development 16 PKG-TRANSF
PIPE electrical plant bulks 21
piling - site development 15 Plant bulk 35
Pipe PLANTING
supports, steel plant bulks 10, 11 landscaping - site development 11
Pipe envelope PLAST TANK
area specifications 7 Vertical Tanks (VT) 32
Pipe rack Plastic storage tank
steel plant bulks 6 Vertical Tanks (VT) 32
pipe routing type 13 PLAT+FRAM
Pipe runs Heat Exchangers (HE) 26
piping plant bulks 3 Plate
Pipe strainer, sanitary and frame filters (F) 12
Filters (F) 22 and frame heat exchanger 26
PIPE TRACE and frame heat exchanger, sanitary 27
piping plant bulks 25 spiral heat exchanger 25
PIPEDATA.SET file 13 steel plant bulks 16
Pipeline reactors towers, tray towers 24
jackedted pipe heat exchanger (HE) 22, 23 PLATE+FRAM
PIPE-RACK Filters (F) 12
steel plant bulks 6 PLATFORM
PIPE-SUPPT steel plant bulks 13
steel plant bulks 10, 11 PLC 26, 35
Index (G6) 19
PLC control centers 26 Precautionary motive 36
Plot plan 35 Precedence notation 36
Plunger pump, reciprocating Predecessor 36
Piston, Other Positive Displacment Pumps PRE-ENGR
(P) 23 Heat Exchangers (HE) 20, 21
PM/PE 35 Preface iii
PNEUMATIC Preferred stock 36
Conveyors (CO) 7 Preprocessor 36
Pneumatic portable tool Present value 36
construction equipment 13 PRESSURE
PNU-TUBING Screens (VS) 32
instrumentation plant bulks 3 Pressure
PO 35 drum
POLE LINE 19 Horizontal Tanks (HT) 2
POLE-LINE vessel
electrical plant bulks 5, 21 Vertical Tanks (VT) 14
Polypropylene Price 37
lined steel pipe 59 Primary KV 37
packing materials 72 Primary market 37
POND Prime contractor
earthwork - site development 6 engineering 52, 57
Porcelain Prime rate 37
packing materials 72, 73 Privilege level 37
PORTABLE Pro forma financial statements 37
Electrical Generators (EG) 7 Process control
Portfolio effect 35 area types 3
Portfolio risk 36 considerations 16
PORT-PROP control centers 14, 16, 17, 23, 24
Agitators (AG) 3 default 14
Mixers (MX) 29 example 18, 20, 21
Positive float 36 introduction 14
Potential measurement test station operator centers 14, 18, 21, 22
electrical plant bulks 11 overview 14
POT-TEST project control data 19
electrcial plant bulks 11 reporting 21
Pounds Sterling volumetric models 15
currency base 37 Process ductwork
POURED piping 21
piling - site development 15 piping plant bulks 21, 22
Power distribution Process engineering 37
country base location differences 29 Process equipment 37
default 35 code of accounts 8
main substation 31 item symbols 6
primary feeders 31 symbols 6
reporting 36 Process fluid 37
transmission lines 31 Process interface units
unit substations 31 high enery level 9
unreferenced area requiring power 35 low enery level 9
usage instructions 34 Procurement 55
Power factor 36 disciplines and wage rates
Power factor connection capacitor 21 JP 8
Power function UK 4
Agitated Tanks (AT) 21 US 3, 11
Power number Product extension 37
Agitated Tanks (AT) 21 Productivity 38
PRECAST other variables 47
piling - site development 15 reporting 43
Precast concrete piles workforce 40, 42
piling - site development 15 Profit margin 38
20 Index (G6)
Profitability ratios 38 RCON PIPE
Program evaluation and review technique piping plant bulks 20
(PERT) 38 Reactors
PROJDATA Relation 1 CYLINDER, Vertical Tanks (VT) 14
PROJDATA Relations 10 HORIZ-DRUM, Horizontal Tanks (HT) 2
Project 38 jacketed horizontal vessel, JACKETED
Project database 38 (HT) 7
Project definition jacketed vertical vessel, JACKETED
country base 37 (VT) 21
currency base 37 OPEN TOP
reporting 39 AgitatedTanks (AT) 11
units of measure 40 packed towers 8, 21
Project estimate 38 tray towers 12, 24
Project manager 38 Reboilers (RB) 10
Project run 39 KETTLE 30
Project schedule KETTLE - continued 31, 32, 34
barcharts 9, 11 THERMOSIPH 34
impacting 12 U-TUBE 35, 36
introduction 9 Receivers
Promissory note 39 CYLINDER, Vertical Tanks (VT) 14
PROPELLER HORIZ-DRUM, Horizontal Tanks (HT) 2
Fans, Blowers (FN) 13 Recession 39
Proxy 39 RECIP-CONV
PULP STOCK Centrifuges (CT) 4
Agitators (AG) 4 RECIP-GAS
Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 14 Air Compressors (AC) 3
Separation Equipment (SE) 26, 27 Gas Compressors (GC) 9
PULSE SHKR RECIP-MOTR
Dust Collectors (DC) 8 Air Compressors (AC) 4
Pulse type units Gas Compressors (GC) 8
Dust Collectors (DC) 6 Piston, Other Positive Displacement Pumps
PULVERIZER (P) 24
Crushers (CR) 6 Reciprocating
Pumps Air Compressors (AC) 3
casting materials 71 Gas Compressors (GC) 8, 9
construction equipment 13 RECL-REEL
oil-sealed 7 Filters (F) 17
water-sealed 7 Rectangular chests
PVC Vertical Tanks (VT) 38
packing materials 73 RECTIFIER
PYROLYSIS electrical plant bulks 11
Furnaces, Process Heaters (FU) 40, 41 Rectifier
electrical plant bulks 11
Q Recuperative thermal oxidizer
QA/QC 39 Flares (FLR) 9
Queue 39 Red herring 40
Quick ratio 39 Redundancy
Quit 39 introduction 32
simple radial system 32
R spot network system 32
Radial network REFINER
power distribution 32 Stock Treatment (ST) 9
RAILROADS Refiners
railroads - site development 17 Stock Treatment (ST) 9
Rapid growth stocks 39 Refit 40
Raschig rings 72 REFORMER
introduction 3 Furnaces, Process Heaters (FU) 41
RAYMOND Refrigeration Units (RU) 20
piling - site development 15 CENT-COMPR 6
Index (G6) 21
centrifugal compression 6 ONE SCREW (HE) 24
MECHANICAL 6 Rights offering 42
mechanical compression 6 Ring granulator
Registered bond 40 Crushers (CR) 7
Regression analysis 40 Rings
Relations 6 Inert 2
Relationship of Database 6 Intalox saddle 3
Relief introduction 2
standard equations for pipe diameter 45 Pall, packing materials 3
REMARKS Relation 1, 9 Raschig, packing materials 3
Remote shop Saddle type 2
materials 40 RIP-ROCK
REMOVAL earthwork - site development 8
demolition - site development 3 Risk averter 42
Reorganization 40 Risk neutral 42
REPGRP Relation 1, 12 Risk-adjusted discount rate 42
Report groups 8 Risk-free interest rate 42
Reporting Risk-seeker 42
engineering 57 Rock excavation
power distribution 36 earthwork - site development 8
project definition 39 Rod charger
project schedule Mills (M) 8
barcharts 11 Rod crushers
workforce 43 Crushers (CR) 8
Rescheduling 40 ROD MILL
Residual assets 40 Mills (M) 8
Residual theory of dividends 41 Rod mill
Resins Mills (M) 8
demineralizer 8 ROD-CHARGR
packing materials 73 Mills (M) 8
Resistance temperature detector ROG 42
instrumentation plant bulks 7 ROLL RING
Resource 41 Crushers (CR) 7
Resource based duration 41 ROLLER
Resource leveling 41 Conveyors (CO) 8
Resurfacing Mills (M) 8
site development 14 Roller conveyor
RETAIN Conveyors (CO) 9
earthwork - site development 6 Roller mill
Retaining wall Mills (M) 8
earthwork - site development 6 Roofing
Retrofit 41 steel plant bulks 17
Return on net working capital 41 ROTARY
Return on net worth 41 Blenders (BL) 25
Return on total assets 41 Crushers (CR) 4
Revamp 41 Feeders (FE) 14
Reverse osmosis systems Piston, Other Positive Displacement Pumps
HORIZ-DRUM, Horizontal Tanks (VT) 2 (P) 23
Reversible hammermill piston, other positive displacement pumps
Crushers (CR) 6 (P) 23
REV-HAMR Rotary breaker
Crushers (CR) 5 Crushers (CR) 6
Revolving credit 42 Rotary double-cone
Reynolds number Blenders (BL) 25
Agitated Tanks (AT) 21 Rotary drum
Ribbon blenders Blenders (BL) 25
SPIRAL RIB Rotary drum cooker-cooler
Mixers (MX) 30 Drum Dryers (DD) 11
Rietz single screw Rotary Dryers (RD) 16
22 Index (G6)
Conical rotary vacuum 13 Sanitary direct steam heat module
DIRECT 13 Heat Exchangers (HE) 29
INDIRECT 13 Sanitary dumper
Jacketed rotary vacuum 14 Feeders (FE) 15
JAC-VACUUM 13 Sanitary filter press
VACUUM 13 Filters (F) 19
Rotary vane feeder Sanitary fixed propeller/turbine mixer
Feeders (FE) 14 Agitators (AG) 6
ROTARYBOWL Sanitary floor scale
Blenders (BL) 26 Scales (S) 21
ROT-BLOWER Sanitary flow diversion panel
Fans, Blowers (FN) 13 piping plant bulks 41
ROTY-DISK Sanitary fluming pump
Filters (F) 12 Centrifigal Pumps (CP) 17
ROTY-DRUM Sanitary fluming reclaim reel
Filters (F) 13 RECL-REEL 17
RTABLE 1 Sanitary highshear homogenizing agitator
RTABLE Relation 14, 21 Agitators (AG) 5
RTD 9 Sanitary horizontal conveyor
resistance temperature detector 7 Conveyors (CO) 10
Rubber Sanitary incline conveyor
linings 6, 9 Conveyors (CO) 11
Packing, Linings (PAK, LIN) 9 Sanitary in-line metal trap
Run 42 Filters (F) 17
Runs of pipe Sanitary kettle blender
piping plant bulks 3 Blenders (BL) 25
Sanitary multi-zone plate+frame exchanger
S Heat Exchanger (HE) 27
S BELTCONV Sanitary pipe filter
Conveyors (CO) 10 Filters (F)
S INCLINE SAN-PIPE 18
Conveyors (CO) 11 Sanitary pipe strainer
S VERTICAL Filters (F) 22
Conveyors (CO) 10 Sanitary piston-type homogenizer
S VIBRATRY Mixers (MX) 34
Conveyors (CO) 11 Sanitary portable propeller
Saddle Agitatators (AG) 7
Berl 4 Sanitary process equipment
Intalox 3, 4 Agitators (AG)
packing 2 COUNT-ROT 5
Safety stock 43 HIGH SHEAR 5
Sale and leaseback 43 SAN-FIXED 6
Sale of assets 43 SAN-PORT 7
Sales force composite method for Blenders (BL)
forecasting 43 KETTLE 25
Sales forecast 43 MSHELSTAG 27
Salvage value 43 ROTARYBOWL 26
Sand Centrifugal Pumps (CP)
packing materials 73 FLUME PUMP 17
SAN-FIXED SAN-PUMP 15
Agitators (AG) 6 Conveyors (CO)
Sanitary bulk bag unloader S BELTCONV 10
Feeders (FE) 16 S INCLINE 11
Sanitary centrifugal pump S VERTICAL 10
Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 15 S VIBRATRY 11
Sanitary corrugated double pipe exchanger Drum Dryers (DD)
Heat Exchangers (HE) 26 S-COOKCOOL 11
Sanitary counter-rotating agitator Feeders (FE)
Agitators (AG) 5 DUMPER 15
Index (G6) 23
SACK-DUMP 16 Crushers (CR) 5
SAN-BELT 17 SC 43
SAN-SCREW 16 SCAFFOLD
Filters (F) civil plant bulks 5
METAL TRAP 17 Scaffolding
RECL-REEL 17 civil labor 5
SAN-PIPE 18 construction overhead 62
SAN-PRESS 19 Scales (S) 17
SAN-STRAIN 22 BEAM SCALE 19
Heat Exchangers (HE) BELT 19
CORRUGATED 26 BENCH 19
HOT WATER 27 FULL-FRAME 19
MULTI-P+F 27 SEMI-FRAME 19
STM-HE-MOD 29 TANK SCALE 20
Horizontal Tanks (HT) TRACK 20
SAN-TANK 9 TRUCK 20
Mixers (MX) Scan 43
HIGH SPEED 32 Scheduling 43
PISTON HOM 34 S-COOKCOOL
RIBBON 32, 33, 34 Drum Dryers (DD) 11
SHEAR HOM 35 Scope 44
Piston, Other Positive Displacement Pumps Scraped surface crystallizer
(P) Crystallizers (CRY) 2
AIR DIAPH 26 SCRAPER LR
ROTARYLOBE 25 piping plant bulks 35
Scales (S) Screen bowl
SAN-FLOOR 21 Centrifuges (CT) 5
Vertical Tanks (VT) SCREEN-BWL
SAN-TANK 43 Centrifuges (CT) 5
Sanitary ribbon blender Screens (VS) 19
Mixers (MX) 32, 33, 34 BAR 32
Sanitary rotary bowl blender HUMMER 31
Blenders (BL) 26 LD STOCK 32
Sanitary screw feeder ONE DECK 31
SAN-SCREW 16 PRESSURE 32
Sanitary shear pump homogenizer SIFTER-1 31
SHEAR HOM 35 SIFTER-2 31
Sanitary vertical conveyor SIFTER-3 31
Conveyors (CO) 10 THREE DECK 31
Sanitary vertical cylindrical vessel TWO DECK 31
Vertical Tanks (VT) 43 SCREW
Sanitary vibratory conveyor Conveyors (CO) 8
Conveyors (CO) 11 Screw heater
Sanitary, multi-shell, staggered blender one screw thermascrew 24
Blenders (BL) 27 two screw thermascrew 24
SAN-PIPE SCROLL
Filters (F) 18 Filters (F) 14
SAN-PRESS Scroll conveyor
Filters (F) 19 Centrifuges (CT) 4
SAN-PUMP Scroll discharge centrifugal filter
Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 15 Filters (F) 14, 16
SAN-SCREW SCROLL-CON
Feeders (FE) 16 Centrifuges (CT) 4
SAN-TANK SEALCOAT
Horizontal Tanks (VT) 9 site development 14
Vertical Tanks (VT) 43 Seasonal dating 44
Saran Secondary markets 44
lined steel pipe 59 Security 44
SAWTOOTH SEDIMENT 19
24 Index (G6)
Sediment Removal 19, 23 instrumentation plant bulks 3
SEEDING Silencers
landscaping - site development 11 CYLINDER, Vertical Tanks (VT) 14, 43
Seismic data 15 HORIZ-DRUM, Horizontal Tanks (HT) 2
Select 44 Silica gel
SELF-SUPP packing materials 73
Flares (FLR) 3, 7 S-IMPACT
SEMI-FRAME Crushers (CR) 6
Scales (S) 19 Simple radial, redundancy 32
Semivariable costs 44 SIMPLEX
Sensitivity analysis in cash budgeting 44 Piston, Other Positive Displacement Pumps
Sensor loop descriptions (P) 21
pressure 10 SINGLE 1-S
Separation Equipment (SE) 19 Air Compressors (AC) 4
OIL-WATER 28 SINGLE 2-S
PULP STOCK 26, 27 Air Compressors (AC) 4
WATER-CYCL 27 SINGLE ATM
Septic tank Drum Dryers (DD) 11
drainage - site development 4 Single Diameter Towers (TW) 12
SEPTIC-TNK DC HE TW 27
drainage - site development 4 PACKED 21
Sequence 44 TRAY STACK 27
SEWAGE TRAYED 24
Filters (F) 14 TS ADSORB 30
Sewage filter Single roll crushers
Filters (F) 14 Crushers (CR) 4
Shaker type filters SINGLE STG
Dust Collectors (DC) 6 Ejectors (EJ) 3
SHEAR HOM SINGLE VAC
Mixers (MX) 35 Drum Dryers (DD) 11
Shell and head design Sinking fund 45
towers 6 Site development 45
SHELL+TUBE Site/office equipment
Heat Exchangers (HE) 24 construction equipment 14
SHORING SITE-EXCVN
earthwork - site development 8 earthwork - site development 8
SIDEWALKS Skirts
site development 14 towers 5
SIDING Slippage 45
railroads - site development 17 SLURRY
steel plant bulks 17 Piston, Other Positive Displacement Pumps
Siding and roofing (P) 22
steel plant bulks 17 Slurry
SIDING-HVY standard equations for pipe diameters 44
railroads - site development 17 Small tools
Sieve construction overhead 61
molecular, packing materials 73 Snubbers
Sieve trays 3 CYLINDER, Vertical Tanks (VT) 14
SIFTER-1 SODDING
Screens (VS) 31 landscaping - site development 11
SIFTER-2 Softeners
Screens (VS) 31 demineralizers 8
SIFTER-3 packed towers 8, 21
Screens (VS) 31 water softening systems 8
SIGMA SOFTENING
Mixers (MX) 30 Water Treatment Systems (WTS) 8
SIGNAL Softening treatment system
railroads - site development 17 Water Treatment Systems (WTS) 8
Signal wire Soil
Index (G6) 25
site development Stainless steel
stabilization 6 casting materials 71
sterilization 11 clad plate materials
Solar panel BS 22
electrical plant bulks 12 DIN 46
SOLAR-PANL packing materials 73
electrical plant bulks 12 STAIR
SOLID BOWL steel plant bulks 15
Centrifuges (CT) 4 Stairs
Solvent extraction towers 3 steel plant bulks 15
Source of funds 45 Standard basis 46
Sources and use of funds statement 45 Standard horizontal tube evaporator
SPAN* 60 Evaporators (E) 6
SPARKLER STAND-HOR
Filters (F) 15 Evaporators (E) 6
Spary Standpipe
chambers, washers (DC) 10 SPHOS 40
Special reports 45 STAND-VERT
Speculative motive for holding cash 45 Evaporators (E) 5
SPHERE Start float 46
Vertical Tanks (VT) 24 Starting activity 46
SPHEROID Start-to-start lag 46
Vertical Tanks (VT) 26 Start-up 56
Spheroids disciplines and wage rates
hemispheriod 26 JP 9
hortonspheriod 26 US 3, 11
SPHOS 40, 41 STATIC
SPIRAL PLT Mixers (MX) 30
Heat Exchangers (HE) 25 Station
SPIRAL RIB potential measurement test
Mixers (MX) 30 electrical plant bulks 11
Spiral ribbon mixer STATIONARY
SPIRAL RIB Kneaders (K) 28
Mixers (MX) 30 Statutory consolidation 46
Spot network Statutory merger 46
power distribution 32 Steam
SPRAY plant, Water Treatment Systems (WTS) 8
Dryers (D) 10 standard equations for piping
Sprinkler system diameters 45
SPRNK 3, 36 Steam Boilers (STB) 20
SQL 45 BOILER 4
S-ROLL-HVY field erected 4
Crushers (CR) 5 packaged boiler 4
S-ROLL-LT STM BOILER 4
Crushers (CR) 4, 5 Steam turbine 9
S-ROLL-MED Steel
Crushers (CR) 5 boxes 16
SRSC 5 casting materials 70
SRST 5 chutes 16
SS 45 columns, beams, bracing 2, 16
STABILIZE elevated access platforms 13
earthwork - site development 6 fabricated plate items 16
Stable dollar dividend policy 46 fireproofing for existing stuctural steel 2
STACK gallery structure 14
Stacks (STK) 10 grate 15
Stacks (STK) 21 ladders 15
height calculation 2 mill building 12
STACK 10 open structure 2
thickness 4 pipe rack 6
26 Index (G6)
siding and roofing 17 SUC-HEATER
stairs 15 Heat Exchangers (HE) 25
transfer tower 15 Summary funds statement 48
STEEL-H Summary reports
piling - site development 16 code of accounts 5
STERILIZE Sump pit
landscaping - site development 11 drainage - site development 4
Stirred vessels SUMP-PIT
agitated open tanks drainage - site development 4
Agitated Tanks (AT) 12 Super-critical activity 48
STM BOILER Support personnel 56
Steam Boilers (STB) 4 SURF-ANODE
Stock dividend 46 electrical plant bulks 11
Stock markets 47 SW 48
Stock pumps Swing jaw crusher
high density 24 Crushers (CR) 4
low consistency 14 SWING-HAMR
Stock right 47 Crushers (CR) 6
Stock split 47 Switch board 21
Stock Treatment (ST) 14 Symbol
DEFLAKE-CN 10 process equipment 6
DEFLAKE-DK 9 SYNCHRON
REFINER 9 Electrical Motors (MOT) 3
Stockholders_quity 47 Synchronous motors 3
Stone System base indices, cost reporting 39
packing materials 72
Stoneware T
packing materials 72 Take-off 48
STOPS Tank containment
railraods - site development 17 civil 5
STORAGE TANK SCALE
Flares (FLR) 10 Scales (S) 20
Vertical Tanks (VT) 28 TAR-CHIP
Stripping towers 3 site development 14
STRIP-SOIL Target finish ©roject 49
earthwork - site development 9 Target finish šctivity 48
STRUC-EXC Target start šctivity 49
earthwork - site development 9 Taxes and permits
Structure code of accounts 6, 28
open, steel plant bulks 2 TC 7, 9
Structures TC16 5
civil plant bulks 3 TEFC 49
Sub-critical activity 47 TEFC (totally-enclosed fan-cooled)
SUBDRAIN Electrical Motors (MOT) 3
drainage - site development 4 Teflon
Subordinated debenture 48 lined steel pipe 59
SUBPAVING Teflon sheet lining 69
site development 14 Telescoping gas holder
Subproject 48 Vertical Tanks (VT) 33
Subscription price 48 Tellerettes H.D. 73
Substations TEMA 49
power distribution TEMA-EXCH
main 31 Heat Exchangers (HE) 14
unit 31 Temperature swing adsorbtion unit 30
SUBSTN STL 19 Temporary construction 49
SUBTYPE Tender offer 49
database relation attributes 45, 46, 47, 48, Terminal warehouse receipt 49
49, 50, 51, 52 Test borings
Successor 48 earthwork - site development 6
Index (G6) 27
Test station convey transfer, steel plant bulks 15
electrical plant bulks 11 description of 1, 5
TEWAC 49 desorption 3
TEWAC (totally enclosed water cooled) distillation 2
Electrical Motors (MOT) 4 ellipsoidal 5
generated for API 610 pump 5 elliptical 5
Text string 49 extraction 3
THCPL-WIRE fractionator 3
instrumentation plant bulks 4 functions 5
Thermascrew (Rietz) singel screw (HE) 24 hemispherical 5
Thermocouple internals 1, 3
instrumentation plant bulks 7 manholes 5
Thermocouple wire materials of construction 6
instrumentation plant bulks 4 nozzles 5
THERMOSIPH packings 4
Reboilers (RB) 34 shell and head design 6
Thermosiphon reboilers sieve trays 4
Reboilers (RB) 34 skirt 5
THICKENER solvent extraction 3
Thickeners (T) 29 stripping 3
Thickeners (T) 19 torispherical 5
THICKENER 29 trays 3
THIN FILM TRACE CNTR 13
Wiped Film Evaporators (WFE) 7 TRACE PANL 12
This 5, 1 Tracing
THREE DECK existing equipment 4
Screens (VS) 31 existing piping run 5
THRM-OX LC piping plant bulks 24
Flares (FLR) 9 TRACK
Tile Chests Scales (S) 20
Vertical Tanks (VT) 38 Track scale
TILTING Scales (S) 20
Kneaders (K) 28 Track yard siding
Time value of money 50 railroads - site development 17
Times interest earned 50 Trade acceptance 50
Titanium Trailer
plate materials construction equipment 5
BS 21 Transaction loans 50
DIN 45 Transactional motive for holding cash 50
tube materials Transfer lines
ASME 14 piping plant bulks 3
DIN 50 Transfer tower
JIS 38 steel plant bulks 15
Tools, small TRANSFORM 19
construction overhead 61 Transformer/rectifier
TOP UNLOAD electrical plant bulks 11
Centrifuges (CT) 3 Transmission line
TOPSOIL overhead - electrical plant bulks 5, 21
landscaping - site development 11 Transmission lines
Torispherical towers 5 power distribution 31
Total assets turnover 50 Travelling bridge crane
Total debt to total assets ratio 50 Cranes (CE) 13
Total float 50 Tray
Total stockholders_quity 50 cable, electrical plant bulks 4
Towers Tray Drying Systems (TDS) 16
absorption 3 ATM-SYSTEM 14
adsorption 3 batch tray 14
applications 1, 2 TURBO 14
appurtenances 6 turbo drying system 14
28 Index (G6)
VAC-SYSTEM 14 TURNOUT
VACUUM 14 railroads - site development 17
TRAY STACK TWO DECK
Single Diameter Towers (TW) 27 Screens (VS) 31
TRAYED TWO SCREW
Double Diameter Towers (DDT) 12 Heat Exchangers (HE) 24
Single Diameter Towers (TW) 24 TWO STAGE
Trays Ejectors (EJ) 3
tower internals 3 TWO-ROLL
Treasury stock 51 Mixers (MX) 32
Tree diagram 51
TRENCH U
civil plant bulks 5 UBC Zone
TRENCH-EXC seismic data 15
earthwork - site development 9 UK country base
Trenching units of measure 40
civil 5 Underground cable duct 12
Trend projection 51 Underwriting syndicate 51
TRIPLEX Unit cost database 51
Piston, Other Positive Displacment Pumps Unit cost library 2
(P) 21 Unit substation 51
TRNS-TOWER Unit substations
steel plant bulks 15 power distribution 31
TRUCK Units of measure
Scales (S) 20 project definition 40
Truck Unsecured loan 52
construction equipment 2 UPS
Truck scale electrical plant bulks 21
Scales (S) 20 US country base
Trust receipt 51 units of measure 40
Trustee 51 Uses of funds 52
TS ADSORB UTIL PIPE
Single Diameter Towers (TW) 30 Piping plant bulks 19
T-T 48 Utility headers
Tube materials piping 19, 51
DIN Utility station drop length 19
non-ferrous 50 U-TUBE
TUBULAR Heat Exchangers (HE) 11, 12, 13, 37, 38
Centrifuges (CT) 5 Reboilers (RB) 35, 36
Filters (F) 15 Reboilers (RB) - continued. 35, 36
Tubular
exchangers (HE) 4 V
Tubular fabric filters VAC-SYSTEM
Filters (F) 15 Tray Drying Systems (TDS) 14
TURBINE VAC-TILTNG
Centrifugal Pumps (CP) 14 Kneaders (K) 28
Turbines (TUR) 9 VAC-TRAY
CONDENSING 9 Dryers (D) 9
GAS 10 VACUUM
NON-COND 9 Rotary Dryers (RD) 13
non-condensing 9 Tray Drying Systems (TDS) 14
steam turbine 9 Vacuum Pumps (VP) 13
TURBO MECHANICAL 7
Tray Drying Systems (TDS) 14 MECH-BOOST 7
Turbo drying system WATER-SEAL 7
Tray Drying Systems (TDS) 14 Vacuum tray batch dryer
TURBOEXPANDER 10 Dryers (D) 9
TURBO-GEN Value 52
Electrical Generators (EG) 7 Value engineering 52
Index (G6) 29
Valve trays 3 spheroid, Vertical Tanks (VT) 26
VANEAXIAL tray or packed towers 8, 12, 21, 24
Fans, Blowers (FN) 14 vacuum
Vaneaxial fan Agitated Tanks (AT) 8
Fans, Blowers (FN) 14 Vessels Multiple Diameter Trayed or Packed 15
Vapor control flare VIBRATING
Flares (FLR) 10 Conveyors (CO) 8
Variable cash budget 52 Feeders (FE) 15
Variable costs 52 Vibrating conveyor
Variable payment sinking fund 52 Conveyors (CO) 8
VARY-SPEED Vibrating feeder
Electrical Motors (MOT) 5 Feeders (FE) 15
Vendor representatives 52 VIBRATORY
construction overhead 62 Centrifuges (CT) 5
VERTICAL Volumetric belt feeder
Furnaces, Process Heaters (FU) 41 Feeders (FE) 14
Vertical merger 52 Volumetric models 15
Vertical Tanks (VT) 13
CHEST-CYL 40 W
CHEST-MTL 42 Wage rates
CHEST-REC 38 reporting 43
cone bottom 34 workforces 40, 42
CONE BTM 34 Walkways, gallery 15
cone roof (storage) 29 Wall, free standing
CRYOGENIC 31 fencing - site development 10
CYLINDER 14 WASHERS
flat roof (storage) 28 Dust Collectors (DC) 10
floating roof (storage) 28 WASTE HEAT
GAS HOLDER 33 Heat Exchangers (HE) 25
high pressure gas/liquid storage 24 Water heater
JACKETED 21 Heat Exchangers (HE) 27
lifter roof (storage) 29 Water supply well, cased
LIVE BTM 36, 37 drainage - site development 4
MULTI WALL 18 Water Treatment Systems (WTS) 20
near-atmospheric liquid storage 28 AERATOR 8
open top (storage) 29 DEMINERAL 8
PLAST TANK 32 SOFTENING 8
plastic storage 32 WATER-CYCL
pressure/vacuum service 14 Separation Equipment (SE) 27
SAN-TANK 43 Water-only cyclones
SPHERE 24 Separation Equipment (SE) 22, 28
SPHEROID 26 WATER-SEAL
STORAGE 28 Vacuum Pumps (VP) 7
telescoping gas holder 33 Water-sealed vacuum pump 7
tile chests 38 WATER-WELL
WOOD TANK 33 drainage - site development 4
wooden (storage) 33 Weight belt
Vessel base sanitary 17
design code Weighted cost of capital 53
ASME 10 Welding equipment
BS 22 construction equipment 9, 10
JIS 34 WELL HEAD
Vessels piping plant bulks 36, 38, 40, 41
agitated open tanks WELLPOINTS
Agitated Tanks (AT) 11 drainage - site development 5
demineralizers (WTS) 8 WELLS
pressure drainage - site development 5
Agitated Tanks (AT) 8 WFE-SYSTEM
sphere, Vertical Tanks (VT) 24 Wiped Film Evaporators (WFE) 7
30 Index (G6)
White water filter
Filters (F) 15
WHITEWATER
Filters (F) 15
Windows NT workstation 53
Wiped Film Evaporators (WFE) 15
agitated thin film evaporator 7
THIN FILM 7
WFE-SYSTEM 7
Wire mesh fencing
fencing - site development 10
WOOD
piling - site development 16
WOOD TANK
Vertical Tanks (VT) 33
Work breakdown structure (WBS) 53
Work items
concept 49
Work load 53
Work unit 53
Work week adjustments
workforce 51
Workforce
craft names 43
craft productivity 50
craft wage rates 42
crew mix modifications 42
multiple workforces 40
productivity 40
productivity concepts 43
reporting 43
wage rates 40, 42
work items 49
work week adjustments 51
Working capital 53
Working capital management 53
WSHWR 40, 41
WT-LOSS
Feeders (FE) 15
Y
YARD PIPE
piping plant bulks 3
Yen
currency base 37
Yield to maturity 54
Z
Zero float 54
Zero growth stocks 54
Zero-base budgeting 54
Zinc
coating - lining 69
linings 6
Index (G6) 31
32 Index (G6)